Full text of "Political and statistical account of the British settlements in the Straits of Malacca [by] T.J. Newbold, with an introd. by C.M. Turnbull"

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at |http: //books .google .com/I

SYTYO^

■^^fiRABi^

> 1^

1. L

i«

■A

1ST
o

K a

HMirifL I

\ w

lou los lol.l io|<i

L- p -1 r — t-r^ — w- ■. — .1 — I -rt— .=C7zx— . -I— -»=: * i ^ l -4y -¥ * . ■■

' . Vr-f" /'

^.—4

.1 i>

^,.^'i.

^.-

'■■P.

4--^' -:U

/'-/',i«/«/»/| f;'\

I. I

-1

^ — -V-

•Ji

SKETCH MAP

shnvui/j tfir •S///A.V
oil tlic

~\ Kitititttun

I'l III! «• irf" w.ij -M I .. ' ' p V^ *

HI ISilit I'm, i/itf- ) \ L>k.

•J-

\ .

■-S*

.1 Kl. l.AKi:

s K N <; I K -;

r .1 o .N c: ^

L I ■' *»'*■

J 'lYiitflMnti

— s---

.\^^ Knnatiiutt
+- - .

> I

-,• !

N A ^ Tl '^ )

■ 4-

\^r,

^'^' "^ C- Ur^UlUtli

VNsHtiil

Li /A. .. ! '** r-

*J9

— - r T * r — K^

IIMO

i 1 -T t--l-

lOI

i»

to 3

rt.

.X- - 4^-

-f^-? \- y^

lU'l

Linulon . hihlLHhni btf Jijm Muryiifi.Alhrmuri^ Strf lM3*i

JltrWmlk^.hlhn

POLITICAL AND STATISTICAL ACCOUNT

or THE

BRITISH SETTLEMENTS

IN TBB

STEAITS OF MALACCA,

VIZ.

pmans, iUalaaa, anH Mngftpott ;

WITH A HISTORr OF

THE MALAYAN STATES

ON THE PENINSULA OF MALACCA.

BY T. J. NEWBOLD, Esq.

UEXJT. S3o REO. MADRAS LIGHT INFANTRY,

AIBS-DB-CAXP TO BBIOADIBR-OEMBBAL WIL80K, C. B.— MSVBSK OF TMR

AfXATIC S001BTIB8 OF BBHOAL AND MADBAt, ABO COBRBSFOBDIirO

XBMBBB OF ICADBAS HINDOO UTBBABT ftOCISTT-

IN TWO VOLUMES.
VOL. L

LONDON :
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET.

1839.

.HS3

LOIfDON :

PUINTEII nr RTEWAHT AND MURRAY,

UI.U RaIL&Y.

/ :■. ^' ' . ■■ ■ ^^ o

P R E F A C E.

The writer of this work has little occasion to
trouble his readers with any prefatory introduction,
further than a statement of his reasons for its ob •
trusion on the public, and an acknowledgment
of the sources from which his information has
been principally drawn. Should it be found, that
the latter has been neglected on the occasion of
quotation, he here begs to offer his apology, and
to tender the "amende honourable" for the ac-
cidental omission. The authorities, to whom
he stands most indebted, are Mr. Marsden, Mr.
Crawfurd, Sir Stamford Raffles, Mr. Anderson,
Captain Lowe, Dr. Ward, and the Straits Weekly
Press. He feels extremely grateful for the libe-
ral and ready access afforded him to the Govern-

VI PREFACE.

ment Archives, by the Straits functionaries, and
for the kind assistance of his friends, Brigadier
General Wilson, C, B,, the Honourable Mr. Gar-
ling, and Mr. Westerhout, of Malacca.

The original matter embraces the result of ob-
servations, made during a residence of three years
in the Straits, and a constant intercourse, with the
Native Chiefs on the Malayan Peninsula, put
together at various periods, as leisure permitted.
This, and other causes beyond the writer's control,
compel him to throw himself upon the reader's
indulgence for any want of connexion, or for
any repetitions that may appear. Some of the
papers on the Native States have already been
published in the pages of the journals of the
Asiatic Societies of Bengal and Madras, but have
since undergone revision.

The ambition of the writer has not been to
produce what is commonly termed an amusing
book, but one which might convey his mite of
usefulness to the Public. He indulges the hope

PREFACE. VU

also, that it may perchance excite attention to a
portion of the British possessions, daily becoming
of more vital interest in our system of colonial
policy, from the present unsettled and stormy
aspect of affairs in China. Should these objects
be attained, or in any degree promoted, his toil
will be amply recompensed ; if not, he must rest
content with having, to the best of his circum-
scribed means and ability, at least made the en-
deavour to be of service to his country, and to the
public at large.

CONTENTS.

CHAPTER I.

General view of the British Settlements in the Straita, compre-
hending Geographical positions. — Seasons and winds. — His-
tory of the Establishment. — Present form of Government. —
Population. — Chinese settlers. — Price of Labour. — Political
and Commercial Relations. — Conmierce. — Currency. —
Weights and Measures. — Administration of Justice. — Ex-
penses of the Queen's Court of Judicature. — Military Esta-
blishment and its expense to the State. — Revenue and Ex-
penditure of the three Settlements, and total annual cost to
Government. — Piracy, its causes, with hints for the suppression
of. — Noted piratical haunts. — Remarks on European and
American Colonization .... Page 1

CHAPTER II.

PiNANG. — Geographical Position. — Physical Aspect. — Geology. —
Government. — Population. — Revenue. — Trade. — Cultivation of
Spices. — Produce. — Leases of Land. — Abstract of Imports and
Exports. —Education among the Natives. — Propaganda Mission
College. — Military Strength 48

X CONTENTS.

CHAPTER III.

Province Wellesley. — Area. — Boundaries. — Physical Aspect —
Climate. — Produce. — Concluding Remarks . Page 100

CHAPTER IV.

Malacca. — Geographical Position.— Area. — ^Town of Malacca. —
Boundaries. — Physical aspect and geology. — Climate. — Pro-
duce. — History. — Population. — Slaves, and Sla?e Debtors. —
Trade. — Government. — Revenue. — Tenth on land produce.—
Education among the Natives. — Anglo-Chinese College. — Con-
cluding Observations . . .108

CHAPTER V.

Naniko. — Area and Boundaries. — Physical Aspect. — Streams. —
Roads. — ^Thermal Springs. — Unhealthy Localities. — History. —
Native Form of Government. — Villages, &c. — Population. — Mili-
tary Character of. — Religion. — Priests. — Mosques. — Sacred
Tombs. — Ceremonies observed on occasion of Births, Marriages,
and Deaths. — Religious Fasts and Festivals. — ^Trade. — Gold and
Tin Mines. — Revenue . . . .190

CHAPTER VI.

Singapore. — Geographical Position. — Physical Aspect and Geo-
logy. — Climate. — Productions. — History. — Population. — Town of
Singapore. — £ducation among the Natives. — ^Trade. — Exchange. —
Tonnage. — Outline of the Trade of Singapore with China, the
Indian Presidencies, Great Britain, Java, the Malayan Peninsula,
Siam, Cochin China, Cambodia, Islands of the Archipelago,
Continental Europe, Mauritius, New South Wales, the Cape of
Good Hope, America, Sumatra, Malacca, Pinang, and the neigh-
bouring Dutch Port of Rhio, of which a brief notice is given. —
Revenue. — Military Strength. — Concluding Remarks . 266

CONTENTS. XI

CHAPTER VII.

General View of the Malayan Peninsula — Comprising Geo-
graphical Position — Physical Aspect and Geology — Area —
Population — Exports and Imports — ^Tin — Gold — Iron — Zoo-
logy — V^table Kingdom . . Page 399

APPENDIX.

No. I. — Copy of the Treaty concluded between Great Britain and
Holland^ 1824 449

No. II.— Treaty with Quedah 456

No. III. — Treaty between the Honourable East India Company and
the King of Siam 460

No. IV.— Treaty with Perak 474

No, v.— Treaty with Salangore 476

No. VI.— American Treaty with Siam, of 1833 . . 477

No. V^II. — Colonel Farquhar's Treaty with Abdul Rachman Shaw,
the King of Johore, 1818 482

No. VIII. — Original Agreement between Sir Stamford Raffles and
Sultan Ilussain Mahomed Shah, for the occupation of Singapore,
in June, 1819 485

No. IX. — Final Treaty for the cession of Singapore, 19th November,
1824 490

No. XL — Abstract Tables of the Thermometrical and Barometrical
Range, for Six Years, at Singapore, drawn up by Capt. C. E.Davis,

496

DIRECTIONS TO THE BINDER.

VOL. I.

Plate 1. — Sketch of Malay States, to fact title page.

2. — Geological Map of Pinang and P. Wellesley,

to facie page 48
3. — Geological Section to follow No. 2.
4. — Map of Malacca and Naning, to face page 108
5. — Straits of Singapore .... 266

6. — Plan of Singapore .... 288

VOL. II.

Z.—Malay Seals .194

8. — Malay K rises ..... 205

ERRATA.
VOL. I.

Page 10, line 1, for Pohang r$ad Pahang.
13, . . 3, fcr aitizan r$ad artisaD.
39, . . 27, for TnDgaun read Tringauu.
140, . . 13, for p. 29 read p. 13.
19t>, . . 6, erau the comma after Qualla.
245, . . 13, for Ranjow read Kanjows.
268, . . 26, for Kam&cbatka read Kamtschntka.
350, . . 25, after Davieation read and.
366, . . 18, for fine, cleft, read five- cleft.
400, . . 12, for flow read flows.
418, . . 12, for head read heads.

BRITISH SETTLEMENTS

THE STRAITS OF MALACCA.

CHAPTER I.

General view of the British Settlements in the Straits, compre-
hending (Geographical positions. — Seasons and winds. — His-
tory of the Establishment. — ^Present form of Government. —
Population. — Chinese settlers. — ^Price of Labour. — Political
and Commercial Relations. — Commerce. — Currency. —
Weights and Measures. — Administration of Justice. — Ex-
penses of the Queen's Court of Judicature. — Military Esta-
blishment and its expense to the State. — Revenue and Ex-
penditure of the three Settlements, and total annual cost to
Government — ^Piracy, its causes, with hints for the suppression
of. — Noted piratical haunts. — Remarks on European and
American Colonization.

The Straits of Malacca to the north, and the
Straits of Sunda to the south, are the two great
channels of intercourse between China, the Indian
Archipelago, Continental India, and the western

VOL. I. B

2 GEOGRAPHICAL POSITION.

world. The Straits of Malacca immediately con-
nect the Bay of Bengal with the China seas, and
are formed by the island of Sumatra and the
Malay peninsula. The latter, stretching out from
the great continent of Asia in a south-by-easterly
direction, and terminating within a degree and
a half of the equator, constitutes the eastern
limits ; while the northern part of the great
island of Sumatra, taking an almost parallel
direction, constitutes the opposite or western
boundary.

Geographically speaking, these Straits lie be-
tween the equator, and the 9th degree of north
latitude, and the 94th and 104th degree of east
longitude.

Below the northern entrance, close to the Ma-
layan peninsula, and nearly parallel with Achin
head — the northern point of Sumatra, lies the
small island of Pinang — ^the site of our first set-
tlement ; 260 miles farther down the Straits, on
the coast of the peninsula, stands our next esta-
blishment — Malacca; 120 miles below Malacca,
close to the south-eastern extremity of the penin-
sula, and almost commanding the entrance into
the China seas, stands our latest and most thriving
settlement — Singapore — on an island separated
by a narrow strait from the main.

With the exception of a small extent of terri-

SEASONS — WINDS. 3

tory on the peninsula, opposite Pinang, and around
Malacca, the coasts on both sides are in posses*
sion of Malay chiefs, who are generally notorious
for their encouragement of piracy ; and the
numerous jungly inlets are the resort of professed
buccaneers or needy fishermen.

The influence of the monsoons, which so de-
cidedly mark the seasons of India, is not equally
felt in the Straits. This appears to be the case
with all countries situated near the equator.
Enough, however, is experienced to regulate the
navigation, and to serve for a division of the yeat^
into the wet and dry seasons. The south-we^''
monsoon, or dry season, may be said to commence
in May ; and the north-east monsoon, or wet sea-
son, in October. November, December, and Ja-
nuary are commonly the most rainy months in the
year.

The tempestuous squalls called ^^ Sumatras,''
because they rise in the direction of the island of
Sumatra, prevail during the S. W. monsoon ; and
are attended with violent currents of wind, with
rain, thunder and lightning. The north-westers
occur shortly after the N. E. monsoon sets in.
Whirlwinds and water-spouts are by no means of
rare occurrence. The wind in either monsoon
does not blow with the same steadiness in the
Strait, as in higher latitudes. The sheltered

B 2

4 HISTORY OF ESTABLISHMENT.

situation of its channel, lying between the high
mountains of Sumatra to the west, and the Ma-
layan chain to the east, contributes much to the
state of the wind, as well as to the baffling calms
so much complained of by navigators. The term
" dry season" must not be understood in the same
sense as when applied to the climate of continental
India ; for during its continuance in the vicinity
of the equator, even three successive days rarely
pass without a refreshing shower. To this, and
the general moisture of the atmosphere, is
mainly attributable the perpetual verdure, with
which the Malayan peninsula and the beautiful
islands of the Indian Archipelago are so profusely
clad.

Prior to the close of the last century. Great
Britain had no settlement in the Straits, beyond
petty factories at Achin and Quedah. In July,
1786, the island of Pinang was transferred by
Captain Light to the East India Company ; an
establishment was then formed, and Captain Light
judiciously placed at the head of it. At this time
the Dutch were in possession of Malacca, and of
Rhio, on the island of Bintan, near Singapore.
Malacca was occupied by the British in 1795 ;
and, lastly, Singapore in 1818. Malacca was
restored to Holland at the peace of Amiens in
1801 ; again taken at the re-commencement of

HISTORY OF ESTABLISHMENT. 5

hostilities in 1807 ; restored after the peace in
1818 ; and resumed a third time in 1825, by the
British, in whose possession it still remains.

Captain Light, after establishing the colony on
Prince of Wales's island in defiance of the obsta-
cles presented by a dense forest and noxious
swamps, died in 1794. Mr. Manningham then
undertook charge of the new settlement ; but,
resigning in consequence of ill health, he was
succeeded by Major Macdonald, in 1796. The
latter died in 1799> and was followed by Sir George
Leith ; in whose time the final arrangements for
the transfer of the island, and a tract of territory
on the main were made with the Rajah of Quedah,
which will be treated of in their proper places;
Up to 1805, the governors of Pinang had been
directly subordinate to the Bengal admiiiistration.
At this period the Court of Directors, in pursuance
of a resolution to form the Straits into a separate
presidency, sent out the Honourable Hiilip Dun-
das, as governor ; Mr. Oliphant, as first member
of council ; Mr. Pearson, as secretary ; and Mr.
Raffles (then an extra-clerk in the India-house
and afterwards governor of Java), as assistant-
secretary, with a train of civilians. Mr. Dundas
died at Pinang early in April 1807, when he was
succeeded by Mr. Pearson. On the I7th of
October in the same year. Colonel Norman

6 HISTOBY OF ESTABLISHMENT.

M^'Alister took his seat as governor, Mr. Pearson
returning to his former place in council. The
Honourable Mr. Bruce, brother to the Earl of
Elgin, succeeded in March 1810, but died in
December following. Mr. Seton, a Bengal civi-
lian formerly resident at Delhi, was next appointed
by Lord Minto, who was then preparing for the
expedition against Java. Mr. Petrie, of the
Madras civil service, remained governor till 1817,
when he died. His successor. Colonel Bannerman,
died in 1819. Mr. Philips, member of the Pinang
council, came next ; on whose return to Europe
in 1824, Mr. FuUerton, of the Madras civil ser-
vice, took his place in the island. In 1826, both
Malacca and Singapore became incorporated with
the Pinang government. Before this the latter
had been attached to the Bencoolen Government,
at the head of which was Sir Stamford Raffles,
whose share in the founding of Singapore is well
known. This consolidation of our settlements to
the eastward was the consequence, and partly the
object, of giving up Bencoolen to the Dutch in
exchange for Malacca. In July, 1830, the three
settlements of Pinang, Malacca, and Singapore
ceased to form a separate government, being
made subordinate to that of Bengal. Each was
placed under a deputy resident, with an assistant
subject to the general control of a commissioner

PRESENT FORM OP OOVEBNMENT. 7

or resident for the Straits, to which office the ex-
governor, Mr. FuUerton, was appointed. He did
not long retain the reins of this dependent form of
government, being succeeded in 1831 by the
deputy-resident at Pinang, Mr. Ibbetson. The
titles of governor and resident councillor, among
other things abolished by Lord Bentinck*s sweep-
ing measures in 1830, were shortly afterwards no-
minally restored, it being found, that the charter
of 1807 was so worded that the King's Court of
Judicature in the Straits could not be held in con-
sequence of the non-attendance of these officers.
Mr. Murchison succeeded Mr. Ibbetson in June,
1835 ; and Mr. Bonham, Mr. Murchison on the
25th December, 1836.

llie administration now consists of a governor,
who exerts a general sway, under the supreme au-
thority in Bengal, over the three settlements ;
three local residents (one at each settlement) ; with
one assistant resident at Singapore, and two for
Pinang and province Wellesley ; there is a super-
intend^it for Nanii^g, in addition to an assistant-
resident at Malacca. There is also the recorder,
whose salary is sicca rupees 37)890 per annum*
The salary of the governor of the Straits is 36,000
rupees per annum. His salary and that of the
recorder are drawn from the revenues of the three
tettlements, which contribute equally to make up

8 POPULATION.

the amount of both. The salaries of the residents
and of their subordinates will be found under the
heads of their respective settlements.

The population of the Straits is of a mixed cha-
racter. Malays and Chinese compose the great-
est proportion, the former more than one-half, the
latter about one-sixth, of the whole ; settlers from
continental India rank next in number; the re-
maining fraction is made up of Europeans in the
employment of government, merchants and their
descendants, Siamese, Caffres, Javans, Burmese,
Bugis, and Balinese, and a few Arabs, Jews, and
Armenians. The total in 1832 amounted to
140,386 souls. In 1836 it increased to 153,230.
Pinang, Malacca, and Singapore are penal settle-
ments to continental India ; the number accord-
ingly of convicts is very considerable. In a com-
mercial and agricultural point of view, the Chinese,
and the natives from India, (Chuliahs and Klings,)
are by far the most useful class ; they also excel
in handicrafts. The Chuliahs and Klings com-
prehend the traders and settlers, both Mussulmans
and Hindus, from the Coromandel coast. These
names have been given to them by the Malays
from the earliest times of the ancient commercial
intercourse subsisting between this part of Asia
and India. Kling is a corruption from Teling or
Telinga. — Pulicat, Nagore, Negapatam, and

POPULATION CHINESE EMIGRANTS. 9

Porto Novo are the ports in India chiefly traded
with.

The Caffre part of the population consists
generally of slaves, or the descendants of slaves,
who have been brought by the Hajis and Arabs
from the Arabian and Abyssinian coasts. A few
Siamese and Burmese have settled at Singapore
and Pinang; these, like the Arabs, Bugis, Ja-
vans, and Balinese, constitute the most fluctuat-
ing part of the population. Armenians and Jews
are rare. The Malays will be considered here-
after. The Chinese, it is well known, are emi-
grants from China. They are widely scattered
over the principal islands of the Eastern Archi-
pelago, and the Ultra- Gangetic nations, includ-
ing Siam, Tonquin, Cochin-China, Cambodia,
Laos, and the Malayan Peninsula, where their
number is estimated at nearly a million. In the
British settlements in the Straits, their number is
not less than 28,854. Some persons have as-
cribed their emigration to the influence of Euro-
pean protection ; but this can hardly be the case,
since it is known by the natives to have continued
from a very remote period. The early European
navigators found colonies of Chinese scattered
over Java, Borneo, and other islands. They
are also located in states removed beyond the
pale of British dominion; in those of Siam,

10 POPULATION — CHINESE EMIGRANTS.

Borneo, Tringanu, Pohang, and in numberless
others.

Wherever money is to be acquired by the
peaceful exercise of agriculture, by handicrafts,
by the opening of mines of tin, iron, or gold
amidst savage hordes and wild forests, there will
be found the greedy Chinese. The auri sacra
fames is with them a ruling passion : the certainty
of being subjected to extortion by the native
chiefs, the probability of encountering robbery
and even death have scarcely any influence in
deterring them from the eager pursuit of gain.
The cause of emigration is almost invariably pe-
cuniary want or political necessity. The dense
population of the Celestial Empire, embraces a
large proportion of paupers, who are a burden to
the state. To disencumber itself of this burden,
the government throws few obstacles in the way
of the poorer class of its subjects quitting the
country (a practice, however, diametrically op-
posed to its ancient laws) ; but takes care to pro-
vide for the future increase of its revenue by en-
couraging, as much as possible, the return to their
native country, of all who have enriched them-
selves with the spoils of " barbarian lands." To
this object tends the strict inhibition of the egress
of females from the ports of China. Men, who
have left wives and children behind, naturally de-

POPULATION-— CHINESE EMIGRANTS. 11

sire to revisit their homes ; while the unmarried
are induced to return, in order to take unto them-
selves wives from among the tiny-footed daughters
of Han. All classes, too, are imbued by early
education with a deep veneration for the ashes of
their ancestors, to which the tenets of their re-
ligion bind them to pay stated visits. Some few,
however, of the many settlers, who live in a state
of concubinage with the females of the places in
which they are located, and their descendants,
remain permanently fixed. Captain Low informs
us, that, when Pinang contained only 3000
Chinese, the annual remittance to China, from the
proceeds of gambling alone, was estimated at
10,000 Spanish dollars. This systematic drain-
age from our settlements, should be checked,
and, if possible, the greater part of the stream
turned to account in the country whence it derives^
its source. Besides this, large sums from other
funds are constantly sent home by the emigrant,
who on first quitting China, has little more than
the clothes on his back (a blue cotton shirt, '
trowsers, hat, and a pair of shoes), a pipe, flnit
and steel, a small stock of rice, tobacco, and a
mat for the voyage. Thus lightly equipped, he
is taken on board one of the unwieldy junks, that
annually roll, like great leviathans, with the mon-
soon down the coast of China among the islands

12 POPULATION CHINESE EMIGRANTS.

of the Archipelago, or sw6ep along the shores
of Tonquin, Cambodia, and Siam. The passage
money to the Straits settlements is from 8 to 12
Spanish dollars, a sum usually paid by the person
hiring the services of the emigrant on landing.
A certain number of labourers are often com-
missioned from China by some wealthy capitalist,
who reimburses himself for the sum laid out on
their passage money, food and clothes from the
profits of their labour on their first landing. The
new comer, if not already a member of one of
the numerous fraternities into which the Chinese
associate themselves, is soon enrolled ; and should
he require it, receives an advance, from the com-
mon treasury, of a sum adequate to his present
wants, to be repaid as soon as he clears off his
debt to his employer. This is soon done ; and
the penniless adventurer, when he can withstand
the temptations of opium and gambling, finds
himself speedily in easy and even affluent circum-
stances. The emigrants in the Straits are chiefly
from Canton and Fokien, and from Macao.
They follow the occupations of agriculturists,
pepper and spice planters, shoemakers, goldsmiths,
blacksmiths, gunsmiths, carpenters, bakers, or
miners. A few, in most instances, natives of
Fokien, rise to be merchants, in which capacity
they exhibit a strong propensity to speculate

POPULATION — CHINESE EMIGRANTS. 13

largely — a spirit probably identical with that of
gambling so commonly evinced. The Canton
emigrants are the best miners and artizans.

The character of the Chinese may be summed
up in few words. They are active, industrious,
persevering, intelligent, educated sufficiently to
read, write, and to use the swampan or reckoning
board. They are entirely free from prejudices of
caste and superstition, which are grand stumbling
blocks to the natives of India. On the other
hand, they are selfish, sensual, ardent lovers of
money, though not misers; inveterate gamblers,
and often addicted to smoking opium. The
Chinese will expose himself to all dangers for the
sake of gain, though he would not stir a finger to
save a drowning comrade. They make bad sol-
diers, it is said ; but the experiment has not, I
believe, been yet properly tried under British
authority. They are capable of any crime, pro-
vided they run no direct personal risk. In small
bodies, when well looked after and ruled by the
strong hand of power, they form an excellent class
of subjects ; but where the reins of government
are slack, they are apt to turn refractory and re-
bellious.

The secret fraternities, in which they enrol
themselves for mutual protection and support,
prove powerful engines for political combinations,

14 PBICE OF LABOUR.

as the Dutch have repeatedly experienced during
their long administration in Java and in the Ma*
layan states. In China itself these societies are
deemed so dangerous to the government, as to be
interdicted under penalty of death. At Pinang,
in 1799) they set the administration at defiance^
and strong measures were necessary to reduce
them to obedience. Even in the present day, the
ends of justice are frequently defeated both at
Pinang, Malacca, and Singapore, by bribery,
false swearing, and sometimes by open vio-
lence, owing to combinations of these fraterni-
ties formed for the purpose of screening guilty
members from detection and punishment. In
European settlements they are under the general
control of an oflBicer or headman styled " Capi-
tan," who receives a salary from government,
and is responsible, in some measure, for the
orderly conduct of his countrymen, whose repre-
sentative and official organ he is. Their interior
affairs, disputes, and private interests are ar-
ranged by the heads of their respective Kongsis
or fraternities.

The wages of the three following classes for
ordinary labour, will afford some idea of their
relative industry and usefulness. A Chinese gets
from 4 to 6 Spanish dollars a month ; a Kling
from 3 to 4^; and a Malay from 2^ to 4^. The

TREATIES. 15

Panghulu, or headman, should have at least from
5 to 7 dollars. A Chinese carpenter will earn
about 15 dollars a month; a Kling 8, and a
Malay only 5. Malay women and children, em-
ployed in weeding, get from 3 to 8 cents, per
diem.

By the treaty between Great Britain and Hol-
land, done at London, March 17th, 1824, all
English settlements on Sumatra, were ceded to
Holland from the 1st of March, 1825, in lieu of
the Dutch establishments on the continent of
India, and the city of Malacca on the Malay
Peninsula. It was at the same time stipulated,
that no British settlement should be formed in
future on the island of Sumatra, nor any treaty
concluded, by British authority, with any native
prince, chief, or state therein ; that no establish-
ment should be made on the Carimon islands, or
on the islands of Battam, Bintan, Lingin, or any
of the other islands south of the Straits of Singa-
pore ; and that, no treaty should be entered into,
by British authority, with the chiefs of those
islands. His Britannic Majesty also withdrew
the objections, which had been made, to the oc-
cupation of the island of Billiton and its depend-
encies by the agents of the Netherlands govern-
ment. The King of Holland, on his part, agreed
to withdraw the objections, which had been made,

16 PRESENT POLITICAL AND

to the occupation of the island of Singapore by
the subjects of His Britannic Majesty ; and en-
gaged for himself and his subjects, never to form
any establishment on any part of the peninsula
of Malacca, or to conclude any treaty with any
native prince, chief, or state therein. The offi-
cers and agents in the East, of both governments,
were forbidden to form any new settlements on
any of the islands in the Eastern seas, without
previous authority from their respective govern-
ments in Europe.

With regard to commerce, the old Dutch sys-
tem of stipulated and exclusive deliveries was
partly abolished, and trade on equal terms gua^
ranteed with all the native powers in the Eastern
seas, excepting the Molucca islands, of whose
valuable produce and traffic in spices the Dutch
still retain the monopoly.

This treaty annuls all former ones ; and, with
respect to that concluded in 1819 with Achin, the
British plenipotentiaries undertook that it should
be modified as soon as possible into a simple ar-
rangement for the hospitable reception of British
vessels and subjects in the port of Achin. As,
however, some provisions of the treaty communi-
cated to the Netherlands' plenipotentiaries were
judged to be conducive to the general interests of
Europeans established in the Eastern seas, it was

COMMERCIAL RELATIONS. 17

presumed, that the Netherlands Government
would take measures for securing the benefit of
those provisions ; and the British plenipotentiaries
contented themselves with expressing their confi-
dence, that no proceedings hostile to the king of
Achin would be attempted by the new proprietors
of Fort Marlborough.

On glancing the eye over a map of the Indian
Archipelago, it will at once be perceived, that the
comprehensive little sentence, ^^ Islands south of
the Straits of Singapore," politically shuts us out
from the richest part of Borneo, the tin mines of
Banca, the islands of Billiton, Madura, Bali,
Bombah, Sumbawa, Flores, and nearly the whole
of the Celebes, in addition to the loss of Achin
and the rest of Sumatra ; leaving us only Singa-
pore, Malacca, and a few decayed factories on the
continent of India. The Dutch still retain Java,
(the revenue of which Sir S. Raffles raised to
nearly four millions sterling,) and the Spice
Islands : and until the odious monopoly of the very
valuable produce of these islands be abolished,
free trade can scarcely be expected to exist in the
Archipelago. A gross infringement indeed of
the principles of free trade laid down in the
treaty, was committed by the Dutch in 1837,
(for an account of which see Chapter on Singa-
pore.)

VOL. I. c

18 PRESENT POLITICAL AND

At the time of entering upon this treaty with
the Dutch, Singapore was already established and
in our possession. To this valuable settlement,
therefore, the Dutch had no ground of claim
whatever ; although, the concession of what was
never theirs, is ostentatiously pointed at in the
treaty, as a set off against the abandonment of
our claims in respect to Billiton. In the ex-
change of Malacca for Bencoolen, nothing pro-
bably was gained by either nation ; though both
these settlements, under proper management,
might at least be made to pay themselves. In
the political transfer of the Malayan Peninsula
for Banca and Sumatra, (an island whose super-
ficial area is computed at 130,000 square miles,
with a population of nearly 3,000,000 souls,) the
Dutch were great gainers. The Island of Banca
ceded to them, with an area of about 46,000
square miles, and a population of 370,000 souls,
alone produces more tin than the aggregate of all
the mines of the Peninsula. The produce of
Banca in tin, is estimated at from 35,000 to 40,000
piculs annually ; and that of Sumatra in gold
dust, at double this amount. Borneo annually
exports gold dust to the estimated value of half
a million sterling : while, on the other hand, half
the population of the Malay peninsula, is depen-
dent on Sumatra and Java for rice ; both of which

COMMERCIAL RELATIONS. 19

islands, after supplying the wants of their own
population, export a considerable surplus of this
staple necessary of life. The superiority also of
Sumatra over the peninsula in the produce of
spices, betel-nut, coffee, camphor, &c., is univer-
sally acknowledged. The only advantages, in
fine, obtained by England from this impolitic
treaty, are the greater consolidation of her pos-
sessions in India, and more complete command
of a strait which forms the direct passage to
China.

Our relations with the bordering kingdom of
Siam, as far as they affect the Malay powers of
the peninsula, will be treated of in my account of
the several states. By the treaty concluded with
Major Bumey, we are mutually bound not to
molest each other in person, goods, or territory.
Should any place or country, subject to either
party, offend the other, it shall not be attacked
before the matter is reported to, and investigated
by the state to which the offending country is
subject. Forces and fleets may not be assembled
by eith^ side in vicinity of the possessions of the
other, without cause being declared.

Freedom of commerce with each other is
guaranteed conformably to the customs and duties
of -the place or country on either side, except as
regards the importation of opium and the expor-

20 PRESENT POLITICAL AND

tation of salt, both of which are prohibited, and
the article, on discovery of an infringement of this
law, ordered to be destroyed. The selling also of
fire-arms and ammunition is forbidden, except to
government. The following are the duties to
which a vessel is subject at Bankok in Siam, de-
termined according to the breadth of the vessel: —

On import cargoes, 1700 ticals for each Siamese
fathom, or 28 inches of breadth . Should a vessel
bring no import cargo, a duty of 1 500 ticals only
will be levied per Siamese fathom.

Vessels must anchor off the bar of the river,
take a pilot, and again anchor below the Chokey.
The guns and ammunition are to be taken out and
deposited at Paknam : they are then permitted to
pass up to Bankok, where they are measured, and
an account of the cargo taken previously to sale.

Our relations with America, touching the Straits,
are simply commercial. Before 1836, the port of
Singapore, by an oversight, remained closed
against American vessels, agreeably to the Con-
vention of Commerce between Great Britain and
the United States, signed at London in July,
1815, which restricts the American privilege of
trade to the settlements specified therein, namely,
to Calcutta, Madras, Bombay, and Prince of
Wales' Island — Malacca and Singapore were not
then included, for good and sufficient reasons ; —

COMMERCIAL RELATIONS. 21

the former of these settlements was about to be
given up to the Dutch, and the latter was not esta-
blished until 1818. The oversight, therefore,
consisted in omitting to include them in the Con-
vention, when they came subsequently into our
occupation. Singapore rose quickly into import-
ance ; and American vessels, touching at its ports,
continued to trade there without interruption, un-
til the seizure in 1825 of an American trader (the
Governor Endicott), by the Commander of his
H. M. ship Larne, who acted upon the absence
just mentioned, of the name of Singapore, from
the Convention. This had the effect of keeping
American shipping from the port, though an in-
convenient and clandestine sort of traffic was still
maintained.

The trade of the Americans with the Straits is
now regulated by the provisions of this Conven-
tion. They are therein restricted from conveying
goods from any of the ports, at which they are
permitted to trade, to any country or place what-
soever, except the United States of America ; the
citizens of which are allowed to carry on trade be-
tween the Settlements and the United States in
all articles of which the importation and exporta-
tion shall not be entirely prohibited; provided
only, that it shall not be lawful for them, in time
of war between the British Government and any

22 GENERAL VIEW OF THE TRADE.

state or power whatever, to export from the terri-
tories of the British without the special permission
of the British Government, any military or naval
stores, or rice. In 1833, the Americans con-
cluded a treaty with Siam, in which, commerce
with all its ports is permitted, barring the impor-
tation of opium and the exportation of rice. The
Americans are to pay, in lieu of all duties, a mea-
surement charge of 1700 ticals for one Siamese
fathom of merchandise ; for the same measure of
specie 1 500 ticals ; the measurement to be made
from side to side, in the middle of the vessel's
length, and, if a single-decked vessel, on such
single deck ; if otherwise, on the lower deck. •

The trade of the Archipelago, with the excep-
tion of the Dutch monopoly in spices, &c. has, for
many years, been carried on, in the first instance
by the native vessels of the Bugis, Malays, Sia-
mese, and other maritime nations : which, sailing
about from island to island, collect their varied
produce, and accumulate it in a few large gene-
ral depdts, or marts; whence afterwards it is
readily diffused over a great portion of the globe,
chiefly by the ships of Europe and America. These
marts were, in early times, Malacca, Achin, Ban-
tam, and Macassar. But since the preponderance
of European influence, and the consequent decay

GENERAL VIEW OF THE TRADE. 23

of Malayan power, Batavia, Singapore, and
Pinang, have superseded them.

The Straits settlements, as at present consti-
tuted, afford convenient entrepdts for the produce
of Continental India, the Malay Peninsula, the
Indian Archipelago, China, Cochin China, and
Siam; which meets with a ready exchange for
the manufactures of Europe (principally those of
Great Britain, France, Holland, and Denmark),
and for the specie of America. They withhold
the monopoly of the valuable trade of the Eastern
Archipelago from the grasp of our puling neigh-
bours, the Dutch; who, not content with esta-
blishments on all the principal and most fertile of
its islands, with the full possession of Java and the
Moluccas, and with the exclusive enjoyment of
the Japan trade, are now aiming at the entire
subjugation of that prolific and extensive island,
Sumatra. The liberal policy, too, of the British
Government, by affording encouragement to a
spirit of commercial enterprise among the native
merchants, excites a laudable competition ; which
will assuredly have the effect of developing many
of the still untried resources of the East. The
possession of the Straits of Malacca secures to
Great Britain one of the two most important
passes to China, and affords excellent places for
refitment and refreshment to vessels engaged in

24 EXPORTS AND IMPORTS. — CURRENCY.

the China and other trades, as well as to H. M.'s
ships serving on the East India station. In the
event, indeed, of a rupture with the Chinese, and
the removal of our establishments from Canton
and Macao, these settlements, particularly Singa-
pore, will prove invaluable.

The imports are principally from Great Britain,
Calcutta, and Java, and the exports to Great Bri-
tain and to China. Although the trade has suf-
fered latterly from the temporary abolition of the
Mint at Madras, where the merchants' returns
from the Eastward were chiefly made in bullion,
afterwards converted at that mint into currency, at
the small charge of two per cent, (the charges at
the Calcutta Mint amounting to about 10 per
cent), it appears to be progressively thriving.

Further details concerning the commerce of
the Straits will be found in the account of each
settlement.

The currency in which the merchants generally
calculate commercial transactions is the Spanish
dollar divided into cents. Its value varies from
100 to 120 pice. There are silver half-dollars ;
Company's rupees, with their subdivisions of half
and quarter rupees, fanams, double and single
annas, are in considerable circulation. Guilders
and half-guilders, and other Dutch coins, are dis-
appearing. The most current copper coins are

WEIGHTS. 25

the cent, the half and quarter cent, the doit, the
wang, the wang bhara, and Indian pice.

The weights in use for most of the heavy ar-
ticles of commerce (excepting salt and rice, which
are sold by measure), are the tael, catty, and
picul, which have been borrowed from the Chinese,
to whom the introduction of weights among the
Malays is to be ascribed. Daching, the name of
the steel-yard used for this process, is decidedly
of Chinese origin.

The tael is equal to 23 drs. avoirdupois, 16
taels make 1 catty = 1^ lbs. 100 cattys make 1
picul = 133^ lbs avoirdupois, and 3 piculs consti-
tute 1 bhara (a term supposed to be of Arabic
extraction), which is often used in the weighing
of tin. There is a difference, essential for the
trader to know, in the relative weights of the
Chinese and Malay catty. The former, in com-
mon use, weighs 23 Spanish dollars, and the lat-
ter 24. The gold, or troy weight of the Malays,
in most general use on the Peninsula, is as fol-
lows. It varies, however, at different places.

GOLD WEIGHT.

2 small saga := 1 large saga.

2 large saga = 1 moiam or mas.

18 mas, or4kupongs... = 1 bunkal or tael.
20 bunkals = 1 catty.

26 WEIGHTS.

The saga is a small scarlet pea with a black
spot, of the abrus maculatus, used also by Indian
goldsmiths. The weight of the bunkal is sup-
posed to be equivalent to that of the two Spanish
dollars, or about 832 grains troy. The bunkal of
Malacca, it is said, weighs 10 sagas. The bun-
kal and catty are the weights used in commerce.
It is necessary to note, that the gold-dust catty
should weigh nearly double that by which ordinary
articles are weighed ; the former ought to weigh
40 dollars, while the latter only weighs 23. The
catty, by which gold and silver thread is sold,
weighs 36 dollars. Java tobacco is sold by the
corge of 40 baskets. Indian piece-goods, Malay
sarongs and sarendongs, by the corge of 20 pieces.

Salt, and Straits, Java and Siamese rice, &c.
are sold by measure, generally by that of the
coyan, which contains about 40 piculs in weight
of rice, and in measure about 800 gallons.

TABLE OF DRY AND LIQUID MEASURE.

4 kupongs = 1 chupah.

4 chupahs = 1 gantang, or kulah.

16 gantangs = 1 nalih.

10 nalihs = 1 koonchah.

5 koonchas, or \ , ^^„ow.
800 ganSigs / = ^ ^y^"'

The burthen of Malayan prahus is estimated

MBA8URE8. 37

by coyans. The terms chupah and kulah have
their origin in the rude cocoa-nut shell, and hollow
bamboo, used often to this day by the Malays for
measuring Bengal rice. Wheat and dhoU are
sold by the bag, containing two maunds, equal to
about 20 gantangs.

Land is measured by square orlongs, each of
which is equivalent to rather more than H acre^
that is, to 20 jumbas square, each jiunba being
equal to 12 feet square.

Length, breadth, depth and height, are com-
monly and naturally reckoned by the extent of the
members of the human body, viz. the jari, the
finger's breadth or inch ; the tampak or hand's
breadth ; the jangkal or span, the kaki or foot ;
the hasta, fore arm, or cubit ; and the deppa or
fathom, which is the measure of a man's arms
extended.

Previously to 1807 the judicial powers were
vested^ solely in the local government, and were
exercised by it with much satisfaction, both to the
European and Native population, as well as with
economy to the state. It was, however, deemed
requisite to establish a king's court of judicature,
with all its expensive paraphernalia. Accordingly
on the 5th of September, 1807, the first session
of Oyer and Terminer, and general gaol delivery
for the island of Pinang and its dependencies, was

28 ADMINISTRATION OP JUSTICE.

opened, at. the court house in George's Town,
before the Honourable Sir Edmund Stanley Kt.,
Recorder, and his associates, the members of
government, under a charter, (to use Sir Ed-
mund's words,) " armed with powers the most
extensive and summary, for the administration of
civil and criminal justice, that the wisdom of man
could devise." It is not my object to enter at
length into the nature of this charter ; it will be
suflScient to say, that by it English law, modified
with a view of suiting it to the state of society,
and to the wants of the various population of the
Straits, became the rule of justice.

At present the administrators of the law are the
governor of the Straits for the time being, a re-
corder appointed by the king, and the resident
councillor of the settlement, where the court
happens to be held. Two of the above-men-
tioned functionaries must sit, otherwise the court
cannot be held. The court makes the circuit of
the three settlements twice every year : intermediate
sessions sometimes take place under the governor
and resident councillor at Singapore, so as to give
four gaol deliveries in the course of the year.
The court has no power to hear or try any indict-
ment against the governor, the councillors, or the
recorder, not being for treason or felony ; nor has
it admiralty jurisdiction. Pirates, caught in the

ADMINISTRATION OP JUSTICE. 29

Straits^ are on this account obliged to be trans-
mitted, at great expense and loss of time, either
to Madras or to Calcutta for trial ; and the ends
of justice, in consequence, have more than once
been frustrated. But, as this subject has lately
been made matter of petition by the principal
merchants and inhabitants to the King in Council,
and, as there is every reason to expect that an
extension of jurisdiction to the Straits court will
be granted, I shall refrain from saying more on
the subject.*

There still exist, however, two serious objec-
tions to this court as at present constituted ; viz.
the inadequate adaptation of English law to the
state of society on which it has been grafted, and
its disproportionate expense to the state. The
native population of the Straits is a medley, com-
posed of nearly half the varieties scattered over
Asia, (though principally of Malays, Chinese,
settlers from Continental India, and their descend-
ants), with wants but few and simple. Among
such a population as this, English law, that has
expanded progressively with the numerous exi-
gencies of a highly artificial state of society,
loaded with costly bulwarks of forms, and clogged
with tedious processes, has been prematurely in-
troduced, tending rather to embarrass than to

* Admiralty jurisdiction has since been extended in 1837.

30 ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE.

advance the eixis proposed by natural justice, good
government, and common sense. Not only its
inefficacy to reach the guilty, but its absolute ten-
dency to oppress the poor, and to further the
criminal views of the wealthy litigant, are gla-
ringly obvious to every unbiassed observer. Many
natives, particularly Malays, will suffer much in-
jury and loss, rather than apply to this court : nor
is it, I have reason to believe, much admired by
the European community itself; and it would be
still less so, had the public, agreeably to the
charter, to pay its expenses which are now de-
frayed by the government.

The fees accruing to the court amounted, in
1835-6, to sicca rupees 21,126, and its expenses
to the enormous sum of sicca rupees 107,466.
This is (to use the words of Sir T. Munro) very
like applying the expensive and complicated ma-
chinery of an Arnold's chronometer to purposes,
for which that of a common smoke-jack would
answer much better, and at less cost. The
remedy for these evils is obvious and easy ; viz. a
revisicm of the law and better adaptation of it to
the manners, habits, and exigencies of the popu-
lation. Justice thus simplified, and unfettered by
redundant technicalities, would need no expensive
offices to prop it up. The laws might then safely
be administered by the residents at each station,

ADMINISTRATION OP JU8TICB. 31

with a power of appeal to the Governor, who ought
to have the option of referring particular cases to
the opinion and decision of the judges in Bengal.
The necessity for such a reference would doubt-
less be rare.

The principal office, and depository for the
records of the court, is at Pinang under the Re-
gistrar. The cost of the court-house and Re-
corder's establishment amounted, in 1835-6, to
sicca rupees 36,792; there are subordinate
establishments besides at Malacca and Singapore,
whose annual expenses amount together to sicca
rupees 20,784 ; the Recorder's salary, as before-
mentioned, is sicca rupees 37,890 ; the average
freight of vessels engaged in conveying the court
on circuit amounts to sicca rupees 10,000 ; and
extra allowances to clerks and private servants,
proceeding on circuit, to 2000 rupees more ;
making altogether (the amount of fees being de-
ducted) a net annual charge to the state of sicca
rupees 86,340.

There are magistrates at each settlement, who
hold regular quarter sessions, to try and decide on
all inferior offences against the public peace and
good order ; they have power to levy assessments
for the repair of the roads, bridges, and other
public works ; and also to hold courts of requests,
limited to cases not exceeding more than thirty-

32 ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE.

two Spanish dollars. There are salaried coroners
at Pinang and Singapore; and deputy-sheriffs,
with their establishments, for each of the three
settlements ; at the moderate annual cost of sicca
rupees 14,520. A native police with European
superintendents exists. From these subordinate
courts, appeals may be made to the King's Court
of Judicature, and thence to the King in Coun-
cil.

EXPENSES OF THE COURT OF JUDICATURE.

STRAITS' COURT ESTABLISHMENT, FOR 1835-6.

(PBR MBN8BM, IN SICCA RDPBB8.}

PINANO.

SINOAPOBB.

MALACCA.

1 Clerk 300

1 Jemadar .... 22

2 Sontaburdars 24
2 Peons 20

Rboistsab's
establishmbnt.

366

> None.

» None.

1 Registrar & Clerk
of &e Crown 1400

laerk 500

1 Ditto 300

1 Ditto 100

Coubt Housb
establishmbnt.

2300

1 Clerk

IDitto

500
200

700

1 Clerk ....

500

1 Head Chuliah
Interpreter ..

1 Ditto Hindns-
tanee & Malay
Interpreter ..

1 Chuliah Inter-
preter & Wri-
ter

100

10
10

20
30

les • •<

400
3066

1 Chief Inter-

preter •

1 ChuUah In-
terpreter and

Writer

1 Chinese In-
terpreter, Wri-
ter andSwearer
1 Shroff & Ma-
lay Writer . .

1 Bugia Inter-
preter

Swearer ....
1 Hindu Swear-
er. •••••.. .•

150

50
20

12
30

314
1014

IHead Inter-
preter •

1 Chuliah In-
terpreter and
Writer

1 Chinese In-
terpreter, Wri-
ter & Swearer

1 Malay Wri-
ter and Shroff

1 Hindu Swear.
er..aa......

100

48
20

10
20

1 Chinese In-
terpreter and
Writer

I Mussulman
Swmrer ....

1 Hindu, ditto
ICrier

2 Peons

218

I Shroff

3 Peons

3Peons

Total Sicca Rupe

718

1,014
3,066
3,157 8

Recorder's Monthly Salary

Average expenses monthly in conyeying Court on Circuit 1000

Total monthly expense. Sicca Rupees 8955 8

Sicca Rupees.

The Fees collected at Pinang in 1835-6, amounted to 5,335

Ditto ditto Malacca ditto ditto 1,325

Ditto ditto Singapore ditto ditto 14,466

VOL. I.

Total 21,126

MILITARY STRENGTH.

THE MONTHLY SALARIES OF THE CORONERS* AND
SHERIFFS' ESTABLISHMENTS, ARE AS FOLLOWS.

PINANO.

Coroner's Sic.
Establishment. Rps.

1 Coroner .... 100

1 Peon 10

110
Sheriff's
Establishment.

1 Deputy Sheriff 200

1 Jailor 100

1 Bailiff 50

1 Turnkey 20

2 Peons 20

390

500

SINGAPORE.

Sic.
Rps.

MALACCA.

1 Coroner
1 Peon . .

100
10

110

1 Dep. Sheriff 200

1 JaUor 60

1 Bdliff 50

1 Turnkey 20

2 Peons 20

350
460

}

None.

1 Dep. She. 100
1 Jailor . . 60
1 BaiUff . . 50

1 Turnkey 20

2 Peons . . 20

250
250

The present military force serving in the Straits,
consists of two regiments of Madras Native Infan-
try, each about 756 strong, nominally ; and two
small detachments of Artillery, Native and Euro-
pean, distributed among the three settlements.
At Pinang there is a small fort scarcely defensi-
ble. Malacca and Singapore are utterly without
military fortifications; the walls of the former
place were blown up at an immense expense in
I8O7. Should hostilities with the Dutch break
out, either of these places might be surprised and
sacked with perfect ease, and the shipping taken
and destroyed by the crew of a single man-of-war
from the neighbouring Dutch port of Rhio, if ad-
vantage were only taken of the night, and of the
absence of Her Majesty's ship, which is generally
cruising in the Straits.

REVENUE. 35

The expenses of the military establishments in
the three settlements, amounted in 1835-6, to
sicca rupees 532,315 15. The true strength
of the Straits against an European enemy must
now of course consist in its naval force. The
military are principally useful in preserving its
possessions on the main from Siamese and Malay
aggression. I shall advert, when speaking of the
Naning expeditions (see Chap. V.), to the im-
policy of depriving the troops serving in the three
settlements, of an oflScer invested with authority
over the whole ; an absurdity which has already
been productive of defeat, and ruinous expense to
government.

The receipts of the three settlements, Pinang,
Malacca, and Singapore, amounted in 1835-6, to
rupees 515,865, and the disbursements to rupees
635,718 ; leaving a cost to the state, of rupees
119,853. The disbursements include the net ex-
penses of the Queen's Court of Judicature, but
not those of the military and convict establish-
ments. The military charges for 1835-6, were
rupees 532,315 15, and those for the convict es-
tablishment, rupees 80,637 7 0^. The sources
from which the revenue is derived, and the mode
of raising it, &c. will be detailed when treating of
each settlement separately.

MALAYAN PIRACY — ITS CAUSES-

The following is an Abstract of Receipts and
Disbursements and Net Charge to the State of
the Straits Settlements, not including the ex-
penses of the Military and the Convict Establish-
ment for 1835-6.

Receipts.

Disburse-
ments.

Net Charge
to the State.

Net Profit to
the Stote.

Prince of Wales* Island
& Province Wellesley

Singapore

Malacca

178,930

274,178

62,757

253,328
222.333
160,057

74,398
97^00

51,845

515,865

635,718

This chapter will be concluded with a few sug-
gestions touching the suppression of piracy, now
existing to such an alarming extent, and with
some observations upon plans for colonization in
the Straits. The more remote causes of piracy
are to be eradicated, solely by the adoption of a
more enlightened policy towards the native powers;
and, it may be added, by the gradual spread of
civilization, and diffusion of useful knowledge.
Meanwhile, I would suggest, in the first place, the
employment of one or more small armed steamers,
together with eight or ten large boats of the best
possible construction for rapid transit (particularly
rowing-boats), manned fully with Europeans, and
well armed for both close and distant fight. These
boats should also be constructed and rigged, to

HINTS FOR THE SUPPRESSION OF PIRACY. 37

resemble, as nearly as possible, the ordinary
trading prahus of the Malays.

Secondly, a discreet surveillance over the con-
duct of the present Tumungong of Johore; who is
more than suspected of being the mainspring of the
daring system of piracy, which has so long been an
opprobrium to the eastern extremity of the Straits.
A threat of withdrawing the stipend which he en-
joys from the British Government might be useful.

Thirdly. A careful survey of both coasts of the
Peninsula, the unexplored rivers, creeks, and islets.
This, in addition to other obvious advantages,
will afford opportunities for observing the charac-
ter and pursuits of the natives inhabiting the sea-
shore and banks of rivers, (who are always more
or less in league with the pirates,) and for collect-
ing information of piratical haunts, and places of
rendezvous.

Fourthly. The suspected Native chiefs should be
peremptorily called upon to lend their assistance
and to give information, particularly the chiefs of
Kemamang, Salangore, Perak, and Kalantan;
and they should be taught to consider themselves
responsible, in a great measure, for piracies com-
mitted off their coasts ; and lastly, the co-opera-
tion of the Dutch government should be secured.

The prahus used by the Malay pirates are from
eight to ten tons in burthen, extremely well

38 MALAYAN SYSTEM OF PIRACY.

manned, and remarkably fast, particularly with
the paddles commonly used. They are generally
armed on their bows, centre, and stern with swivels
of small calibre but long range. When preparing
to attack, strong musket-proof bulwarks of wood,
called Apilans, are erected; behind which the
crew ensconce themselves, fighting with their long
guns, until their prey is disabled, or till the gong
sound the signal for boarding. But what they
mainly depend upon for safety and success, is
their skill in paddling, (Malay pirates scarcely
ever attack except during the lull between the
land and sea-breeze, or in a calm), the swiftness
of their boats, and their knowledge of the intri-
cate channels between the islands or over the bars
of the rivers, into which they generally contrive
to escape, baffling their pursuers, and often leav-
ing them a-ground on some of the numerous shoals
or mud-banks, which their own superior know-
ledge enables them to avoid.

The prahus of the Sulu and lUanun pirates
are much larger and better equipped than those
which commonly infest the Straits. The Malay
pirates, generally, move and make their attacks in
small fleets of from six to twenty prahus. During
the months of October, November, December,
and January, they will be found cruising up and
down the western coast of the Peninsula and the

NOTED PIRATICAL HAUNTS. 39

opposite shore of Sumatra. From June to the
end of September they are often to be seen
among the islets south of Singapore, and in the
creeks and rivers of the Johore coast. February,
March, and April are spent in fishing, collecting
sea-weed, and preparing for future piratical expe-
ditions. The crews are armed with boarding-
spears (some of very great length), krises, Malay
hatchets, and swords (the parang and kleywang),
muskets, blunderbusses, and a variety of missiles,
such as sticks pointed and burnt at the end,
stones, &c.

The most noted haunts for pirates on the wes-
tern coast of the Peninsula (according to infor-
mation derived from a Malay of Salangore, who
had in his youth practised the profession himself),
are the Bunting, Aroe, Cocab, Pisang, Dinding,
and Sambilang isles, those on the Salangore coast,
and the islets between Cape Rachado and the
Lingie river, the rivers Mirbow^, Birman Perak,
Puteh, Koroo, Muar, Rio Formosa or the Battu
Pahat river, and, formerly, the Lingie river, the
Straits of Calang and Dryon, Point Romania and
its vicinity, and the Carimon isles to the south.
On the eastern coast are the creeks and small
rivers of Johore up to Pahang ; the Kemamang
river ; those of Tringaun and Kalantan, also the
isles of Timoang, Pulo Tingie, Redang and Aor.

40 PLAN FOR AMERICAN COLONISTS.

In 1835, a plan was communicated to me by
the Rev. Mr. Parker, an American missionary,
for a colony from America to be located in any
eligible situation within the Straits. It would
appear, that there are many young men and women
in the United States, willing to visit any part of
the world, and to concentrate their exertions, with
the very laudable object of effectually diffusing
among their less favoured brethren the arts and
sciences of civilized nations, together with the
blessings of Christianity.

Each colony of these philanthropists would
comprise from thirty to ninety individuals, or from
five to fifteen families: out of fifteen families
three to be agriculturists, and the rest carpenters,
blacksmiths, goldsmiths, shoemakers, cabinet-
makers, a surgeon, schoolmaster, and religious
pastor : all of unblemished character and morals.
They would rely on their own resources, having a
certain portion of their interests and of their
stock in common ; if necessary, a fund would be
established from which extraordinary assistance
might be occasionally derived, and the value paid
back, when convenient, at a future period.

The second plan communicated to me was for
a single wealthy individual to settle at any suitable
spot, bringing with him tenants of different pro-
fessions and trades, who might serve to take the

PLAN FOR AMERICAN COLONISTS. 41

lead in various branches of labour, and in instruct-
ing the natives in the several handicrafts necessary
for a new establishment. It is supposed, by fol-
lowing this plan, the tenants would, in a few years
at most, be able to maintain themselves, and to
direct the affairs of their respective departments.
A colonization society, to be formed in the mother
country, in order to assemble, equip, and send
forth the colonies to their deistined places of
settlement. The object of such colonies also
would be, to improve the agriculture, the ma-
nufactures, the commerce, the ordinary arts of
living, and the moral and intellectual charac-
ter of the people among whom they settled,
and whom they proposed to take eventually under
their own superintendence : parcels of land to be
allotted them for cultivation ; and, when compe-
tent, they might be set up as tradesmen and mer-
chants. They are to be encouraged in every way
to embrace the Gospel. Such are, summarily,
American schemes for colonization in the Straits ;
and they, independently of other objections, ap-
pear to be exceptionable in their very elements ;
for settlers from America could never be attached
to our laws and government, either by the natural
ties of country, or by those of common interests.
The connexion would be forced and unnatural.
On the other hand, by the colonization of the

42 SUGGESTIONS FOR BRITISH COLONISTS.

subjects of Great Britain, and by their taking root
in the country, the foundations of her goverament
would be incalculably strengthened; and there
can be no doubt that the most effectual way of
communicating to the people of the Straits the
inestimable blessings of education and true Chris-
tianity, is by introducing them under the imme-
diate auspices of England.

I shall now offer a few hints upon the subject.
In the first place, long leases of land should be
granted by Government, and adequate protection
by means of an efficient police. — 2ndly. The new
settlers should have means sufficient to defray all
expenses of living, hiring of labourers, &c. for the
two first years. — 3rdly. They should at first, as
far as may be practicable and consistent, adopt the
manners and customs of the surrounding natives
in their mode of life, agriculture, implements of
husbandry, &c. subsequently making such gra-
dual alterations as, on thorough and practical
conviction, may prove of service. — 4thly. The
colony should consist of agriculturists, artisans,
and mechanics, a spiritual pastor, and a surgeon,
under a capitalist of some experience. The first
cares of the colonists will be to erect temporary
habitations, and to clear and till the ground. The
cultivation of rice, culinary and other vegetables,
and fruits making quick returns, should be alone

SUGGESTIONS FOR BRITISH COLONISTS* 43

attempted during the infancy of the colony. Spices,
which require years and considerable outlay before
they yield any profit, ought not, at first, to be at-
tempted ; or at least merely for experiment. In
this way coffee, gambler, cotton, cocoa-nut, and
sago trees, may be planted in small gardens, or
campongs adjoining the houses. For the first and
second seasons Natives should be partially em-
ployed. Their methods of cultivation, times of
sowing and reaping, should be carefully attended
to, simple and uncouth as they may appear. At
first no more ground should be occupied than
what is absolutely necessary to produce enough
for a year's consumption; it can afterwards be
enlarged with the system of cultivation. In hir-
ing native labourers, it must be done through their
Panghulus, or headmen, who are, in a great mea-
sure, responsible for them, and whose good-will
should, in every case, be secured. The new colo-
nists should avoid unnecessary exposure to the
sun ; but they need not shrink from it altogether ;
they ought rather to inure themselves to it gra-
dually, until they become, in some measure, ac-
cUmatised. This is easily effected with tempe-
rance in eating and drinking. Indeed, the effects
of climate are not half so prejudicial as a person
would be led to imagine from the opinions
of writers inimical to European colonization in
tropical countries. The language, domestic

44 SUGGESTIONS FOR BRITISH COLONISTS.

manners, and religious prejudices of the sur-
rounding Natives, should be sedulously studied,
and nothing done to give unnecessary offence.
Above all things, religious conversion should never
be touched on ; unless the Native come forward
voluntarily, and ask for instruction on so vital a
subject, as he most assuredly will do, when he
has been led to infer the superiority of our reli-
gion over his own, by witnessing our great supe-
riority in the arts and sciences, and in moral
conduct.

The Natives of the peninsula are well aware of
the extensive schemes for their conversion, and
manifest much jealousy and sensitiveness on re-
ligious points. To prolong this excitement by
injudicious eagerness, and by a careless disregard
of circumstances, militates grievously against the
good cause we are engaged in. The conviction
of our moral ascendancy once establi3hed, the
path to conversion becomes comparatively easy,
and may be reasonably looked upon as certain.
Education need not be confined to mere reading,
writing and accounts. It should embrace the
handicrafts most likely to be useful to natives;
such as carpenters' work, house and boat build-
ing, &c.

With regard to the employment of Malay
labourers and wood-cutters by Europeans, the
following hints suggested in the interior, may

SUGGESTIONS FOR BRITISH COLONISTS. 45

prove of use. The Malays should invariably be
employed under their own Panghulus, and paid
daily by them under the eye of their employer,
when the day's work is over. Those who bear
good characters and have large families, may be
indulged with an advance of wages to leave with
their wives and children. Every attempt at com-
pulsion to work must be avoided, as Malays are
very jealous on this head. If attention be not
paid to this, the whole body sometimes abscond,
to a man.

By kind and considerate treatment, and a show
of confidence in their honour, anything may be
done with them. They are always provided with
biliongs, (a sort of hatchet,) and hatchets called
parangs ; and, indeed, seldom require assistance
from their employers in the shape of tools, except
for the choncole, (a sort of hoe,) which may be
procured at Malacca, for about fifty cents. The
time for working, agreeably to the custom of the
Malays (who are not such early risers as the natives
of India,) is from eight in the morning till five in
the afternoon, without leaving off for a meal.
The wages of a Malayan wood-cutter are gener-
ally paid in cash, for which, however, may be oc-
casionally substituted, (if the workmen wish it,)
rations of rice or paddy, salt fish, and tobacco.
The Malays in the interior of Malacca I found

46 CONCLUDINO REMARKS.

had no objection to work on Friday, their sabbath ;
but should a disinclination to this be manifested,
it would be advisable not to insist upon it.

From the advantages of soil and climate, I have
little doubt that colonies in the Straits, conducted
generally on the principles just laid down, would
prove highly serviceable to the state, to the in-
dividuals immediately concerned, and finally, in
its own proper time, to the great cause of Chris-
tianity. It is not from the first settlers that we
are to expect the full measure of benefits, but
from their descendants ; much of their success,
however, will depend on the foundation laid,
morally and physically speaking, by their parents.
With regard to location, Pinang offers the greatest
temptation, on account of the success with which
the cultivation of spices has been there prosecuted ;
but it is decidedly not so healthy as Malacca and
Singapore. At Malacca are many eligible spots
both for agriculture and the growing of spices.
The mouth of the Lingie river, a broad navigable
stream, full of fine fish, and the great channel for
the tin trade of the interior, offers superior ad-
vantages. A horticultural society has lately been
established at Singapore, from whose experiments
and reports much is expected. The great draw-
back to colonization, and to the successful cultiva-
tion of the soil, is the present code of land regula-

CONCLUDING REMARKS. 47

tions; which, however, are now (1837) undergoing
revision : and a commissioner (I understand) has
been sent down by the supreme government,
charged, amongst other duties, with the very im-
portant one of amending this code.

CHAPTER II.

Pin ANG . — Geographical Position. — Physical Aspect. — Geology. —
Goyerament. — Population. — Beyenue. — Trade. — Cultivation of
Spices. — Produce. — Leases of Land. — Abstract of Imports and
Exports. — Education among the Natives. — Propaganda Mission
College. — Military Strength.

Prince of Wales' Island, or Pulo Pinang, the
Areca Isle, as it is called by the natives, lies be-
tween 5"^ 14' and 5^ 29' north latitude ; its N.E.
point being in 100° 25' east longitude, off the west
coast of the Peninsula, opposite to the principa-
lity of Quedah. It is upwards of fifteen miles
long, and between eight and twelve broad, and
contains an area of about 160 square miles, of
which a little more than one-fifth is cultivated.

I am greatly indebted to Dr. Ward's and Cap-
t£un Low's valuable publications for many of the
following data regarding the physical aspect and
geology of Pinang, and of Province Wellesley.

The shape of the island is an irregular quad-
rangle, diminishing in breadth to the south. The
northern part is mountainous : the whole of the
east side is a level tract, nearly three miles in

PHYSICAL A8PBCT AND OEOLOGT. 49

breadth, called the Valley, on which is situated
the capital, George Town, and the Fort, &c.*
Through the centre of the island, from north-east
to south-west, runs a range of jungly hills, declin-
ing in height as it approaches the south-western
extremity ; on both sides of which, level plains ex-
tend to the coasts on the east and west. These
plains, like the hills, where cultivation does not
interfere, are covered with thick forests ; a belt of
cocoa-nut trees fringes the shore, and scattered
over the island, in various groups, appear groves
of the tall and graceful Areca, or Pinang, whence
the island derives its name. There is no river of
any magnitude ; two or three rivulets, of excellent

* The principal edifices in George Town are a handsome church,
an Armenian chapel, two Roman Catholic chapels, the Court House,
Gaol, the Public School, the Poor House, the Government Offices,
and the Ciyil and Military Hospitals. The town contains a few
European shops, and a number kept by respectable Chinese trades-
men. It lies at the eastern entrance of the valley, and consists of
a large street, intersected by smaller ones. The cantonment for
the native troops is about two miles and a half from the fort. Ac-
cording to Captain Low, in 1808, a Committee valued the property,
situated within a sweep of 250 yards from the fort (which includes a
portion only, although a valuable one, of the town) at 534,750 Spa-
nish dollars. The church was not then built. At the estimated
rental of the whole town, and at ten years' purchase, exclusively of
the church and other public buildings, the value of all may be rated
at 799,000 Spanish dollars. The whole landed property and houses
lying beyond the Bound-ditch may, at eight yeant' purchase only, be
valued at not less than 520,000 Spanish dollars. But when the
spice planutions come into bearing, the value of this last will be
greatly enhanced.

VOL. I. B

50 PHYSICAL ASPECT AND QEOLOGT.

water, descend from the hills into the sea. A tole-
rable road passes from one end of the island to the
other, and is connected with a number of cross
roads. The east side of the island is low and
swampy, and well adapted for wet rice cultivation.
The southern and western valleys are drier, and
laid out in pepper and spice plantations. Many
of the hills have been cleared and planted with
nutmegs and cloves; elegant country houses
adorn their summits. The highest elevation of
their range is 2574 feet above the level of the
sea. Two-thirds of the whole island are com-
puted to be level or of gentle inclination. Vege-
tation, like that on most of the beautiful islets that
stud these tranquil seas, is most luxuriant : wooded
to the water's edge, they appear so many immense
verdant bushes growing out of the ocean. The
climate, though not so fine as that of Malacca, is
delightful ; refreshing showers fall at short inter-
vals throughout the year, and morning and even-
ing a never-failing breeze dispenses every where
the blessings of renewed health and vigour.

The thermometer on the plain ranges between
76° and 90'' Fahrenheit. On the higher hills
from 64° to 76°. The island, with the exception
of a few notorious fever spots, is considered very
healthy. The climate of the high lands is said to
resemble that of Funchal.

GEOLOGY. 51

The geological formation of Pinang^ like that
of the adjoining peninsula, is primitive. The
more prominent features have not generally that
peaked appearance so characteristic of a granitic
structure. Some of the hills indeed have the
dome-shaped outline of those of Southern India.
They are all, however, granitic, of various texture
and colour, traversed by veins of quartz and
quartz rock. The prevailing colour is grey. Near
the coast are a few hills of laterite.

The subsoil of the hills is formed by the decom-
position of the rock below, and covered with a thin
vegetable mould, about six or twelve inches thick.
It is of a hght red colour and clayey consistence,
and varies from one to eight feet in depth. The
east and south-west plains are entirely of this al-
luvial character, viz. detritus washed down from
the mountains, together with the decomposition of
subjacent granite beds. Dr. Ward observes,
that, at first sight of the east plain particularly,
which juts out in a triangular form into the narrow
strait between the island and the Quedah coast,
and on which are built George Town, the Fort,
the various public buildings, and the habitations of
the English residents, the geologist is impressed
with the idea that the sea must have at one time
covered it, and washed the base of the mountains.
This opinion is confirmed by the phenomena ob-

E 2

52 GEOLOGY.

servable on the opposite shore of Quedah, where
Captain Low has traced the successive deposits
of alluvial matter, for several miles inland, and the
gradual retirement of the ocean, indicated by
ridges running parallel to the present line of coast.

The granite formation, as in the Peninsula, is
stanniferous. Tin ore (stream) has been dis-
covered at the base of the hills, at Amie's-mills
and at Battu Feringhi ; as also beds of a whitish
clay, probably decomposed felspar. The geo-
logical structure of the islets in the vicinity of
Pinang, according to Dr. Ward, is either granite
or limestone of a bluish grey colour, resting on an
argillaceous rock, or schist. No organic remains
or fossils have ever been found on these islands.

Pinang has, for a succession of ages, been
almost entirely covered with dense forest, produc-
ing timber well adapted for ship-building, and for
masts of vessels. Among the forest trees are
the murbowe (Metrosideros Amboinensis R.) the
meranti, the poon, the red poon, the ranghas,
the wood-oil tree, the bunga buratta (Connarus
ferrugineus of Jack.), and the dammer-laut.
There are a vast number of parasitical plants,
among which is to be found the urceola elastica
of Roxburgh, or the American caoutchouc, first
discovered by Mr. Howison. It is generally about
two or three inches in diameter, with a cracked

GEOLOGY. 53

ash-coloured bark. According to Roxburgh,
from wounds made in the bark of this plant, there
oozes a milky fluid, which, on exposure to the
open air, is separated into an elastic coagulum and
watery liquid, apparently of no use after the sepa-
ration takes place. This coagulum is, at first, of
a light brown colour, but darkens by exposure to
the air ; it not only resembles the American ca-
outchouc, or Indian rubber, but possesses similar
properties. Among the shrubs are the chiono-
tria rigidaj and the pteruandra ccerulescens of
Jack. The cypress-tree, a species of fir resem-
bling the larch, and some superb species of ar-
borescent ferns, grow on the more elevated parts
of the island; while, on the sides of the moun-
tains, a variety of beautiful ferns and mosses are
to be gathered. In the valley grow various fruit-
trees, such as the mangostin, the lime, the orange,
the guava, the rambotan, the durian, the langseh,
the jack, the tampuni, the rambai, the plantain,
and the pine-apple. Sugar-cane is produced in
abundance. The tea-plant is said to grow wild.
Nutmegs, cloves, caya-putih, pimento, are among
the exotics. Pepper, cocoa-nuts, betel-nut, betel-
leaf, coffee, rice, cotton, and ginger, thrive well.

Tin ore, as before stated, has been found on
the island.

The history of the establishment and govern-

54 GOVERNMENT — POPULATION.

ment of Pinang, has already been touched upon.
Mr. Salmond is the present resident councillor, and
Mr. William Balhetchet deputy resident. Captain
Low, of the Madras establishment, has charge of
Province Wellesley. Previous to the occupation
of the islands by the British in 1786, it would ap-
pear from the ancient burial places, and other in-
dications found thereon, to have been formerly a
place of considerable resort ; though, when taken
possession of, there were only a few Malay fisher-
men living in huts on the sea-coast. It had been
from time immemorial, under the government of
the Malay sovereigns of Quedah.

The population in 1801, amounted to 10,310 ;
in 1805, to 14,000 ; in 1822, including Province
Wellesley, to 51,207; in 1826, to 55,116; in
1828, to 60,551 ; and in 1833, to 86,275. The
following census (for 1833), will give an idea of
the mixed nature of the population of Pinang.

CENSUS OF THE POPULATION OF PRINCE OP
wales' island, and THE PLACES SUBORDI-
NATE AND ANNEXED THERTO.

Prince of Wales' Island, 3itt Dec. 1833.

Europeans and their descendants 789

Armenians 21

Malays 16,435

POPULATION. 55

Achinese 347

Battahs 561

Chinese 8,751

Chuliahs 7,886

Bengalese 1,322

Siamese and Burmese 648

Arabs 142

Parsees 51

Native Christians 708

CafTres 180

Native Military and followers 678

Convicts, including local prisoners 1,263

Average number of Patients, in the Chi-
nese Poor House, Lunatic Asylum, and

Native Pauper Hospital 140

Itinerants supposed here about this season 400

40,322

PROVINCE WELLE8LEY.

Malays 41,702

Chinese 2,259

Chuliahs 510

Siamese 405

Bengalese 577

Fluctuating 500

45,953
40,322

Total 86,275

56 RETENUE.

Malays and Chinese, it will be observed, are by
far the most numerous classes. In 1835-6, the
population of the island amounted to 38,454, and
that of Province Wellesley, to 47,555, giving a
total of 86,009 souls. The following is an ab-
stract of the various censuses taken since 1830.

PINANG. PROV. WELLESLEY.

1830-1 : 26,000

1831-2 35,260 41,900

1832-3 45,355

1833-4 40,322 45,953

1834-5 46,800

1835-6 38,454 47,555

The revenue of Pinang is derived from lands,
customs, licences, and the sale of the government
monopolies : viz. those of opium, spirits, pork,
betel-leaf, and the market. The gambling farms
were a source of considerable revenue, but have
been for some time past (in 1810) put down by
the Court of Judicature ; and thus a considerable
loss caused to the state. It is much to be ques-
tioned, whether morality even gains by this at-
tempt at suppression. Gambling goes on in
private to a greater excess than it did when openly
permitted (so true is human nature still to the
adage, "Nitimur invetitum semper cupimusque ne-

REVENUE. 57

•

gatum") ; and secret associations are fonned, parti-
cularly among the Chinese, from the combinations
of which spring many of those daring outrages
and robberies that disgrace our settlements. The
efforts of the police are either set openly at de-
fiance, or rendered null by bribery ; and as to the
total suppression of gambling, that is about as im-
possible under the present system as it would be
to sweep it away from the streets and squares of
our own metropolis. Heavy taxation propor-
tioned to the evil, would be the slow though sure
means of crushing it. At all events, the policy
which encourages and monopolises the sale of that
most debasing and pernicious drug, opium, might
consistently enough, impose a tax upon gambling,
native shrines, &c., even were there any foundation
for the objection generally urged against such im-
posts, that, they by recognizing, apparently le-
galize the practices subject to them ; and that the
revenue raised from such sources is, in spite of
Vespasian's sarcasm, iniquitous. But the objec-
tion is groundless, for a heavy tax is virtually a
mulct or fine, and as such, as justly available to
the coffers of the state, as fines for assaults or
other misdemeanours.

The revenue of Prince of Wales* Island and
Province Wellesley amounted, in 1835-6, to sicca
rupees 178,930-1, and the disbursements, not in-

58 TRADE.

eluding the expenses of the military and the con-
vict establishment, to 253,328, leaving a net
charge to the state of sicca rupees, 74,398.

The trade of Pinang is one chiefly of transit,
carried on with Great Britain, China, Calcutta,
Madras, Bombay, Java, Siam, Cochin China,
Achin, Telleswari, Siac, Quedah, Perak; on the
Peninsula, the Tenasserim Coast, Borneo, Ce-
lebes, and other islands of the Indian Archipe-
lago. A considerable trade in cotton cloths is
kept up by the Chuliahs with the Coromandel
Coast. The staple products of the island are
cloves, nutmegs, pepper, and mace. The average
amount of spices annually raised has been com-
puted as follows : —

SPANISH DOL.

Nutmegs 400 piculs, valued at... 12,000

Mace ... 130 ditto ditto 18,200

Cloves... 200 ditto ditto 4,000

Pepper... 16,000 ditto ditto 80,000

114,200
A picul is equal to 133^1bs avoirdupois.

The value of nutmegs, mace, and cloves, ex-
ported in the years 1836-79 amounted to sicca
rupees, 156,846.

The English government, in order to encourage

TRADE. 59

British planters, has fixed the duty on nutmegs
imported into Great Britain from her own settle-
ments, at 2^. 6d. per lb., and from other settle-
ments at 3^. 6rf. The duty on cloves imported
from British settlements is 2^., and from foreign
settlements 3*. Even this remission of tax in
favour of her colonies, is not sufficient to enable
the British planter to compete successfully with
the Dutch, who enjoy the monopoly of the spices
to the eastward. The restrictions on the lease of
land in the Straits should be modified, and the
duty should be taken ofi*, or as far as practicable
diminished, on those spices alone which are bon&
fide, the produce of British settlements. It may
be here stated, on the authority of Captain Low,
that Batavian merchants have lately, whether
legally or otherwise does not yet appear, been in
the habit of conveying the spices of the Moluccas
to Singapore and Malacca, from which places they
are shipped for England and Bengal, and conse-
quently pass free from the extra duty of one
shilling per pound, imposed on spices of other
than British colonies. This defeats the object of
the boon from the British government to the
Pinang spice cultivators, and is a subject that
should call forth the immediate and serious atten-
tion of government. Pinang itself, it is said, pro-
duces nutmegs nearly sufficient for the consump-

60 TRADE SPICES.

tion of Great Britain. Other causes exist that
militate against our rivalling the Dutch in this
article of commerce, among which may be men-
tioned the uncertain term of residence of the
monied men in the settlements — the want of
capital among the permanent colonists — and the
expensive mode of cultivation required:* the

* The mode of culture adopted in the different plantations is
nearly the same. The beds of the trees are kept free from grass and
noxious weeds by the hoe, and the plough is occasionally run along
the interjacent spaces for the purpose of eradicating the lallang (An-
dropogon caricosum) which proves greatly obstructive to the opera-
tions of agriculture. The trees are generally manured with cow-dung
and burnt earth once a year, in the rainy season, but the preparation
of suitable composts and their mode of application, are but imperfectly
understood. The pruning knife is too sparingly used : very few of
the planters lop off the lower verticils of the nutmeg-trees, or thin
them of the unproductive and straggling branches.

The site of a plantation is an object of primary importance, and
doubtless the alluvial grounds are entitled to preference, from the ac-
knowledged fertility of their soil, and its appropriate organization and
capability of retaining moisture, independent of the advantage of
water carriage. Several of the nutmeg trees, of the importation of
1798, at Moco Moco, are placed in soil of this description; although
never manured, they are in the highest state of luxuriance, and bear
abundantly ; and I have been informed by a gentleman recently ar-
rived from that station, that the stem of one of them measures thirty-
eight inches in circumference. Some of the trees in my own experi-
mental garden corroborate the truth of this assertion ; one of these
blossomed at the early age of two years ten months and a half, a de-
gree of precocity ascribable solely to its proximity to the lake which
forms the southern boundary. This was the first tree that blossomed
of the importation of 1803, which consisted of upwards of 22,000

TRADE — SPICES. 61

plants in the hot weather must be watered every
other day, protected from the sun, and annually
manured for five years before they yield any return

nutmeg plants. Next to the alluyial deposits, virgin forest-landi
claim pre-eminence, their surfiEice being covered with a dark-coloured
carbonized mould, formed by the slow decay of falling leaves and
mouldering trunks of trees ; and next to these are to be ranked the
open plains. Declivities are objectionable from the risk^ of the pre-
cipitation of the mould and manure into the subjacent ravines, by the
heavy torrents of rain that occasionally deluge the country. Above
all, the plantation must be protected from the southerly and northerly
winds by a skirting of lofty trees, and if nature has not already made
this provision, no time should be lost in belting the grounds with a
double row of the Cassuarina littorea, and Cerbera manghas, which
are well adapted for this purpose. This precautionary measure wHl
not only secure the planter against eventual loss from the falling off
of the blossom and young fruit in heavy gales, but will prevent the
uprooting of the trees, a contingency to which they are liable, £rom
the slender hold their roots have of the soil. If the plantation is ex-
tensive, subsidiary rows of these trees may be planted at convenient
distances. No large trees whatever should be suffered to grow
among the spice-trees, for these exclude the vivifying rays of the sun,
and arrest the descent of the salutary night-dews, both of which are
essential to the quality and quantity of the produce. They further
rob the soil of its fecundity, and intermingle their roots with those of
the spice-trees. It is true, that by the protection they afford, they
prevent frequently the premature bursting of the husk, occasioned by
the sudden action of a hot sun upon it, when saturated with rain ;
but the loss sustained in this way is not equal to the damage the
spice-trees suffer from these intruders. Extensive tracts of land are
to be met with in Uie interior of the country, well adapted for the
cultivation of the nutmegs and cloves, and to these, undoubted prefer-
ence is due.

In originating a nutmeg plantation, the first care of the cultivator
is to select ripe nuts, and to set them at the distance of a foot apart in

62 TRADE — SPICES.

to the planter; they demand constant and un-
remitting care in pruning, until the fifteenth year,
the period of their greatest productiveness.

a rich soily merely covering them very lightly with mould. They are
to be protected from the heat of the sud, occasionally weeded, and
watered in dry weather every other day. The seedlings may be ex*
pected to appear in from thirty to ninety days, and when four feet
high, the healthiest and most luxuriant, consisting of three or four
verticils are to be removed, in the commencement of the rains, to
the plantation previously cleared of trees and underwood by burn-
ing and grubbing up their roots, and placed in holes dug for their re-
ception at the distance of eighty feet from each other, screening them
from the heat of the sun and violence of the winds. It is a matter of
eBsential importance that the ground be well opened and its cohesion
broken, in order to admit of the free expansion of the roots of the
tender plants, and that it be intimately mixed with burnt earth and
cow manure, in the proportion of two-thirds of the former, to one-
third of the latter. The plants are to be set in rows, as well for the
take of the regularity, as for the more convenient traversing of the
plough, which is now to be employed in clearing the intermediate
spaces of lallang and other noxious grasses, carefully avoiding to tres-
pass on the beds of the trees. They must be watered every other
day in sultry weather, manured annually during the rains, with four
garden baskets full of the above mentioned compost to each tree, and
protected from the sun until they attain the age of five years. They
will now be sufficiently hardy to bear the sun, and from that age,
^ntil their fifteenth year, the compost should consist of equal parts
of cow-dung and burnt earth, and from three to twelve baskets full
will be required for each bearing tree, a lesser proportion being dis-
tnbuted to tlie males. From the power of habit the trees will, afler
the fifteenth year, require a more stimulating nutriment ; the dung
ought not therefore to be more than two or three months old, and
the mixture should consist of two parts of it to one of burnt earth, of
which the suitable proportion will be from twelve to sixteen baskets
to each tree, biennially. In all cases the prepared compost must be

TRADE — SPICES. 63

The clove bears generally at the age of six
years, and at twelve years is at its perfection ; it
seldom lives longer than twenty. The nutmeg b
said to attain the age of sixty or seventy in the

spread out in the sun for three or four days previously to its applies-
tion, in order to destroy grubs and worms that may have lodged in
ity and which might injure the roots of the plants.

In all plantations^ whether situated in forest land or in the plains,
the necessity of manuring at stated intervals has been found indis-
pensable, and is indeed identified with their prosperity. The proper
mode of applying it is in a circular furrow, in immediate contact with
the extremities of the fibrous roots, which may be called the absorb-
ents of the plant. Where there is a scarcity of dung, recourse may
be had to the dregs remaining after the preparation of the oil from
the fruit of the Arachis hypog(£a, which, in mixture with burnt earth,
is a rery stimulating manure ; or composts may be formed from the
decomposition of leaves or vegetable matter of any description. A
very fertilizing and highly animalized liquid nutriment for plants, is
obtained by macerating human ordure in water in proper pits for four
or five months, and applying the fluid to the radical "absorbents of
the plants. Sea-weed, and many other articles may also be resorted
to, which will readily occur to the intelligent agriculturist.

During the progressive growth of the plantation, the beds of the
trees are to be regularly weeded, and the roots kept properly covered
with the mould, for these have a constant tendency to seek the sur-
face, the growth of the lateral branches alone is to be encouraged,
and all suckers, or dead and unproductive branches are to be re-
moved by the pruning knife, so as to thin the trees considerably, and
to admit of the descent of the night-dews, which are greatly contri-
butive to their well-being, especially during the dry and sultry
weather ; creepers are to be dislodged, and the lower verticils lopped
oS, with the view of establishing an unimpeded circulation of air. The
conclusion of the great annual harvest is the fittest time for pruning
the trees. After the eradication of the lallang, the growth of in-
noxious grasses is to be encouraged in the intervals between the trees.

64 TRADE — SPICES.

Moluccas ; in the Straits it seldom lives longer
than twenty-four. The nutmegs, cloves, and
mace of Pinang, are the finest in the world.
The cocoa-nut is one of the principal products

which will give the plantation the appearance of a park, and the
plough is now to be abandoned.

The nutmeg-tree is monoecious as well as dioecious, but no means
of dbcovering the sexes before the period of inflorescence are known.
The relative proportion of male and female trees to each other, is also
undefined, and is indeed the result of chance. Setting aside, how-
ever, all pretensions to mathematical precision, the number of pro-
ductive trees may be roundly estimated at two-thirds of the whole
cultivation. However presumptuous it may appear to arraign the
operations of nature, I cannot but think that, with reference to the
genus Myristica, she has made a most unnecessary provision in the
creation of so many male trees, since the monoecious plants are fully
as susceptible of the rapturous impulse of connubial bliss, and
equally competent for the purposes of ardent and successful love.
The number of male trees therefore necessary to be retained, will
depend entirely on that of the dioecious kind ; all above this number
being considered superfluous, should be cut down, and other trees
planted in their stead. Were I indeed to originate a nutmeg planta-
tion now, I should either attempt to procure, on male stocks, grafls
of such trees as produce the largest and best fruit, by the process of
inarching, notwithstanding the speculative hypothesis of the graft
partaking of the gradual and progressive decay of the parent tree,
leaving a branch or two of the stock for the purpose of establishing
a regular polygamy, by which means the plantation would consist of
monoecious trees only ; or I should place the young plants in the
nursery at the distance of four feet from each other, and force them
to an early discovery of their sex, by lifting them out of their beds
once a year, and replacing them in the same spot, so as to check the
growth of wood and viviparous branches. The sex might thus be
ascertained on an average, within the fourth year, and the trees re-
moved to the plantation and systematically arranged ; whereas in the

TRADE — COCOA-NUT PLANTATIONS. 65

of Pinang. The fruit of this usefiil tree, finds a
place in the food of all classes of society. The
fibrous husk is employed in manufacturing cordage

usual mode of proceeding, it is not ascertainable before the seventh
year io general.

Upon an average, the nutmeg-tree fruits at the age of seven years,
and increases in produce till the fifteenth year, when it is at its
greatest productiveness. It is said to continue prolific for seventy or
eighty years in the Moluccas, but our experience carries us no
further than twenty-two years and a half, all the trees of which age
that have been properly managed, are still in the highest degree of
vigour and fecundity ; and for this reason no terra for planting a suc-
cession of trees can as yet be fixed upon. Seven months in general
elapse between the appearance of the blossom, and ripening of the
fruit, and the produce of one bearing tree with another under good
cultivation, may, in the fifteenth year of the plantation, be calculated
at five pounds of nutmegs, and a pound and quarter of mace. I
have observed, however, that some trees produce every year a great
quantity of fruit, whilst others constantly give very little. They bear
all the year round, but more plentifully in some months than others.
The great harvest may generally be looked for in the months of
September, October, November, and December; a small one in April,
May, and June. Like other fruit-trees on tliis portion of Sumatra,
I have remarked that they yield more abundantly every other year.
The fruit having ripened, the outer integument bursts spontaneously,
and is gathered by means of a hook attached to a long stick, and the
mace being cautiously stripped off, and flattened by the hands in
single layers, is placed on mats for three or four days in the sun to
dry. Some planters cut off the heels and diy the mace in double
blades, from an opinion that the insect is apt to breed in or about the
heels, and that the double blade gives a better and more substantial
appearance to the mace. The former idea is entirely groundless, for
if the article be properly cured, kept in tight packages in a dry
situation and exposed to the sun for five or six hours once a fort^
night, there need be no apprehension of the insect ; if it is not, it

VOL. I. P

66 TRADE — COCOA-NUT PLANTATIONS.

for shipping and other purposes ; and the oil uni-
versally used for burning, almost to the exclusion
of candles. It is also, in the Straits, very gene-

will assuredly be attacked by it, whether the heels be cut off or not;
again, the insect is much more likely to nestle within the fold of the
double blade, and the fancied superiority of appearance has so little
weight with the purchaser, as not to counterbalance the risk of pro-
bable deterioration and eventual loss. In damp and rainy weather
the mace should be dried by the heat of a charcoal fire carefully con-
ducted, so as not to smoke it or blacken its surface.

The nuts, liberated from their macy envelope, are transported to
the drying-house, and deposited on an elevated stage of split
neebongs, placed at a sufficient distance from each other to admit
the heat from a mouldering fire beneath, without suffering even the
smallest nuts to pass through. The heat should not exceed 140 of
Fahrenheit, for a sudden inordinate degree of heat dries up the
kernels of the nuts too rapidly, and its continued application pro-
duces fissures in them ; or a fermentation is excited in them, which
increases their volume so greatly as to fill up the whole cavity of the
shell, and to prevent them from rattling when put to this criterion of
due preparation. The fire is lighted in the evening, and kept up for
the whole of the night. The smoking-house is a brick building of a
suitable sixe with a terraced roof, and the stage is placed at an eleva-
tion of ten feet from the ground, having three divisions in it for the
produce of different months. The nuts must be turned every second
or third day, that they may all partake equally of the heat, and such
as have undergone the smoking process for the period of two com-
plete months and rattle freely in the shell, are to be cracked with
wooden mallets, the worm-eaten and shrivelled ones thrown out, and
the good ones rubbed over simply with recently prepared well-sifted
dry lime. They are now to be regarbled, and finally packed for
transportation in tight casks, the insides of which have been smoked,
cleaned, and covered with a coating of fresh water and lime. If
packed in chests, the seams must be dammered to prevent the ad-
mission of air or water. There is no necessity for sorting them, as

TBADB— COCOA-NUT PLANTATIONS. 67

rally substituted for ghee as an article of food. It
has been lately adopted in England for the manu-
facture of candles. The number of bearing trees

preriously to their sale they are classed into sizes in the Company's
wa reh o us es in London.

The mode generally practised in preparing nutmegs for the market,
is to dip them in a mixture of salt water and lime, and to spread them
out on mats for four or live days in the shade to diy. I am, how-
erer, convinced, from much experience, that this is a pemidoiu
practice, not only from the quantity of moisture imbibed in this pn>-
cess encouraging the breeding of insects, and rendering the nuts
liable to early decay, but ft'om the beating quality of the mixture
producing fissures, and occasioning a great loss in the out-turn |
whereas by liming them simply in the dry way as I have recom-
mended, the loss ought not to exceed eight per cent. In May, 1816,
I made some experiments on this subject. I cracked a quantity of
nutmegs that had been smoke-dried for two months, and distributed
them into four equal portions. I prepared the nuts of one parcel
inth a mixture of lime and salt water ; those of the second were
nibbed over merely with fine well-dried shell-lime, such as the
natives use with their betel, although I have no doubt but that
recently prepared and well-sifted common lime would answer
equally well ; those of the third parcel were mixed unlimed with
one-third of weight of whole black pepper; and those of the
fourth, also unlimed, with the same proportion of cloves. They were
then put into separate boxes with sliding tops, and numbered one^
two, three, and four, in the order I have mentioned them. At the
expiration of the first year, they were all sound. After that of the
second, I found three worm-eaten nuts in No. 1, and two in No. 8,
but those in Nos. 2 and 4 remained untouched. The injured nuts
were allowed to remain, and after the lapse of the third year, five
worm-eaten ones were discovered in No. 1, three in No. 3, and two in
No. 4, those in No. 3 being in their original state. Four years and
four months have now elapsed since the commencement of experi-
ments, and upon examining the several parcels the other day, the

F 2

68 TRADE COCOA-NUT PLANTATIONS;

in Pinang, has been estimated at SO^OOO, but this
is considerably below the present number. Cap-
tain Low gives the following particulars relative to
the cultivation of the cocoa-nut tree.

number of decayed nuts has not increased in Nos. 1, 3, and 4; those
in No. 2 are as good as the day they were put into the box. These
experiments not only prove the superiority of liming in the dry way ;
but also the fact that the progress to general decay in a heap of
nutmegs, even after the insect has established itself, must be a work
of years. In the shell they will keep for a great length of time. I
have myself kept them in this state for six years, and when cracked
they were found perfectly sound. From the report of the London
brokers, however, they will not answer in Europe on account of the
heavy allowance for shells, which is one- third of the weight ; but
the Chinese merchants are in the daily habit of exporting them to
Pinang and China, where they are in request. It is stated on the
best authority, that unlimed or brown nutmegs, as the home dealers
call them, mixed with cloves as in experiment No. 4, are highly
esteemed in England, and even preferred by some to the limed pro-
duce ; most probably from the greater facility of detecting the flaws
in them in their naked state.

Although the clove tree attains great perfection in the red mould of
these districts, it is more partial to a less tenacious soil. Its cultiva-
tion has been established for many years in the West Indies, and at
Bourbon, and is of secondary importance only. The mother cloves
are planted in rich mould so as to reduce its tenacity ; and are to be
cultivated in the same mode as the nutmegs, only that when full
grown, they require less manure in the proportion of one-third.
They yield generally at the age of six years ; and at that of twelve,
are in their highest state of bearing, when the average produce may
be estimated at six or seven pounds of marketable fruit, each tree,
during the harvest, which takes place in the rainy months ; but with
us they have hitherto borne two crops in three years only. The fruit
is terminal, and when of a reddish hue is plucked by the band, so
that the process of gathering it is tedious. It is then dried for

TRADE COCOA-NUT PLANTATIONS. 69

^^ On a rough estimate, for an actual numeration
has not been lately taken, the total number of bear-
ing trees on Pinang, may be stated at 50,000,
and those in Province Wellesley at 20,000 ; but
very large accessions to these numbers have of
late years been made. The tree is partial to a
sandy soil in the vicinity of the sea, and Province
Wellesley offers therefore greater facilities, per-
haps, for its cultivation, than Pinang does, as
its line of clear beach is longer and has many
narrow strips of light or sandy land lying betwixt

several days on mats in the sun, until it breaks easily between the
fingers, and assumes a dark brown colour. It loses about sixty
per cent, in drying. When past its prime, the clove tree has a ragged
and uncombed appearance; and I am led to suppose that its ex-
istence is limited to twenty years, unless in very superior soil, in
which it may drag out a protracted and unprofitable state of being
to the period of perhaps twenty-four years. Hence it becomes
necessary to plant a succession of seedings, when the old trees have
attained eight years of age, and this octennial succession must be
steadily kept in view.

With reference to the number of labourers, cattle, and ploughs,
necessary for a plantation of 1000 nutmeg or clove trees after the
ground has been thoroughly cleared of underwood and stumps of
trees, I consider that seven Chinese or active Bengalee labourers, fif^y
head of cattle, and two ploughs, would be sufficient for all the
purposes of the cultivation, with the exception of collecting the
clove harvest, which being a very tedious process, would require an
extra number of hands, and, indeed, the best plan would be to gather
it in by contract.

(From a paper by Mr. J. Lumsdaive, in the Proceedings of the
Agricultural Society, established in Sumatm 1820.)

70 TRADE — COCOA-NUT PLANTATIONS.

the alluvial flats inland. There are several kinds
of this tree known here ; one has a yellowish
colour observable both on the branches and un-
ripe fruit ; its branches do not droop much. A
second has green spreading branches, more droop-
ing than the former, the fruits being green-
coloured until ripe. This is perhaps most
prolific ; it also bears the soonest, if we except
the dwarf cocoa-nut, which fruits at the second or
third year before the stem has got above one foot
high. This last kind was brought from Malacca ;
it attains in time to the height of the common
sort ; its fruit is small and round, and of course,
less valuable than the other sorts : there is also a
cocoa-nut so saturated with green, that the oil
expressed from its kernel partakes of that colour.

^* It is a mistaken supposition that the cocoa-nut
tree will flourish without care being taken of it.
The idea has been induced by the luxuriant state
of trees in close proximity to houses and villages,
and in small coves, where its roots are washed by
the sea. In such circumstances, a tree, from being
kept clear about the roots, from being shaded, and
from occasional stimuli, advances rapidly to per-
fection ; but in an extended plantation, a regular
and not inexpensive system of culture must be
followed to ensure success.

" The nuts being selected when perfectly ripe

TBADB— COCOA-NUT PLANTATIONS. 71

from middle-aged trees of the best sorts, are to
be laid on the ground under shades, and afler the
roots and middle shoot with two branches have
appeared, the sooner they are planted the better.
Out of 100 nuts, only two-thirds, on an average,
will be found to vegetate. The plants are then
to be set out at intervals of thirty or forty feet,
the latter if ground can be spared, and the depth
will be regulated by the nature of the soil, and
the nut must not be covered with earth. The
plants require, in exposed situations, to be shaded
for one or even two years, and no lallang grass
must be permitted to encroach on their roots. A
nursery must be always held in readiness to
supply the numerous vacancies which will occur
from deaths and accidents. The following may'
be considered the average cost of a plantation
until it comes into bearing :

ORIGINAL INVESTMENT OF MONEY IN THE

PURCHASE.

100 Orlongs of Land, &c.
Purchase money of land ready for

planting 1000

7000 nuts at IJ dr. per 100 105

Houses of coolies, carts, buffaloes,

&c., &c 100

Spanish dollars 1 205

72 TRADE COCOA-NUT PLANTATIONS.

YEARLY EXPENDITURE FOR SEVEN YEARS.

1st year ten labourers at 3 drs. per

month including carts, &c 360

Tear and wear of buildings, carts, and

implements 50

Overseer at 7 drs. per month 84

Quit rent average 50

Nursery and contingencies 50

Expenditure per annum 594

Seven years at this rate will be ... 4158

Total investment at the end of 7 years 5363

" To this sum, interest at 5 per cent, will have to
be added, making perhaps a sum total of Spanish
drs. 6,616, and this estimate will make each tree
up to its coming into bearing cost one Spanish
dollar at the lowest. The young cocoa-nut tree
requires manure, such as putrid fish and stimulat-
ing compounds, containing a portion of salt. On
the Coromandel Coast the natives put a handful
of salt below each nut when planting it.

" The chief natural enemy of this tree is a
species of elephant beetle, which begins by nib-
bling the leaves into the shape of a fan ; it then
perforates the central pithy fibre, so that the leaf
snaps off, and lastly it descends into the folds of

TRADE COCOA-NUT PLANTATIONS. 73

the upper shoot, where it bores itself a nest, and,
if not speedily extracted or killed, will soon de-
stroy the tree. It has been found impossible to
cultivate the cocoa-nut tree at Singapore, on ac-
count of the depredations of this creature.*

" In Pinang and Province Wellesley, it has only
been observed within the last two years, and is
believed to have come from Keddah. A similar
kind of beetle is, however, known on the Coro-
mandel Coast, and it is extracted by means of a
long iron needle or probe having a barb like that
of a fish-hook. By using this, and by pouring
salt or brine on the top of the tree so as to
descend amongst the folds of the upper shoot,
the evil may be prevented or got rid of; the na-
tives of Keddah say that this insect appears at
intervals of two, three, or more years.

" The cultivators here adopt a very slovenly ex-
pedient for collecting the fruit. Instead of climb-
ing the tree in the manner practised on the Coro-
mandel Coast, by help of a hoop passing round the
tree and the body of the climber, and a ligature so
connecting the feet as to enable him to clasp the
tree with them, the Malays cut deep notches or
steps in the trunk, in a zig-zag manner, sufficient

* There are now several young plantations on Singapore Island,
which are thriving very well. — £• S. C.

74 TRADE— COCOA-NUT PLANTATIONS.

to support the toes or the side of the foot, and
thus ascend, with the extra aid only of their arms.
This mode is also a dangerous one, as a false
step, when near the top of a high tree, generally
precipitates the climber to the ground. This
notching camiot prove otherwise than injurious to
the tree. But the besettmg sin of the planter of
cocoap-nuts, and other productive trees, is that of
crowding them. Cocoa-nut trees, whose roots
occupy, when full grown, circles of from forty to
fifty feet in diameter, may often be found planted
withm eight or ten feet of each other, and in the
Native Campongs all sorts of indigenous fruit
trees are jumbled together with so little space to
spread in, that they mostly assume the aspect of
forest-trees, and yield but sparing crops.

" The common kinds of the cocoa-nut, under
very favourable circumstances, begin to bear at
six years of age ; but little produce can be ex-
pected until the middle or end of the seventh
year. The yearly produce of one tree with ano-
ther may be averaged at eighty nuts the tree;
when the plantation is a flourishing one, assuming
the number of trees in one hundred orlongs to be
5000, the annual produce will be four hundred
thousand nuts; the minimum market value of
which will be four thousand Spanish dollars, and
the maximum 8000 dollars. From either of these

TBADB-— COCOA-NUT PLANTATIONS. 75

sums six per cent, must be deducted for the cost of
collecting and carriage, &c. The quantity of oil
which can be manufactured from the above num-
ber of nuts will be> as nearly as possible, 834
China piculs, of 133|lbs.
The average price of this quantity, at seven

drs. per picul 6,838

Deduct cost of manufacturing, averaged

aii , and of collecting, watching, &c.... 2,059

Profit Sp. dr.... 3,779

" The Chinese, who are the principal manufac-
turers of the oil, readily give a picul of it in ex-
change for 710 ripe nuts, being at the rate of about
563 instead of 834 piculs of oil, as the total pro-
duce of the plantation of 100 orlongs. The price
of cocoa-nut oil has been so high in the London
market as from 30/. to 35/. per ton, or about an
average of ten dollars per picul. But it rose last
year to fifteen dollars per picul in Pinang, and is
now at nine dollars. It is said, that English casks
have not been found tight enough for the convey-
ance of this oil to Europe ; but if the article is
really in great demand, a method will, no doubt,
be discovered to obviate this inconvenience.

" So long, however, as the cultivator can obtain
a dollar and a half, or even one dollar for 100

76 TRADE COCOA-NUT PLANTATIONS.

nuts, he will not find it profitable to make oil, un-
less its price rises greatly.

" Soap is manufactured at Pondicherry from this
oil, but it is not seemingly in repute ; the attempt
has not been made in Pinang with a view to a
market.

" There is scarcely any coir-rope manufactured
at this island, so that the profit which might (were
labour cheaper) rise from this application of the
cocoa-nut fibre, is lost. The shell makes good
charcoal ; the leaves are scarcely put to any pur-
pose, the nipah being a superior material for
thatching.

" The cocoa-nut tree is exceedingly apt to be
struck by lightning ; and in such cases it is gene-
rally destroyed. It is a dangerous tree, therefore,
to have close to a house.

" If the trees are widely planted, cofiee may be
cultivated under their shade. It is generally be-
lieved that the extracting of toddy from this tree
hastens its decline.

" The Nicobar and Lancavi islands used partly
to supply the Pinang market with this indispen-
sable article; but the depopulation has greatly
reduced the quantity.

" On the whole it may be said, that there is no

•cultivation which insures the return of produce

with so much certainty as that of the cocoa-nut-

LEASEd AND LAND. 77

tree; and as ^* Rangoon, the Tenasserim coast,and
Singapore will, probably, always remain good
markets for the raw nut, there appears to be every
chance of the value of that produce affording
ample remuneration to the planter."

The produce of pepper is very trifling ; its cul-
tivation, in consequence of the low price it bears
in the market, having been almost abandoned.
That of clayed-sugar from Pinang and Province
Wellesley is estimated ^t 654 tons per season,
and from four to five thousand piculs of coarse
black sugar. Gambir, indigo, cotton, areca, and
tobacco, are grown in small quantities. Coffee
flourishes, and the produce, as well as that of the
cotton plant, is of a superior quality. But the at-
tention of the agriculturist is now almost exclu-
sively directed to the improvement and extension
of the spice-plantations. Captain Low states,
that " dry waste land for plantations may be ob-
tained from Government on leases of forty yearsj
at a quit-rent, varying according to the locality,
but not on the average exceeding 2 rupees an or-
long, from two to five years being allowed rent-
free, and the rent gradually increasing to the
maximum. Persons desirous of growing spices,
or other valuable products, may, it is believed, on
application to the Government, have the term
extended.**

78 LBA8E8 Am) LAND.

*' A very large portion of the land at Pinang and
Province Wellesley is held by grants in perpetuity
at various rates of quit-rent, the latter rarely ex-
ceeding one-tenth per centum of the gross grain
produce, and never more than one-fifth, which is
less than one-third of the average of rent in Eng-
land — ^that being about thirty-three per cent., and
is much below the rent taken by Government in
any other part of British India. Quit-rents of
long occupied land in Pinang, and of some lands
in Province Wellesley, do not exceed one per
cent, of the value of the gross grain produce. The
assessment for roads on Pinang lands has hitherto
been two and a half per cent, on the estimated
clear rental, and is confined to the island as yet for
many substantial reasons. Lands thus held, and
not cultivated, with valuable trees, are daily in the
market, the price varying from ten up to forty
dollars an orlong, eqiial to one-and-a-third of an
acre. The original costs of clearing primeval
forest cannot be averaged at less than ten Spa-
nish dollars an orlong under the most favourable
circumstances, and fifteen, or even twenty dollars,
may not be considered too high an estimate for
many of the stronger soils. The cost of keeping
it clear depends on many varying circumstances."

The following is a summary abstract of the
trade of Pinang for 1836-7.

AB8TSACT OP TRADE.

ARTICLES IMPORTED FROM THE IST MAY, 1836,
TO THE 30th APRIL, 1837, AND THEIR SEVE-
RAL VALUES IN SICCA RUPEES.

S. Rup.
Alum 600

Antimony ore 294

Arrack 3,690

Beche de mer 30,374

Benjamin 131,141

Beer 15,596

Beeswax 14,985

Betel nut 281,108

Birds' feathers 73,560

Ditto nesto 43,325

Brandy 20,142

Brass ware 12,876

Brimstone 700

Buffalo hides 6,237

Bugis sarongs 33,681

Camphor, Malay .... 81 ,180

Cardamums 2,386

Cassia 2,980

China root 3,695

Coffee 12,000

Coir rope, &c 12,136

Copper 19,416

Cotton 48,746

Cutch 11,166

Dammer, raw 14,806

DhoU, grain, & wheat 26,422

Dragon's blood .... 190

Ebony 51,140

ElephanU' teeth .... 4,736

Fish maws 9,551

S. Rup.

Gin 5,824

Gold dust 5,000

Gold thread 5,600

Gunnies 21,476

Iron 38,632

Lead 2,180

Lutestring 26,074

Oiland ghee 48,783

Opium 849,674

Pepper, black 542,753

Ditto, white 794

Piece goods, Europe 825^820

Ditto, ditto, India . . 995,192

Rattan 20,918

Raw silk 37,775

Rice 221,856

Rum 1,340

Sago 4,284

Salt 49,090

Saltpetre 1,998

Sharkfins 2,570

Spices 2,647

Steel 18,147

Sticklac 22,760

Sugar 11,545

Teak plank, &c 2,020

Tin 496,688

Tobacco leaf 19,863

Ditto, China 56,238

Ditto, JaTa 66,334

ABSTRACT OF TRADE.

S. Rup. S. Rup.

Tortoise shell 14,006 China, sundries .... 214,939

Wood, Sapan 1,844 Europe, ditto 285,1803

Wines 17,503 India, ditto 96,958

Woollens 20,110 Straits, ditto 44,311

Total, sicca rupees 6,061,908

Specie 1,145,136|

Grand Total, sicca rupees 7,207,0441

Or Company's rupees 7,687,5l3f

ARTICLES. EXPORTED AND THEIR SEVERAL VALUES,
FROM THE 1st MAY, 1836, TO THE 30tH APRIL,

1837.

S. Rup.

Alum 810

Antimony ore 2,400

Arrack 5,622

Beche de mer 56,681

Benjamin 86,318

Beer 1,010

Bees wax 17,440

Betel nut 333,295

Birds* feathers 60,810

Ditto, nests 106,040

Brandy 11,084

Brass ware 10,441

Brimstone 2,058

Buffalo hides 9,515

Bugis sarongs 7,210

Camphor, Malay .... 57,660

Cassia 4,900

Cardamums 3,352

China root 402

Coffee 1,587

Coir rope • 7,778

S.Rup.

Copper 2,680

Cotton 43,896

Culch 13,178

Dammer, raw 15,728

Dholl, grain, & wheat 8,164

Dragon's blood .... 1,866

Ebony 40,732

Elephants' teeth .... 16,080

Fish maws 14,070

Gin 820

Golddust 11,000

Goldthread 12,883

Iron 32,953

Lead 1,744

Lutestring 30,209

Oil and ghee 10,901

Opium 715,919

Pepper, black 660,767

Pepper, white 24,628

Piece goods, Europe 228,001

Ditto ditto India . . 852,762

ABSTRACT OF TRADE. 81

S. Rup. S. Rup.

Rattans 31,452 Tin 669,486

Rawiilk 27,465 Tobacco, leaf 34,937

Rice 164,572 Ditto, China 31,406

Sago 5,500 Ditto, Java 10,902

Salt 37,121 Tortoise shell 10,965

Saltpetre 2.958 Wines 2,534

Shark fins 1 1,395 Wood, sapan 3,108

Spices 156,846 Woollens 1 1,767

Steel 10,239 China, sundries 120,024

Sticklac 40,020 Europe, ditto 162,151

Sugar 68,780 India, ditto 35,762

Teak planks, &c 3,119 Straits, ditto 67,933

Total, sicca rupees 5,245,836

Specie 921,052|

Grand total, sicca rupees 6^1 66,888}

Or, Company's rupees 6,578,014}

VALUE OF ARTICLES IMPORTED FROM THE UN-
DERMENTIONED PORTS, FROM 1st MAY, 1836,
TO THE 30th APRIL, 1837.

Calcutta 822,195

Madras and Coromandel Coast 974,231

Specie l,401f

: 975,632f

Bombay 178,067

Specie 22,703

200,770

Ceylon 38,356

England 532,792

Specie 40,205}

572,997i

France 23,493

Specie 28,628

52,121

VOL. I. O

82 ABSTRACT OF TRADE.

America 33,100

Specie 75,9901

109,090J

Mauritius 37,000

Specie 13,293

50,293

Tenasserim Coast 260,353

Specie 21,649^

282,002 J

Acheeu 759,008

Specie 582,727

1,341,735

Malacca 39,816

Specie 52,625

92,441

Singapore 1,088,823

Specie 273,043

1,361,866

China 213,980

Siam 381,603

Specie 2,105

383,708

Delli 436,836

Specie 19,787

— ; 456,623

Quedah 110,788

Other Native Ports 131,422

Specie 10,978i

142,400i

Grand Total, sicca rupees 7,206,999|

Or Company's rupees 7,687,466

VALUE OF ARTICLES EXPORTED TO THE UNDER-
MENTIONED PORTS, FROM 1st MAY, 1836, TO
THE 30th OF APRIL, 183?.

Calcutta 544,041

Specie 26.6701

570,71 li

ABSTRACT OP TRADE. 83

Madras 209,422

Specie 346,731

556,153

^™bay 138,840

Specie 73,676

212,516

Ceylon 1 9^153

England 473,801

France 99,099

America *: 57,325

Mauritius 2,225

Specie 16,840

19,065

Tenasserim Coast 221,035

Specie 17,882

: 238,917

Acheen 1,063,559

Specie 77,621f

l,141,180f

Malacca 41,481

Singapore 1,023,363

Specie 139,266|

1,162,6291

China 648,523

Siam 309,941

Specie 50,520

360,461

I>elli 226,194

Specie 73,675

399^09

Quedah 77,091

Specie 28,284|

105,3751

Other Native Ports 90,743

Specie 69,886

160,628

Grand Total, sicca rupees 6,166,888|

Or Company's rupees 6,578,014J

ABSTRACT OF TRAJ>E«

ARTICLES INCLUDED IN THE FOREGOING GENERAL
STATEMENT OF VALUE, IMPORTED UNDER FO-
REIGN FLAGS, FROM THE IST MAY, 1836, TO
THE 30th APRIL, 1837, AND THEIR RESPECTIVE
VALUE.

A B<i>t^ r ru

PORTUGAL.

FRENCH.

AMEBICAN.

ABTICl^fca*

Amount.

AMOUrlT*

Brand/

Brass ware

China root

Copper

Lutestring

Opium

Piece goods

Raw silk

Rope, Europe ..

Rum

Salt

Sugar candy ....
Tobacco, China. .

Wines ^

China, sundries. .
Europe, ditto .

10,558
3,060

22,304
3,150

23,500

1,340

4,G00

980

36,713

93,781

8,125
500

2,314
12,554

960

• •

4,030

• •

21,000
960

• •

6,150

9,085
10,558

3,060

4,030
22,304

3,150

21,500

23,550

960

1,340

4,600

980

36,713

2,314
93,781
18,704

Specie ....

200,036

23,493
28,628

33,100
75,9901

256,629
104,618^

Total sicca rupees . .
Or Company's rupees

361,247)
385,330

ABSTRACT OF TRADE.

ARTICLES INCLUDED IN THE FOREGOING GENERAL
STATEMENT OF VALUE, EXPORTED UNDER FO-
REIGN FLAGS, FROM THE IST MAY, 1836, TO
THE 30tH APRIL, 1837, AND THEIR RESPEC-
TIVE VALUE.

ARTICLES.

Beche der mer . .

Betel nut

Birds* feathers . .
Ditto, nests . . . .
Bufialoe hides . .
Camphor, Malay

Cardamum

Cotton

Cutch

Dragon's blood. .

Ebony

Elephants* teeth

Fish maws

Opium

Pepper, black . .
Ditto, white ....

Rattans

Rice

Shark fins

Spices

Tin

Tortoise shell ....
Wood, sapan ....

Total, sicca rs. . .

PORTUGAL.

Amount.

46,400
3,197

58,430

93,630
1,945

57,120

500

1,100

3,616

1,866

16,000
6,320

12,020
7,430

34,651
3,905
5,060

25,241
4,712
3,490

27,972

1,500

421

FREWCH.

Amount.

700

AMERICAN

14,000

1,001
60

70
83,268

Amount.

28,825

28,500

416,526 I 99,099 57,325

AMOUNT.

46,400
3,197

58,430

93,630
2,645

57,120

500

1,100

3,616

1,866

16,000
6,320

1 2,020
7,430

77,476
4,906
5,120

25,241

4,712

3,560

139,740

1,500

421

572,950

Or Company's rupees 61 1,146|

ABSTRACT OF TRADE.

COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF THE VALUE OF
THE IMPORTS AND EXPORTS DURING THE
OFFICIAL YEARS, 1835-36, AND 1836-37.

Amount

during

1835-36.

Amount

during

1836-37.

INCREASE.

Amount of Imports, in-
cluding specie, from the
IstMay, 1835, to the 30th
April, 1836

5,421,007
5,367,523

7,687,465
6,578,013

2,266,458

Amount of Exports, in-
cluding specie for the
same period

1,210,490

Total increase in fovour of 1836-37, is sicca rupees. . 3,476,948

This increase of trade, it will be seen by the
following summary of imports and exports for the
six preceding years, had been progressive for some
time previously.

Imports. Exports,

sicca rupees. sicca rupees.

1830-1 2,670,640 3,420,121

1831-2 2,879,049 4,013,459

1832-3 3,842,546 3,667,322

1833-4 4,272,747 3,958,044

1834-5 4,112,791 4,161,464

1835-6 4,117,694 4,206,758

The latter account, does not include specie

EDUCATION AMONO THE NATIVES. 87

imported or exported during the period to which
it has reference.

The Malays have several schools at Pinang,
in which the Koran is taught, and the principles
of the Mohammedan religion. The following
account of their system of education is from
the Indo-Chinese Gleaner (vol. iii. page. 10.)
It affords a melancholy picture of the state of
moral and intellectual darkness that every where
attends the baneful influence of the tenets of Mo-
hammed.

Age and Ceremonies on entering the School. —
There is no fixed standard as to age; all are
admitted from six years old, and upwards ; just
as circumstances may direct. The parents, at
the time they deliver up a child to the master,
offer a small present of plantains, sirih, tobacco,
&c. ; sometimes a few pice, and, when they can
afford it, a rupee, or a dollar. They then say to
the master, " This child we entirely surrender to
you ; he is not now ours^ but yours ; we only
ask for his eyes and limbs, and that he may not
be crippled, or severely wounded by chastisement.
In every other respect he is solely at the disposal
of the teacher.'* After these ceremonies, the
child is regularly received by the master into the
school, and entitled to all the advantages of the

88 EDUCATION AMONG THB NATIVES.

institution. There is an additional agreement,
which comes under the head

Of School Fees. — In this particular, also, there
is nothing definite as to the actual sum, unless
the same be stated in a written or verbal agree-
ment. When a boy has gone through the Koran,
which is considered a kind of finish to his educa-
tion, his parents give /Sec^AraA, or alms, which, in
this instance, has a special reference to what is
given exclusively for instruction. The parents re-
ward the teacher according to their ability. The
rich will give from twenty to seventy dollars, and
upwards ; and if they consider the master as hav-
ing done his duty, frequently add a new turban, a
gown, and a piece of white cloth. A feast some-
times follows, to which a company of old men are
invited, who are supposed to know the Koran well.
The boy is called into the presence of these old
men, and of his master, when he is ordered to
read, with an audible voice, a chapter or two from
the Koran ; after this, the judgment of the old
men, if favourable, as it usually is, obtains for the
teacher the reputation of being very learned.

In many instances, however, the school-master
does not succeed so well, and not unfrequently
fails to get any remuneration whatever from pa-
rents whose children he has instructed. If the
father die, or become very poor, the master either

EDUCATION AMONG THE NATIVES. 89

loses, or has great difficulty in procuring the ex-
pected " Sedekahr it being perfectly optional
with the parents whether they give any thing or
not ; and extreme poverty is always considered a
sufficient excuse for withholding the " Sedekah.**
An instance lately occurred, in which a master,
after having taught four children to read the
Koran, could not obtain a single rupee, though
the father had, in a verbal agreement, promised
100 dollars for each boy. I have known several
similar cases. To go to law, under such circum-
stances, is also certain disgrace to the master,
who, by so doing, is considered as committing a
great sin, and transgressing the laws of Iskua,
Very poor people can take their children to a
Mohammedan teacher for instruction, and should
he refuse, or ask for wages as the condition, he is,
ipso facto J dishonoured ; for he is obliged to re-
ceive them. The Moslems say, that all good
teachers, who fear God in truth, will not — dare
not — ask any recompence for instructing the ig-
norant.

School Hours. — It will appear, nevertheless,
that the poor school-master has plenty to do. The
schools open in the morning at seven o'clock, and
close at eleven, when the children go home to eat
rice. At two o'clock the schools are re-opened,
and the children read till five ; when the master's

90 nt}VCAttOV AMONG THE NATIVES.

ordinary work for the day is done. The time,
alsO) of continuance at school is quite uncertain.
Some boys, who are of a very bright intellect, will
go through the Koran in one year ; but many re-
quire a much longer space of time; and some,
even in ten years, do not finish the book. Hence
it happens, that if the poor Moslem teachers do
sometimes acquire unmerited reputation, they
much more frequently suffer the hardships of un-
requited toil, and the misery of undeserved dis-
grace, results which are rapidly bringing into dis-
use the present system of education. The children
receive no rewards whatever for making progress
in learning ; while, on the other hand, their

Punishments are very severe, if they do not
learn. All the encouragement they receive is,
that punishment will not be inflicted if they behave
well.

For gambling, the boys are punished by having
pieces of rattan placed between each finger, and
the fingers* ends bound tight together.

For playing truant, a piece of wood, as heavy
as the boy can lift, and which he must take with
him wherever he goes, is fastened by a chain to
his body. This punishment is continued till he
appears sorry for what he has done. When seve-
ral boys are guilty of this offence, they are chained
together, two and two, and the one not being able

SDUCATION AMONG THE NATIYBS. 91

to go any where without the other, makes it a very
disagreeable punishment. Sometimes the boys
are suspended from a pole by the hands only —
their feet about an inch from the ground. For
fighting, the offending party is beaten with rattans
by all the boys in the school ; and if, in the judg-
ment of the master, they are too mild, he himself
chastises the offender very severely. Others are
ordered to lay hold of the left ear with the right
hand and the right ear with the left hand, then to
prostrate themselves at the feet of the master, as
often as he shall require. Should the boys, by
accident, let go their hold, they are severely
flogged.

For lying, the boy is placed in a comer of the
room, and remains there till the wrath of the mas-
ter is appeased. If for any length of time, the
boy's parents send him food.

For calling ill names, the boys are made to
take hold of each other by the ears, and to rise
and sit together as often as the master shall order.
The boys find it difficult to rise and sit at the
same moment of time ; and he who is in the least
tardy, receives a few strokes from the rattan for
each offence.

Method of teachings and what is taught. —
The boys are first taught the Arabic alphabet,
which is mostly written on a board for that pur-

92 EDUCATION AMONG THE NATIVES.

pose; when they know all the characters, the
Koran is put into their hands, and they read a
chapter which treats on prayer. But if the master
does not explain the same to them, they are just
as wise, when they have read the chapter, as they
were before ; and as the Koran is in the Arabic
tongue, the teacher himself is frequently unable
to explain it. Great numbers read the Koran
who are not able to explain a single chapter. It
is the chief book which is read in these schools,
and nothing more is taught, unless the master is
desired to do so by the parents. In some in-
stances, the children continue at school after they
have read the Koran, when they proceed to the
Alkitabf or the book, which explains the doctrines
and ceremonies of Islam. Five leading tenets are
principally insisted upon, and care is taken to
impress the minds of the children with the im-
portance of them ; and frequently these doctrines
are interspersed with the regular lessons of the
day. It is no uncommon thing, when passing the
Native schools among the Islams, to hear the
children singing praises to all the prophets ; and
they are thus supposed to have made considerable
progress in their learning.

Writing is also taught in the Native schools, as
soon as the boys can read with tolerable facility.
They commence by writing the characters on

THB PROPAOANDA MISSION COLLEGE. 93

boards, which, when full, are washed and used
again ; and so they proceed, by degrees, to the
use of paper, and write what the master may order.
The Propaganda Mission has a college, where
upwards of twenty Chinese are educated. Both
Malay and Chinese schools have been established
by the Christian Missions, for the support of
which the Court of Directors liberally sanctioned
an allowance of 360 Spanish dollars per annum.
The difficulties complained of by the Missionaries,
in their first efforts to establish these schools, were
the suspicions entertained by the Natives, that
their object was to entrap the children, and to
take them to some distant part of the world, and
that the exclusion of the Koran was meditated.
Now, if I may venture to offer an opinion on the
subject, these obstacles were partly owing to the
indiscreet zeal of the Missionaries themselves,
who acknowledged that the New Testament, the
performance of short religious services, and a
variety of tracts, were introduced into the schools,
at a very early period after their establishment.
This the Natives, who are remarkably tenacious
and jealous in such matters, rightly enough con-
tinue to regard in the light of an attempt to sub-
vert the religion of their forefathers ; a religion
they have looked up to from early childhood with
superstitious awe and veneration. Thus becom-

94 THE PROPAGANDA MISSION COLLBOB.

ing alanned, many leave the schools abruptly, or
are compelled to do so by their parents ; and a
few remain from interested motives, secretly more
inveterate than ever against the Christian religion,
and doubly vigilant against any future attempts at
conversion. I am assured, on unquestionable
authority, that many mosques and pagodas, for-
merly deserted, in Southern India, are now filled
by Natives, roused to a state of bigotry and jea-
lous alarm, in consequence of the injudicious and
premature attack upon the bulwarks of their reli-
gion, made by over-zealous persons, who forget,
in their haste to see the fruits of the seed, that
they are sowing it in ground unprepared for its re-
ception. The result, in short, of a constant and
careful observation of the Native mind in India,
is my firm conviction that, almost every attempt
at conversion should be preceded by an education,
the natural effect of which would be, without
shocking his prejudices, to inspire the Hindoo
with a just sense of our superiority over him in
some respects, whence would gradually follow a
deference also for our religious opinions, and by the
blessii^ of God, a craving for our knowledge of
Christianity, as well as of the other things in which
he had learned our undoubted pre-eminence.

Now, sueh an education would, I am persuaded,
be best carried into effect by confining, in the

MILITARY STRENGTH. 95

first instance, the instruction given, to reading,
writing, arithmetic, and as I have before sug-
gested, to some suitable handicraft or trade.
For, in spite of the spirit of illiberality and
prejudice often mixed up with the truth in the
remarks of the Abb6 Dubois, the following ob-
servations, quoted by the Asiatic Journal, are
not, I fear, utterly without foundation.

" What is, then," asks the Abb6, " and what
will at all times be, the answer of a Hindu of
common sense to an Englishman or a Frenchman,
who will presume to come forward for the purpose
of reforming him ? * You speak to me of religion
and morality, and you boast of a great superiority
over nie in these respects ; but pray, how comes
it that, from the very accounts which you are not
ashaiqed to publish ev«n in this my supposed^
thoroughly-corrupted country, it appears that, in
each of your respective metropolises, London
and Paris, you reckon no less than 40,000 pros^
titutes^ who keep shops of infamy, and, live by
the most unruly dissoluteness? Look, gentle*
men, to Calcutta^ Madras, and Bombay, and see
whether you wUl be able to find such an extensive
sink of corruption, and so large a proportion of
vice, among the crowded population of these
large cities.' "

Pinang, as a military post, is almost without

96 MILITARY STRENGTH.

defence. There is, however, a work, dignified
by the name of Fort Cornwallis, standing on the
apex of the triangular plain on which the town is
built, which, from its construction, is incapable of
affording protection either to the shipping in the
harbour or to the inhabitants of the town. The
sea has made considerable encroachment of late
years. Towards the end of 1836, an extra-
ordinary rise of the tide occurred, that washed
away great part of the outworks, and made a
complete breach into the ditch. The miUtary
establishment, at both Pinang and Province
Wellesley, amounts only to six companies of
Madras Native Infantry, and a small detachment
of Artillery: a force which might serve to sup-
port the police, l^ut is utterly inadequate for
protection in case of Siamese invasion, or any
hostile combination on the part of the neighbour-
ing Malayan chiefs. The great alarm which
prevailed on the Siamese flotilla invading Quedah,
in 1821, when many of the wealthy native inha-
bitants made preparation for conveying their pro-
perty to other British settlements ; and again, on
the appearance of the Quedah and Perak arma-
ment in April, 1836, prove what little reliance is
placed by the government and inhabitants of
Pinang on the sufficiency of the present mih-
tary force. A few documents relative to the

MILITARY STRENGTH. 97

latter event will show the truth of these obser-
vations.

" PROCLAMATION.

" Whereas the Honourable the Governor of
Prince of Wales' Island, Singapore, and Malacca,
has intimated to me that it is possible an aggres-
sion upon this island may be meditated by a
numerous flotilla, under the direction of the
Rajah Muda of Perak, which is understood to be
now collected to the southward of this island ; I
hereby convene a meeting of all British subjects
residing in Prince of Wales* Island, at the
Sheriff^'s Office, in the Court House, at 3 o'clock
this afternoon, for the purpose of taking into
consideration and adopting the best means of
protecting life and property, and in aiding me to
maintain the King's peace.

" God save the King.

" R. F. WiNGROVE, Sheriff."

p. W. ItUmd, Sheriff's Office,
26th AprUy 1836.

" State of excitement and alarm. — The inhabi-
tants of Pinang have been thrown into a state of
excitement and alarm from apprehension of being
visited by a fleet of forty or fifty Malay prows,
which, according to the information obtained by
government, are assembled at Brooas, in the

VOL. I. H

98 MILITARY STRENGTH.

Perak territory, under the command of the Rajah
Muda of Perak, for the purpose of invading
Quedah, and reinstating the ex-Rajah of that
province, who, instead of proceeding to Dallih,
in the island of Sumatra, as was his intention,
and for which he obtained the permission of the
government of Bengal, is now at Brooas, aiding
and encouraging by his presence the equipment
and proceedings of this formidable armament,
said to consist of 1,400 fighting-men, composed
chiefly of Malay pirates, whose object, it is con-
jectured, would be, if permitted to pass through
Pinang harbour, a dash at the town and shipping,
as ofiering a better reward for their enterprise
than any thing they would be likely to obtain
from the ex- Rajah. In the absence of any ship
pf war, and the government tender, the head
authority who is here has taken up and armed
and manned as combatants, a merchant bark and
a schooner-rigged boat, for the protection of the
harbour, and to resist, (as by treaty the Company
is bound) the passage of any invading force
directed towards the Siamese territory. The
tropps, consisting of about 500 men, European
and Native, are all under arms, either on the
island or Province Wellesley, (the latter beii^
the thoroughfare to Quedah, if the invaders are
prevented passing in their prows) ; the leading

MILITARY STRENGTH. 99

Christian and Native inhabitants have been sworn
in as special constables, and the Christian inhabi-
tants are forming themselves, under directions of
a committee of public safety, into an armed
volunteer corps, for the protection of the town
and its environs, in which many adherents of the
ex- Rajah are now residing ; and it is conjectured
would not fail to avail themselves of any attack
to plunder and burn, for the purpose of increasing
the commotion, and aiding his rather desperate
cause.

" The Siamese are aware of the threatened
invasion, and are said to be prepared for the
reception of their invaders, and to be even de-
sirous of commeiicing by a dash against the
flotilla at Brooas, if permitted to pass through
Pinang harbour for the purpose; which, it is
believed, could not be sanctioned under existing
treaties, without some direct and positive move^
ments by the forces of Perak against the Siamese.
All is in an uproar. The King of Quedah is
cruising outside of the island with thirty, forty,
or fifty armed boats ; and his feelings, it is gene-
rally supposed, are very inimical to the govern-
ment, who. have shamefully cut him off, and
befriended the Siamese.'* — These fears, it maybe
as well to add, though reasonable enough at the
time^ were not justified by the event.

100

CHAPTER III.

Province Welleslet. — Area. — Boundaries. — Physical Aspect.
Climate. — Produce. — Concluding Remarks.

Province Wellesley is a strip of coast land,
thirty-five miles long by about four in breadth,
situated on the western side of the Malay Penin-
sula, immediately opposite to the island of Pinang,
from which it is separated by a strait about two-
and-a-half miles broad. It is computed to con-
tain 140 square miles. On the north and east it
is bounded by the Siamese province of Quedah,
to the west by the strait that divides it from
Pinang, and to the south by the Krian river,
which flows between it and the Malay state of
Perak. The boundaries with Quedah (now a
province of Siam) as finally established by
treaty, are as follows, — " On the north, from the
mouth of the Muda river, (which is common to
both nations) as far east as the brick pillar at
Samattool; on the east, from the said brick
pillar, standing on the south bank of that river, in
a south-westerly direction, by a road cut through
the jungle, and leading straight to a brick pillar

PHYSICAL ASPECT. 101

standing on the north bank of Pry river, and
eastward of Aur Gading ; thence down the middle
of Pry river to Sungia Sinto Huler creek, at the
S. W. extremity of Aur Gading reach ; thence
eastward up this creek to the landing place ; and
then by a road still eastward, to the north ex-
tremity of Permatang Passir ridge ; thence in a
straight line to Martajum hill, and from thence
along the eastern Berator range of hills, to the
brick pillar standing on the north bank of Krian,
and eastward of Bukit Toongal police-station."

Province Wellesley presents a gently undulating
superficies, sloping gradually to the sea, with a
few narrow strips of sandy soil, well adapted for
the cultivation of the cocoa-nut, from which
protrude a few hills of granite. Its surface is
partially covered with forest. The soil is for the
most part the detritus of the granite, with the
exception of a few sawahsj (wet rice grounds,)
where rice is cultivated in tolerable abundance.
Here it becomes mingled of course with a very
large proportion of decayed vegetable matter.
Captain Low justly observes that the granite,
which yields the best soil in disintegration, is that
in which felspar and mica predominate; the
former decomposing into a rich white clay, of a
ferruginous hue, from the oxidation of the iron
contained in the mica. Where quartz prevails.

102 CLIMATE.

a sandy, gritty soil is the result. The richest soil
lies in the mangrove flats, on the sea coast.
That of Province Wellesley, he goes on to say,
is by no means uniform in quality. The coast-
line exhibits a narrow sandy belt of low land to
the northward and eastward, while to the south-
ward, the arable or habitable tracts are hemmed
in, excepting in a few high points, by a broad
mud flat, covered with mangrove trees, and
flooded at high water. Beyond the sandy belt
and mangroves are extensive alluvial tracts, under
rice cultivation, alternating with ridges of light
soil, running parallel to the coast. These ridges,
in the centre of the province and towards the
frontier, give place to irregularly shaped dry,
alluvial plains, stretching north a^d south« A
few hills of moderate elevation are scattered
throughout the district. Of the alluvial plains
and rice grounds, the soil is superior in fertility to
that of lands of the same class in Pinang; on
the hills, it is much the same in both« Extensive
roads have been, and are now being made, to
facilitate intercourse ; and three large rivers, be-
sides numerous creeks, afford ready access to
many parts of the country.

The climates of Pinang and of Province Wei-
lesley slightly differ in some respects from each
other, but both are adapted to all the purposes

CLIMATE. 103

af intertropical agriculture. Hurricanes have
never visited either of these places, although
strong squalls have occasionally done considerable
mischief to plantations. The evil has happily
seldom extended beyond shaking fruit off the
trees, prostrating a weak tree here and there,
and breaking a few branches. Droughts of con-
siderable duration occur usually at the end of
four or five years, and severer ones at longer
intervals. The planter, however, can always
provide agamst any material loss from them hf
tanks and wells. A superabundance of rain is
an inconvenience rather than a mischief; but it
increases the cost of the cultivation by one-third.
The island and the province owe the exuberant
v^etation Which covers them to the geheM
humidity of their climates throughout the yeai*.
Rains likewise fall, occasionally, more copiously r
thus rain fell almost every day betwixt October,
1789, and June, 1790 ; and rain fell on 145 days
betwixt May, 1833, and April, 1834, inclusiv6|
on Pinang plains; and 166 days on the Flag-staff
Hill; and on 228 days in Province Wellesley.
The atmosphere of Pinang is more loaded with
aqueous vapour than that of Province Wellesley,
because the latter is further removed from the
vicinity of mountains than the former. The
average temperature of Pinang- is about one

104 CLIMATE.

degree higher during the day than that of the
opposite coast. The dews are heaviest perhaps
in Province Wellesley. The northern half of
the Province is swept by the strong sea-breeze
during the day, and generally by a cool land-wind
at night. A hot wind is not known at either, nor
within the straits. The climate of Province
Wellesley generally is believed to be more
healthy than that of Pinang Plain : this must be
chiefly attributed to its being better ventilated.
The best manifestation of the nature of the
climates of both, as regards the feeling, is that, in
Pinang a punkah is indispensable — in Province
Wellesley its absence is not felt. The tempera-
ture, in the interior of the latter, was observed
one day in January last, at 5 p. m. to be 65^ of
Fahr.

Inc. lOths.

From May, 1833, to April, 1834, in-
clusive, there fell on the Flag-staff

Hill, on Pinang 116 6

Pinang Plain 65 5

Province Wellesley 79 Ij

Mean temperature of Pinang Plain is about
80J° of Fahrenheit, that of Province Wellesley,

79r-

The retreat of the sea from the coast of Pro-
vince Wellesley has been already noticed in

PRODUGB. 105

speaking of the geology of Piiiang. Its pro-
tecting position along the shore of the peninsula
acts as a defensive barrier between Prince of
Wales* Island and the Siamese territory. It
supplies Pinang with cattle, poultry, and fruit.
The principal products are rice, pepper, sugar,
and cocoa-nuts. Of agricultural surplus produce,
the gross annual value is estimated at 80,000
Spanish dollars ; of rice and sugar alone, at about
60,000 Spanish dollars. The value of the lands
under cultivation is estimated by Captain Low at
about 300,000 Spanish dollars, including the real
property attached.

The province is a dependency of Pinang, under
the able superintendence of Captain Low, of the
Madras service. Its population in 1824, amounted
to 14,000; in 1831, to 25,000; in 1833, to
45,953; and in 1836, to 47,555, of whom about
43,000 are Malays ; the rest Chinese, with a few
Bengalis, Chuliahs and Siamese. This great
increase is chiefly owing to the late cruelties
practised by the Siamese on the Malay inhabit-
ants of Quedah, which have compelled them to
seek shelter in our territories : before the Siamese
invasion of Quedah, in 1821, the population did
not exceed 5000.

The principal settlement is at Bukkah, a place
about five miles south of the Muda river, and the

106 CONCLUDING REMARKS.

redidence of the Briti^ superintendent, Captain
Low, according to wbom, the province contains
three large villages, consisting on an average of
300 houses each, and also numerous smaller ones of
twenty or thirty houses each. There are twenty-one
bazars, twenty-eight mosques of slight construc-
tion, fifty- nine native schools, in which from 500
to 600 boys are taught to read the Arabic cha-
racter, and get the Koran by heart. As in Naning
among the Malay population, so here, the number
of males exceeds that of the females. Among
the Chinese emigrants, the disproportion is of
course still greater.

It was formerly intended to establish an arsenal
and depdt for ship-building at Pinang, and a few
fiHe vessels were actually launched : but, the in-^
terests of Bombay prevailing, the scheme was
given up. In a commercial and maritime point
of view, its fine harbour, formed by the Strait
(nearly two and a half miles wid6), that separates
the north-east point of the inland from the main
land of Quedah, affords a safe anchorage for ships
of the largest class. The capabilities it possesses
fbr refitting, waterings and victualling shipping, its
position on the eastern side of the Bay of Bengal^
commanding the entrance into the China seas,
combine to render Pinang a place of great resort :
and although^ since the establishment of Singa-

CONCLUDING REMARKS. 10?

pore, the trade has somewhat fallen off, it not only
still continues to be a valuable entrepdt for the
produce of India, China, and Europe, but bids fair,
by its own plantations of nutmegs and cloves, to
render us independent of the spice islands, which
we have given up to Holland. From proximity it
is a convenient mart for the produce of Achin,
the Pedir coast, and for the north-east parts of
Sumatra, which would otherwise be carried into
the Dutch ports on the western coast of Sumatra.
Politically speaking, Pinang forms a link
in the prolonged chain of coast establishments
that conneqjt and strengthen our influence, north
of the equator, from the coast of Africa to the
shores of China ; seated too near the line of de-
marcation between the Siamese and Malayan ter-
ritories, and apart from both, it operates as a
salutary check in restraining the arrogant en-
croachments of the former power on the pos-
sessions of the latter.

108

CHAPTER IV.

Malacca. — Geographical Position. — Area. — ^Town of Malacca. —
Boundaries. — Physical aspect and geology. — Climate. — Pro-
duce. — History. — Population. — Slaves, and Slave Debtors. —
Trade. — Government. — Revenue. — Tenth on land produce. —
Education among the Natives. — Anglo-Chinese College. — Con-
cluding Observations.

The town of Malacca is situated on .the Malay
peninsula, at the mouth of a small river flowing
into the Straits of Malacca, in long. 102° 12' east,
lat. 2° 14' north. The territory attached to it
lies between the Malay states of Salangore, to the
north-west, and that of Johore to the south-east.
Interiorly, and to the east, it is bounded by Rum-
bowe and Johole ; and on the west, by the Straits
of Malacca. Its mean length is forty miles, and
mean breadth, including Naning, twenty-five;
comprising an area of about 1000 square miles.

Malacca derives its name, according to Malay
history, from the Malacca tree (Pht/llanthus em-
blicajy and was founded by Raja Secunder (or
Iscander) Shah, monarch of Singapore. The
passage, in Leyden's translation, runs thus: ^^ Raja

^1. t

,.-„j<

-'-t

\f ;i

w«

l^^S

TOWN OF MALACCA. 109

Secunder Shah, returned to the shore of the sea,
to the banks of a river named Bairtam, where he
iiunted, standing himself to see the sport under
the shade of a spreading tree. One of his dogs
roused a white pelandok (moose deer), which at-
tacking the dog drove it into the water. The
Rajah was pleased, and said, ^ This is a fine place,
where the very pelandoks are full of courage.
Let us found a city here.' To this the men as-
sented, and the Rajah enquiring the name of the
tree under which he was standing, was informed
that it was the Malacca tree: ^ Then,' said he,
* let the name of the city be called Malacca.' "
Wilford rather fancifully derives the name from
two Hindu words, maha lancOj and from the
Arabic word, malakah.

The town of Malacca is divided by the river
abovementioned, into two parts, connected by a
bridge. On the left bank rises the verdant hill of
St. Paul, surrounded by vestiges of an old Portu-
guese fort. Around its base lie the barracks,
lines, and most of the houses of the military ; the
stadthouse, court-house, gaol, church, civil and
military hospitals, the site of the old inquisition,
convent, the police-office, the school, post-office,
and master-attendant's office. On its summit
stand the ruins of the ancient church of Our Lady
del Monte, erected by Albuquerque, and the scene

110 TOWN OF MALACCA.

of the labours and supposed miracles of that
" Apostle of the East," St. Francis Xavier ; also
the light house and flag staff. A Uttle to the
90uth rises the hill of St. John's, and in the rear,
that of St. Francis. On these eminences are still
the remains of batteries erected by the Portuguese
and Dutch, commanding the eastern and southern
entrances to the town. Smaller knolls intervene,
covered with the extensive cemeteries of the Chi-
nese. The tombs are white, and constructed with
much care, and surrounded by low walls of brick
and chunam, in shape resembling a horse-shoe.
About these hills are some delightful drives.

The bazars, and by far the greatest part of the
town, are situated on the right bank of the river.
Three streets run parallel to the coast, one con-
tinued beyond the rest for a considerable distance
as far as Limbongan. In this are many sub-
stantial well-built houses, occupied by the Dutch
gentry ; by Portuguese, Chinese, Chuliahs,
Kling, and Malay inhabitants; here too are the
Anglo-Chinese College, the Mission Chapel, the
principal Chinese temple, and the two large
mosques.

The view of Malacca from the Roads is ex-
tremely picturesque. It has the appearance of
being situated in the bend of a crescent or bay ;
the southern horn of which is formed by a chain

TOWN OF MALACCA BOUNDARIES. Ill

of beautiful islets, called the Aguadas, or Water
Isles, stretching out seawards from the coast. On
the north side, the shore trends to the west,
terminating in an elevated and well wooded point
called Tanjong Kling. A few other islets stud
the shore. The first objects that strike the eye
are a cluster of trees crowning the summit of St.
Francis, the Star Fort on St. John's to the south,
the light-house, and ruinous church on St. Paul's,
and the white edifices that skirt its base, stretch-
ing along the sea-shore, and gradually lost in the
thick grove of cocoa-nut trees that covers the dwell-
ings of the Portuguese, Gl^ese, and Malays, in
the suburbs of Bander Ilir, and Ujong Passir. In
the bc^ck ground of this pleasing view, rise the
hills of Bukit Bertam, Bruang, Panchur, &c. To
the north, in the distance, frown the mountains of
Bumbowe and Srimenanti, and far away to the
east the triple peak of Ophir, celebrated for its
gold, shoots into the sky with softened Qutline.
The whole " pay sage " is clothed with the most
refreshing verdure. The anchoring ground in
the Roads is so secure, that, though large vessels
are obliged to lie at a distance of two miles from
the shore, accidents have been rarely known to
happen. Native craft anchor much nearer ;
under the lee of one of the islets close in-shore.
The ancient boundaries of Mf^^cca, apqording

112 BOUNDARIES.

to the Sejara Malayu, in the time of Mohammed
Shah I., Sultan of Malacca, were Bruwas Ujong
Carang on the west, and Tringanu on the east.

When the Dutch took Malacca in 1641, the
boundaries, as fixed by them and their ally the
king of Johore, were from the mouth of the
Lingie river on the north, to the mouth of the
Cassang river on the south. As they stand at
present, the Lingie river separates it from Salan-
gore, and the Cassang from Johore. In Valen-
tyn*s map of the peninsula, the tract or territory,
included in the cordon surrounding the " Ma-
leytsche Kust," extends from the right bank of
the Liassa or Lingie river, down to Rio Formoso
or the Battu Pahat river, comprising both the
Cassang and Muar rivers. The boundaries of
Malacca with Rumbowe, are the Rumbowe river,
Qualla Sungie Jemee, Bukit Bertam, Bukit
Jelatang, Bukit Putoos, Jeerat Gunjie, Lubo
Talan, Duson Feringie, Duson Kapar, Ulu
Songa, and Bukit Puttoos, with Johole the ooun-
dary,* is a line extending from Bukit Puttoos
through Battang Malacca to Mount Ophir.

* Since writing the above, the boundaries of Malacca, with Johole,
have been fixed as follows : — From Bukit Puttoos to '< Salumba
Kroh/' thence to Lubo Palang, thence to Lubo Penawen, following
the right bank of the stream down towards Malacca. The left bank
is the territory of Johole. This is the boundary between Malacca

PHYSICAL ASPECT. 113

Mr. Martin describes the sea-coast as rocky
and barren, with detached islets of cavernous
rocks, which the Chinese use for places of sepul-
ture, and the interior as mountainous. These
statements require some modification. The few
remarks I shall make, are deduced from a personal
observation of the whole line of coast from the
mouth of the Cassang to that of the Lingie river,
the extreme limits north and south of the Malacca
territory, and from excursions made to many parts
of the interior. From Malacca, northwards, to
the Lingie river, the shore line consists of two or
three long indentations, the prominent parts of
which are caused by rocky swells, descending
from the interior to the coast. These are con-
nected by prolonged curved sweeps of a flat
sandy shore. Off the prominences, the coast is
always rugged, owing to the action of the waves
upon the rocky swells just mentioned, which are
continued to unknown distances under the sea, and
every now and then emerge again in shape of
reefs or islets. From Malacca southwards to the
Cassang river, the coast is less undulating and
rocky — in many parts is very low and swampy,
and covered with mangroves, and with other

and Johole, for instance, Rekkan and Ladang, and Kadaka and
Nascha, all these campongs are under the dominion of Johole. — V^ide
Appendix, No. 17.

VOL. I. I

114 PHYSICAL ASPECT.

aquatic trees. The islets along the coast are
not, strictly speaking, cavernous: overhanging
granitic rocks, and masses piled one on another,
sometimes form crevices and hollows which do
not deserve to be called caves; and which^
though generally used by the Malays as places
of burial, are rarely sought for any such purpose
by the Chinese. The coast abounds with fine
fish. The adjacent country is lower and flatter
than the inland parts, where the surface is varied
by a succession of rising grounds and watery
plains. The former are clothed with forest-trees
and often with fruit-trees, the property of such
villages as are situated upon them ; the interven-
ing flats form narrow swamps, winding about the
bases of the rising grounds, and are converted
into Sawahs. There are no regular ranges of
hills in the territory subject to Malacca. Hills,
detached and in small groups, like those at
Panchur, occur. Thermal sulphureous springs
are to be met with at Ayer Pannas, about fifteen
miles east of Malacca, at Sabang, and at Londi
in Naning : but no volcanic products. Generally,
the hills are of granite, with the exception of a
few near the sea-coast, which are of laterite,
overlying the granite. Specimens of hornblende
rock have been brought to me from a hill, a little
south of Malacca. The islets on the coast are

SOIL RIVERS. 115

^of granite, of various kinds, with white, red, and
green felspar. In all, the felspar appears to be
predominant, and mica deficient.

The soil in the rising grounds is reddish, and is
formed by the decomposition of the subjacent
laterite. Over it sometimes lies a thin layer of
vegetable mould. In the flats it consists almost
entirely of decayed vegetable matter, mixed with
silicious particles, washed by the rains from the
sloping banks that bound them. Beds of porce-
lain earth are sometimes found interspersed with
it, at a little distance below the surface, giving to
the contiguous parts an ashy grey colour. The
soil of Malacca is remarkably fertile, and in many
places capable of producing excellent nutmegs and
cloves. Rice is grown in abundance, the ground
frequently yielding more than two hundred-fold.
The supply of water, both from springs and rivu-
lets, is easy and plentiful. The chief rivers are
the Lingie, the Malacca river, the Cassang, the
Sungie, Baru, and the Duyong. The first is na-
vigable for small brigs ten or twelve miles from
the mouth. They take their rise among the hills
in the interior, and empty themselves into the
Straits of Malacca. The mouths of these rivers
are, more or less, obstructed by bars and sand-
banks. Their sides are generally low, in many
places swampy, and covered with forest. Though

116 CLIMATE.

infested by alligators, their waters abound with fish,
on which, and on fruit and rice, the Natives sub-
sist* Malayan villages are almost invariably built
upon the banks of these streams, or upon those
of some of their tributaries.

The climate of Malacca is justly celebrated for
its salubrity; and certainly preferable to that
either of Pinang or of Singapore ; though, as is
the case with the climates of all countries near the
equator, it is found fault with, not unreasonably,
on account of its moistness and occasional close-
ness. The extremes, denoted by the register of
a thermometer kept in the open air, fifteen miles
inland of Malacca, at Fort Lismore, in 1832-3,
were 70° Fahr. at 6 a. m., and 108° at 2 p. m.
In the shade the thermometer ranged from 72°
to 85°. There is but little change in the baro-
meter, which, during the year, varies between 30°
3' and 29° 83' . Excessive heat and cold are not
encountered here, as on the Peninsula of India,
nor any scorching land-winds ; hot nights seldom
occur. There are regular land and sea breezes :
the former pass large tracts of forests, extending
over a narrow peninsula, that juts out far into the
main, between the sea of China on one side, and
the Strait on the other. They are thus entirely
free from the parching dryness so painful in the
land-winds of India, which traverse arid plains or

CHOLERA MORBUS. 11?

sheets of heated sand. Malacca is but slightly
affected by the monsoons that prevail in the Bay
of Bengal. The rain falls at intervals of a few
days throughout the year, keeping the face of the
country in a state of perpetual verdure. The
rainy season, if such it can be called, continues
from September to December and January : from
this month to March is the coldest time of the
year. The violent squalls, termed Sumatras,
prevail during the S. W. monsoon, which com-
mences in May, and terminates in October. They
seldom last longer than three hours, often not one.
They rise suddenly, attended with thunder and
lightning, and with floods of rain. Colonel Far-
quhar states, in proof of the salubrity of the cli-
mate, that the average number of casualties in the
garrison, from diseases contracted at Malacca for
seven years, did not amount to quite two in the
hundred. Instances of longevity are numerous,
not only in the native population, but among the
Dutch and Portuguese inhabitants.

At the latter end of November, 1819, the Cho-
lera Morbus first made its appearance at Malacca,
and continued to the end of the year. It fell upon
the Chuliah and Malay tribes, then upon the
Portuguese and Chinese, and finally upon the
Native and European troops. It was remarked,
at the time, that its ravages were greatest among

118 CHOLERA MORBUS.

the population of marshy and confined situations,
among aged persons living chiefly on vegetables
and fruits, and among persons of feeble constitu-
tions. During its height, the casualties varied
from five to fifteen daily. According to the re-
port of Dr. Sanger, the Dutch Chirurgyn Majoor,
the malady here exhibited symptoms different from
its usual characteristics ; for it was accompanied
with local spasms in various parts of the body, re-
gulated by the age of the patient. The principal
appearances, shewn on dissection, were inflamma-
tion of the membranes encircling the lobes of the
cerebrum and cerebellum, water in the ventricles
tinged with blood, inflammation of the intestines,
stomach full of water, and dark colour of the blood
in the lungs. From Dr. Sanger's report, it is
not clear that the spinal chord was ever examined.
He describes two forms of the disorder ; one be-
gan almost always with vomiting, sometimes pains
in the bowels, giddiness in the head ; the whole
body deadly cold, and the pulse imperceptible.
The second, he says, was still more alarming, and
accompanied with severe cramps, and sometimes
foaming at the mouth.

The treatment was a large dose of calomel
(20 grs.) and 60 drops of laudanum, with a Uttle
brandy, followed up by the hot-bath ; warm port-
wine, and putting the head under water, were found

PRODUCE. 119

to be of essential service in the second form of
the disease*

The produce of Malacca is principally rice,
jaggery, sago, pepper, rattans, timber, vegetables,
fruits, poultry, and cattle, a great proportion of
which is exported to Singapore. The quantity
of rice was formerly scarcely sufficient for four
months' consumption ; the inhabitants were con-
sequently dependent on Java, Bengal, and Achin,
for this necessary of life. It has, however, in-
creased considerably of late years, and the last
crop (1835) was equal to two-thirds of the annual
consumption. The bulk of the rice of Malacca is
the produce of the wet lands or sawahs — a small
quantity only is grown on the ladangs, or dry-
land plantations. The causes of the scanty pro-
duce of this staple necessary of life exist not in
the climate and soil, but in the inaptitude of the
Malays to improve the advantages, which nature
has bestowed on them with so bounteous a hand,
and in the restrictions of the former Dutch
government. These, Colonel Farquhar states,
were carried to such lengths that "previous to
the capture of Malacca, in 1795, no grain of any
kind was permitted to be raised within the limits
of the Malacca territory; thus rendering the
whole of the population dependent on the island
of Java for all their supplies." Every possible

120 PRODUCE.

encouragement has been judiciously given by the
local government to cultivation ; and it is to be
expected that, ere long, Malacca will not only
be able to produce sufficient for her own con-
sumption, but also for that of Pinang and Singa-
pore.

No person who has seen the forest of cocoa-
nut-trees that overtop " with feathery shade"
the suburbs of Malacca, can avoid being struck
by the singular spectacle.

Upon the produce of these trees, and of a few
patches of rice-ground, as well as by fishing, the
greater portion of the poorer classes subsist.
The annual produce of each tree is estimated at
one dollar. The following is a calculation of the
expense incurred in planting and rearing 7»000
trees at Malacca. It must be borne in mind, the
tree is seven years old before it yields profit to
the cultivator.

FIRST OUTLAY.

Sa.R3.

Purchase money of 100 orlongs of

land for plantation 631 8

Price of 7,000 nuts 152

Coolies, carts, buffalos, &c 152

S. Rs. 935 8

PRODUCE. 121 ^

ANNUAL COST.

Sa.R8.

10 Coolies, at 6 Rs. each per mensem... 720
Tear and wear of implements, buildings,

and carts 50

Overseers, at 1 5 Rs. per mensem 1 80

Quit-rent average and contingencies 200

S. Rs. 1150

Thus the total outlay required the first seven
years, for a plantation of 7,000 trees, with interest
at five per cent, will be, at Malacca, in round
numbers, about 9,800 s. rupees, while at Pinangit
would, with interest, amount to about 13,232
s. rupees.

Besides the articles just enumerated, a consi-
derable quantity of dammer, ebony, jaggery, and
a small quantity of nutmegs, cloves, gambler,
cofiee, gold-dust, tin and ivory, lakka, aloe-wood,
and bees'-wax are produced. The forests abound
with timber applicable to the building of vessels
and houses, such as the murbowe, medanketana-
han, the bilian, the medang-sa-miniak. The
ranghas, or red wood; the korantye, a fine-
grained yellow wood ; and the barumbong. The
three last are used in making furniture, &c. An
immense variety of delicious fruits are cultivated,
and grow spontaneously at Malacca, in addition

122 HISTORY.

to those already enumerated as the produce of
Pinang, all of which are to be met with here in
perfection.

Malacca was founded, in the middle of the
13th century, by a colony of Malays, from Singa-
pore, under the sovereign of that island, Sri
Iscander Shah, who had been driven thence by
an invasion of the Javanese from Majapahit.
From its advantageous situation, in the highway
of eastern commerce, it soon became a large and
flourishing city ; the population of which, if we
may place any reliance on native historians,
amounted, in the 15th century, to 190,000 in-
habitants.

Its political influence extended almost over the
entire peninsula, and over the islands on the
coasts. The attention of the Portuguese was
early attracted to this emporium of the eastern
seas, and in 1511 it fell, after a brave defence,
into the hands of their leader Alphonso Albu-
querque. Its Malayan sovereign. Sultan Ma-
homed Shah II., fled to Johore, a place situated
near the extremity of the peninsula; where, and
at the island of Bintang, he formed a kingdom,
still having a nominal existence. The Portu-
guese held Malacca until 1641, when it fell into
the hands of the Dutch, and of their ally the
King of Johore, a lineal descendant from the

HISTORY. 123

Malayan kings of Malacca, after a siege of six
months' duration.

The Dutch retained possession till August,
1795, when it surrendered to the expedition
under command of Major Brown and Captain
Newcome.* In November, 1795, the British

* The particulars of the surrender of Malacca and its dependen-
cies to the British forces, under the command of Captain Newcome,
of the Orpheus, and Major Brown, of the East India Company's
Service, are contained in a short letter from the former to Commodore
Rainier, dated at that place, August the 25th, 1795. The terms of
capitulation were nearly the same, but with greater indulgence than
those granted to the Dutch at the Cape of Good Hope. As the
British squadron entered the port, a Dutch ship, which had run
a-ground, fired at the Resistance, of forty-four guns. Captain Edward
Pakenham ; this was returned, and the ship struck her colours ; the
fort also fired a few shots at the troops on their landing, and sur-
rendered on the opening of our fire : for which acts of hostility the
settlement, as well as the ships in the harbour, were taken possession
of as the property of the captors, subject to the decision of His
Britannic Majesty. In the capitulation it was agreed that, the com-
manding-ofiicer of the British troops was to command the fort ; and
in consequence of the expenses incurred by the King of Great
Britain in equipping the armament, the British garrison was to be
maintained at the expense of the Dutch, who were to raise a sum in
the settlement for that purpose. The British commandant was also
to have the keys of the garrison, and to give the parole ; all military
stores of every description were to be placed under his control ; the
armed vessels belonging to the government of Malacca to be put like-
wise under the orders of the British government ; the English and Dutch
flags were to be displayed on proper occasions, on two flag-staves in
the fort. The settlemenU of Riou and Peru (Rhio and Perak ?) being
dependencies of Malacca, were ordered to put themselves under the
protection of the British government — {Brenian't Naval Hittory,
vol. I. 360.)

124 HISTORY.

occupied it for the Prince of Orange * This,
however, has since been disputed by the Dutch

* Extract of General Orders from the Garrison Orderly Book.

'* Malacca, 17th Not., 1795, Tuesday.

''The Dutch troops having taken the oath of allegiance to His
Britannic Majesty George the Third, now in strict alliance with His
Serene Highness William the Fifth, Prince of Orange, the same
respect and deference is to be paid to the Dutch officers and men,
when on or off duty, as is paid to the British officers and men, by
whom they are to be considered and treated on all occasions as bro-
ther-soldiers in one and the same allied service.''

No. 2.
^ Malacca, 6th Dec., 1795, Sunday.
** By His Excellency Commodore Rainier.
** It having been deemed expedient by the Right Honourable the
President in Council of Fort Saint George, Peter Thomas Rainier,
Esq., commander of His Majesty's squadron, and Colonel John
Braithwaite, commander of the army on the coast of Coromandel, to
disapprove of that part of the articles made by Captain Henry
Newcome and Major Archibald Brown, to continue Abraham Cou-
peris, Esq., governor, with his council, in the Government and direc-
tion of all matters of a civil and commercial nature, and in conformity
to the instructions of the Right Honourable the President in Council,
the Government of Malacca having been dissolved, Major Archibald
Brown is appointed governor, until the pleasure of His Majesty, or
that of the Right Honourable the President in Council of Fort Saint
George, or of the Commander-in-chief in India, be known, with full
powers to discharge the duties of that office ; and in case of his
absence, the officer commanding the troops at Malacca, for the time
being, is to assume his place as Governor, and consider himself
responsible for the good conduct and management of all matters
under his control and discretion."

No. 3.
Extract from Orders, dated Malacca, 14th March, 1796.
** Lieutenant-Colonel Falson, Commanding the Forces and settle-

HISTORY. 125

commissioners in 1818, who affirm, that the
English considered Malacca a place taken by
arms. The rule of the Portuguese and Dutch,
as their own records evince, was not at all popular
among their Malayan subjects, or the neighbour-
ing states ; and they experienced great difficulty
in retaining their hold on the peninsula and the
navigation of the Straits, both on account of

ment of Malacca, in conformity to the orders of the Right Honoura-
ble the President in Council of Fort Ssdnt George, publishes the
following Extracts from these Orders, under date the 1st February,
1796.

" We hare now to advise you of our resolutions upon certain
points, referred to us by Admiral Rainier and Major Brown, relative
to appointments and allowances.

^ FIRST CIVIL £STABLISIIM£NT.

''The Dutch Government being totally at an end, we direct that all
emolumentSy heretofore enjoyed by the civil servants of the Dutch
East India Company, under whatsoever denomination, do cease;
and that, from henceforward, no one on the civil establishment be
paid beyond what may be absolutely deemed necessary for his actual
subsistence, for which the wages and diet-money, drawn under the
supreme government, must be considered at all times sufficient for
those not employed in the offices of Government, and never be
exceeded,

''To such as may be publicly employed, you will proportion their
allowances to the labour and responsibility of their respective offices.
But no one, whatever be his employment, must receive more than
double the wages and dietrmoney granted under the late Government.

" On your arrival at Malacca, you will call for settlements, show-
ing the wages and diet-money drawn under the late Government,
and be guided by the foregoing regulations, forwarding to us an
account of all allowances paid by your order/'

126 HISTORY.

internal rebellions and external invasion, par-
ticularly from the then-powerful state of Achin.

Malacca was to have been restored to the
Dutch at the peace of Amiens, in 1802 ; but war
recommenced (May, 1803) before the transfer
was made, and the Dutch falling again under the
gripe of France, it consequently remained in the
hands of the British until 1818. The law of
Holland continued to be administered, and the
decrees of the courts of justice passed in the
name of their High Mightinesses. In 1805,
government entertained the idea of abandoning
Malacca. At that time the public property there
was estimated, with a view of ascertaining the
extent of the sacrifice, by the British resident.
Colonel Farquhar, as follows :

Spa.dol.

Fortifications 700,000

Lands and houses 50,000

Rice and provisions 8,566

758,566

In 1807 the fort, valued as above at 700,000
dollars, was destroyed, by order of the British
government, at the enormous expense of 260,000
rupees. The demolition of the public buildings,
and the total abandonment of Malacca had also
been determined upon, with the strange view of

HISTORY. 127

transferring the trade and population of the place
to Pinang, and of rendering it utterly useless to
other European powers, in the event of its ever
falling into their possession*

These objects were defeated chiefly by the pa-
triotic conduct of the inhabitants of Malacca (who
to a man, refused to be removed to Pinang, and
rejected, with contempt, the offers of a free pas-
sage for themselves and families), and partly by
the strong representations of Sir Stamford Raffles,
regarding the political and commercial importance
of the place itself, and the* futility of the means
employed to attain the desired end. The eyes
of Government being opened by these considera-
tions, and under the influence, probably, of some,
doubts as to the justice and honesty of destroying
the property of another nation, held in trust by us,
the farther destruction of the public buildings was
stopped, and Malacca continued a British settle-
ment. Fragments of the massive walls of its fort
remain to this day, a lasting monument of these
abortive projects.

On the 21st of September, 1818, Malacca,
agreeably to the treaty of Vienna, was given over
by the British Resident, Colonel Farquhar, to the
Dutch Commissioners, Rear Admiral Walterbeck,
and Timmermann Thyssen. Events in Europe
had prevented this fulfilment of the treaty ; until.

128 HISTORY.

in the latter end of 1816, a Government order was
issued, dated 2nd November, directing the resto-
ration of Malacca to his Netherlands Majesty.
The Dutch did not, however, immediately take
advantage of this order : occupying Rhio, near the
southern entrance of the Straits, and several ad-
vantageous positions on the coast of Sumatra,
they were at first in no hurry to dispossess us of
Malacca, deteriorated as it had been, both as a
military post and a commercial mart, by the in-
creasing trade of Pinang, and by the demolition
of its fortifications. Notwithstanding these draw-
backs, Malacca was too important a place to be
allowed to remain long in our hands, and accord-
ingly Commissioners were deputed, not only to
receive over the place, but to repay whatever ex-
tra expenses had been incurred by the British
Government in retaining possession since the date
of the order for restoration, according to treaty,
viz. from the 2nd November, 1816, to the 21st
September, 1818, when the order was executed.*

* Garrison Orders. — By Major William Farquhar, Resident and
Commandant, Malacca, Saturday, 19th Sept. 1818.

^ Monday next, the 21st instant, being the day appointed for re-
storing this settlement to His Netherlands Majesty, the following
ceremony will be observed on the occasion: —

'* The British colours to be hoisted at sun-rise. All the troops in
garrison off duty to parade at their respective barracks, at seven
o'clock in the morning, from whence tliey will remove to the vicinity

HISTORY. 129

These expenses amounted to Spanish dollars
28,022, and 87 cents.

Before the Dutch colours were hoisted, Colonel
Farquhar made claim for indemnification to the
British Government on account of the extra
expenses incurred in retaining possession of
Malacca for the Stadtholder since 1795 to 1818,

of the Flag-staff on St. Paul's Hill, when they will take up a position
in open ranks on the right of the Dutch troops. Tlie civil and mili-
tary officers not on duty with corps to assemble at the Government
House in full dress at seven o'clock. The British Resident and
Dutch Commissioners, with their respective staffs, public officers, &c.
will proceed in procession to the spot allotted the troops in the vici-
nity of the Flag-staff. On their arrival there, they will be received
by the troops with presented arms. Drums beating two rolls.

** Tlie British Proclamation will then be read by the Resident,
and the same repeated in the Chinese and Malay languages, after
which the master attendant will begin to lower the union on the royal
salute commencing from the battery, and continue to do so gradually
until it reaches the ground. The troops, during the lowering of the
British flag, will again present arms. Drums beating God save the
King.

*' The Dutch men-of-war in the roads will also fire a royal salute
whilst the British flag is descending. The British troops will then
take up a new position on the left of the Dutch line, when the Pro-
clamation in Dutch will be read, and explained by the Commission-
ers or their secretary.

'* The Dutch colours will then be hoisted full mast, under a royal
salute from the British battery, as likewise from the Dutch
squadrons.

<< The troops paying the same compliment of presenting arms on
the hoisting of the Dutch colours as they did on the lowering of the
British. Drums beating a Dutch march. After which the troops

VOL. I. K

130 HISTORY.

the expenses prior to 1805 to lie over for future
consideration. These claims were preferred on
the following grounds, viz.-that

The settlement had, ever since its first esta-
blishment, in 1795, enjoyed the benefit of the
national law of Holland. That the expenses of
this arrangement, as well as those incurred in pro-
viding for many late local Dutch employSs^ would

will march off to their respective barracks. The ceremony being
thus concluded y the whole of the garrison guards will be immedi-
ately relieved by the Dutch troops.''

PROCLAMATION.

^^ WhereaSy by the first article of the treaty between His Britannic
Majesty and His Mi^esty the King of the Netherlands, dated the
13th August, 1816,

^ It is stipulated, that His Britannic Majesty should restore to
the Prince Sovereign of the United Netherlands the colonies, fac-
tories, and establishments which were possessed by Holland at the
commencement of the late war, viz. on the Ist January, 1803, with
certain exceptions therein stated.

^ And whereas, in pursuance of the provisions of the above re-
cited article, their Excellencies, Rear Admiral Walterbeck and J. T.
Timmermann Thyssen, Esq., have arrived at Malacca, and have pro-
duced their full powers for receiving charge of the said settlement,
on behalf of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands.

^ It is accordingly hereby proclaimed, that Major Farquhar, the
British Resident and Commandant at Malacca, has this day deli-
yered over charge of the said settlement to their Excellencies the
Dutch Commissioners accordingly.

^ Published at Malacca this 2 1st day of September, 1818, by order

of the Honourable the Goyemor in Council of Prince of Wales's

Island.

(Signed) " Wii. Farquhar,

'* Resident and Commandant/'

HISTORY. 131

not have been sutmutted to, under any other than
a temporary possession of the place. That all
the decrees of the Courts of Justice had conti-
nued to be passed in the name of their High
Mightinesses, and that none of the former Dutch
civil or military functionaries were retained but
such as professed a strict adherence to the cause
of the Stadtholder.

To these arguments the Dutch commissioners
replied : —

1st. — That the claims were ill founded, becauise
they had been provided for by the Treaties dated
13th August, 1814.

2nd. — That Malacca had been considered by
the English Government a place taken by arms.

3rd. — That the contract, made between the
government and council of Malacca and the com-
mandant of the military and naval forces of the
English, had been fully disapproved by Lord Ho-
bart. Governor of Madras, inasmuch as on the
arrival of Admiral Rainier, at the commencement
of December 1795, the colours of Holland had
been lowered ; and that, the governor in council,
commandant, and the officers and men, who re-
fused to enter the English service, had been
transported to Madras as prisoners; and that,
even in contradiction to the pleasure of his
Britannic Majesty, following the orders of Lord

132 HISTORY.

Henry Dundas to the Governor of Madras, pre-
sented by Admiral Rainier, the public property
had been seized and sold as conquered property,
(gained by conquest.) They also added " Si ce,
que nous venons d'alleguer, ne vous parassait pas
d^ja suflSsant pour demontrer Tillegalite de votre
demande, nous vous prierons de vouloir jetter les
yeux sur I'^tat de decadence et de deperissement
ou se trouve, dans ce moment, Malacca, et nous
serions en doit de vous demander, si Ton trouve
un seul vestige, qui puisse indiquer que Malacca
a 6te conserve et gard^ pour les HoUandais.
Une preuve evidente au contraire, c'est que le
fort, a ete enti^rement demole, et le tout si
neglig6 qu'on ne pourra, qu'au moyen de tres
fortes depenses, etablir le plus petit point de
defense meme contre les natifs du pays."

With regard to the permission, granted by the
English Government to the Dutch employes to
remain at Malacca, and at the places which have
been given them, they observed that they were
free after the taking of Malacca, particularly after
the lowering of the Dutch flag, to repair to Java,
where the government would certainly have taken
care to provide for them. It was perfectly op-
tional to them to take the places government had
thought proper to bestow on them. Colonel
Farquhar observed, that he did not consider the

HISTORY. 133

disapproval by the Madras government of certain
measures, adopted by our naval and military forces
after the surrender of Malacca, in establishing a
mixed government, and in allowing both the
English and Dutch colours to be displayed in the
fortress, should warrant a conclusion that the
settlement was no longer held in possession for
his Serene Highness ; and even the very act of de-
molishing the fortifications might have had the
previous sanction and concurrence of the Stadt-
holder then residing in England. After a lengthy
correspondence between the commissioners, they
came to the following arrangement on the
19th September, 1818.

" It is hereby certified that the following articles
of agreement have been finally settled by their
excellencies, Rear-Admiral Walterbeck, and J.
S. Timmermann Thyssen, Esq., commissioners
of His Majesty the king of the Netherlands on
one side, and Major William Farquhar, resident
and commandant of Malacca, acting on behalf of
the British government on the other, viz. —

1st. — That the claims preferred by Major
Farquhar in his letter under date the 7th inst.
to be reimbursed the actual amount of the extra
expenses incurred by the British government in
keeping possession of Malacca for his Serene
Highness the Stadtholder, since August 1 795, be

134 HISTORY.

submitted to the future consideration of our re-
spective governments.

2nd. — That the claim made by Major Farquhar
in his letter of the 9th inst. to be reimbursed the
actual amount of extra expenses incurred by the
British government in keeping possession of this
settlement from the date of the government order,
directing it to be restored to bis Netherlands
Majesty, (viz, the 2nd of November, 1816,) up
to the 2nd of the present month, amounting to
Spanish dollars, 28,022, 87 cents, be defrayed
here by the Dutch authorities, after the deduc-
tion of Spanish drs. 5,601^ admitted as a counter-
claim on the part of the Dutch government.

3rd.- — That the public buildings of every des-
cription, which belonged to the British government
at the time of signing the Treaty of Vienna, on
the 13th August, 1814, be restored to the Dutch
authorities, free of expense.

4th. — That such public buildings as have been
purchased or erected by the British, subsequent
to the signing of the aforesaid Treaty of Peace,
shall be taken over by the Dutch government at
their original cost.

6th. — That all the ordnance on the public works,
with their ammunition, as per list No. 1, be trans-
ferred to the Dutch government, free of all charge.

6th. — That all the remaining ordnance and mili-

HISTORY. 135

tary stores in the arsenal and magazine, be made
over to the Dutch government, at such prices as
have been agreed to.

Malacca and its dependencies remained in pos-
session of Holland till March 1st, 1825, when
they were finally ceded to Great Britain, together
with the Dutch establishments on the continent of
India, in exchange for the British settlements on
Sumatra, Bencoolen, &c At the time of this
c^sion, Malacca became a dependency of Bengal ;
but since 1826, it has continued to form part of
the Straits government.

The last census (July 1836), gives the total
population of Malacca and its territory, including
Naning, at 37 j 706 souls, of whom the greater
proportion are Malays. In 1818, it amounted
only to 25,000, giving an increase, in eighteen
years, of 12,706.

136

POPULATION.

CENSUSES OF THE RESIDENCY OF MALACCA,

SINCE 1826.

Europeans . .
^^alays and

Battas

Chinese , , . .

Battas

Hindoos. . . .
Chuliahs . .
Siamese ....
Christians ..
Caffres ....

Arabs

Bengalis . .
Javanese . .

Total

Naning ....

Grand Total

1826. 1827.

1829.

1833.

1834.

•245

16,121 21,081
4,125| 5,200

862
1,475

2,236

892
1,578

2,445

19,765

4,797

357

894

1,900

2,078

18,296

4,764

511

886

1,868

1,921

20,463

4,143

293

812

1,536

1,799

1835.

24,619
3,686

28,505

31,441 29,899
4,593

31,441: 34,492

28,458
4,671

33,129

29,260
5,079

34,339

21,575

4,613

235

838

1,989

145

2,227

133

117

1836.

31,908
5,329

37,237

21,220

4,102

317

880

2,273

230

2,389

252

31,825
5,881

37,706

Of this population the town of Malacca com-
prises about one-thirdy all the Hindoos and Chu-
liahs (natives from the Coromandel coast), Caffres,
Arabs, Bengalis, and Javanese, and by far the
greater proportion of Chinese. In 1832, its
population was as follows : —

* Europeans in evexy other year are included under those '^ pro-
fessing Christianity."

t The total, 31,441 must, I conceive, include the population of
Naning.

POPULATION.

137

v,-^^ ]

Malays 3,071 ''

Chinese 3,862 ^ \ , i^ ^

Battas 309

Hindoos 886

Chuliahs 1,868

Siamese 14

Christians 1,921

Caflfres 43

Arabs 94

Bengalis 43

Javanese 9

Total 12,120

Under the head of Christians are comprised the
English, Dutch, Portuguese, and natives con-
verted to Christianity. The English, Dutch,
and Natives are mostly protestants ; the Portu-
guese, catholics. Few English reside at Malacca,
except the civil and military officers of govern-
ment, and some missionaries. The Dutch form
a highly respectable and wealthy class of the com-
munity. They are mostly the descendants of the
officers of the old Dutch governments ; who pre-
ferred, on the place being ^ven up to the English,
to remain without employment, rather than quit
Malacca for Batavia, (the capital of the pos-
sessions of Holland, in India,) and are much at-

138 ASIATIC 8ETTLEES.

tached to the soil. Some of them find employ-
ment in the government offices, others are ei^aged
in commerce and agriculture, while a few live on
the annual sum paid by government for the trans-
fer of their landed rights.

The Portuguese, as in other parts of India,
have greatly degenerated. They are an improvi-
dent and impoverished class, subsisting princi-
pally by fishing, and upon the produce of the
little gardens and enclosures attached to their
houses. Many of them are employed as servants
to gentlemen, and as writers in offices. They
retain most of the pride, without the industry and
energy of their ancestors; but under all these
disadvantages, appear to be a light-hearted happy
race.

The number of Siamese, Arabs, Javanese, and
Bengalis, fluctuates; few of them being per-
manently resident at Malacca. Many of the
Battas, Caffires, and their descendants, are
slaves.

The Malays that live in the town of Malacca
are principally those engaged in native commerce,
sailors, boatmen, wealthy Hajis, and their con-
nexions; slave debtors, &c. The agricultural
classes reside in the country, in their native
villages, under their respective panghulus or
headmen ; of whom, according to Malayan

MALAY DWELLINGS. 139

UBSigBj there ought to be one to every forty-four J
families.

Their houses are far better than those of the
natives of India : they are constructed of wooden
frames, raised from the ground on posts, the
timbers of which are so nicely adapted, as to
admit of being taken down and put together
i^in with perfect ease. The sides are of the
bark of large trees ; thatch of Atap, and floors of
split nibong, called luitei. Each house is sur-
rounded by an orchard of fruit-trees, a source of
profit and sustenance to the owner. The vil-
lages are straggling, and scarcely to be distin-
guished from the jungle, save by an experienced
eye, on account of the overshadowing fruit-
trees.

The Malays are Mohammedans, of the Shafihi
sect: they are naturally strongly imbued with a
love of liberty, and are of a proud and punctilious
disposition. They are morbidly alive to any ^ ^
slight or insult. By attention to his little pre-
judices, and by appealing to his reason, a Malay
may be easily led, where force and compulsion
would produce nothing but stubbornness and
rebellion. The Malay, in his commercial deal-
ings, is much more honest than the natives of
China and of India, by whom, however, he is
far surpassed in industry and perseverance. —

140 FREEDOM FROM CRIME.

Those of the interior are bred up to agriculture :
even their chiefs, as well as their wives and
children, are not unfrequently seen working, with
their own hands, in the rice-plantations and fields.
They are fiilly capable, under a good govern-
ment, and under laws suitable to their social
wants and national character, of being converted
into an useful and profitable class of subjects to
the state. (For a more detailed account of the
Malay population, their religion and customs,
see Chapters V. and XX.)

To that useful class, the Chinese, I have
already adverted, (Chap. I. p. 29.) As a proof
of the absurdity of saddling Malacca with the
heavy expense of a king's court of judicature, and
in testimony of the general character of its popu-
lation, I will quote the following extract from
Colonel Farquhar's statement made in 1818 in
favour of the usual conduct of the inhabitants,
and declaring that, although there was no king's
court of judicature, atrocious crimes were by no
means common amongst them ; and that, during
the whole time the English have had possession
of Malacca (now upwards of twenty- one years)
one man only, a Batta slave, had been executed ;
and that it was but doing common justice to the
community at large to state, that it would be
difficult to find in any place, containing the same

SLAVES AND SLAVE DEBTORS. 141

number of inhabitants, a more quiet and orderly
set of people."

It will be proper here to remark, that the
population of Malacca includes a few slaves,
descendants of slaves, and a class of bondmen
called debtors. The slaves and their descendants
are chiefly the hereditary property of the old
Dutch, Portuguese, and Malay families in Ma-
lacca. The debtors are persons who have bound
themselves, with their families, often for trifling
sums, to serve their creditors until the liquidation
of the debt, receiving from them food and clothes.
It often happens that debtors thus serving, not
only never clear the original debt, but by degrees
add to it ; and thus become virtually slaves them*
selves, and their ofispring for ever. This species
of bondage is allowed by the Malayan laws,
and prevails universally in Malayan states. Pa-
rents and guardians are also in the habit of
pledging their children. The slaves are generally
Malays, Battaks, and the descendants of the
females by a variety of fathers.

It would seem that the attention of the Dutch
governor at Malacca was particularly called to
the condition of the slaves, by an order from the
Governor-general of Netherlands India, Baron Van
der Capellen, in October 1819, for their im-
mediate registry, with the main view of facilitat-

142 SLAVES AND SLAVE DEBTORS.

ing the levy of a tax denominated ^* head money
of slaves/* The enlightened governor of Ma-
lacca carried his enquiries a little farther than his
Excellency exactly wished, and finding that some
of the inhabitants, contrary to the act of the British
Parliament for the abolition of slavery, had, dur-
ing the English government at Malacca, imported
slaves from various Malay states, particularly from
Borneo and Siac, and had evaded its provisions by
receiving nominal debtors, though virtual slaves,
from the masters of native craft, belonging to
these states, trading at the port of Malacca, he
ordered many of these bonds to be cancelled, and
on the 3rd November, 1819, published a pro-
clamation* declaring that whosoever should take

* (Translation from the Dutch.)
^ Proclamation*

^ We, John Samuel Timmermann Thyssen, Governor of Malacca
and its dependencies. To all to whom these presents may come
greeting.

^ Whereas it has been represented to us that, in consequence of the
promulgation of the act of the British Parliament in January 1813,
wherein the importation of slaves into settlements belonging to his
majesty the King of England is strictly forbidden, many inhabitants
have been convicted of receiving from the Nacodas of prows, slaves
brought to this place from Borneo, Siac, and other places, not as
slaves, but as debtors, a deed as heinous as carrying on a slave trade,
because these individuals are never placed by their creditors in such
circumstances as to enable them to redeem themselves, but on the
contrary, in case of sickness or demise, the debtor's nearest relation
observes that the debt is greatly enhanced, because the expenses which

SLAVES AND SLAVE DEBTORS. 143

over a debtor into his service should be fined 100
guiklers, and imprisoned six months. Parents
and guardians guilty of pledging their children,
were made liable to be put in irons for a period
not exceeding one year, on the public roads.
Persons receiving them in pledge, were amenable
to a similar punbhment, and to a forfeit of the

the creditor has incurred on the above casualties are added to the
original amount.

''We have therefoTe, after mature deliberation, determined to
regulate the state of debtors, in an equitable manner, like that of
slaves ; and we bring to the notice of every person or persons, that
whosoever should in future be found guilty of taking over a debtor
and entertaining him in his service, or after the expiration of this
month, should privately harbour a debtor, shall be fined one hundred
guilders, and imprisoned for six months upon his own expense.

'' That by enquiry we have ascertained that several persons were in
the habit of pledging their children, it is hereby further made known,
that any parents or guardians found guilty of having pawned their
children or wards, shall be liable to be publicly punished and put in
irons, for a period not exceeding one year, on the public roads. The
person laying out a sum of money for this purpose, shall be liable to
the same punishment, and forfeit the sum so advanced.

'' Further, should any individual importing persons from the oppo-
site shores be convicted of having brought such persons to this place
for the purpose of pawning them, sudi oflRender shall be proceeded
against as importer of slaves.

** And that no one may plead ignorance of this rule, the same
shall be published and promulgated in the Netherlands, Native, and
Chinese languages.

** Given at Malacca the 3rd November, 1819.

(Signed) ^ J. S. Timmkrx ann Thtsskv.

" By order of the Governor, the Secretary to Government,

(Signed) '' M. Baumhousi.''

144 SLAVES AND SLAVE DEBTORS.

sum advanced upon them. All slaves clan-
destinely imported, while the place was held by
the English, were declared free. On the 6th of
December following, the anniversary of the birth
of the Crown Prince of the Netherlands, the
governor addressed the inhabitants of Malacca
in an eloquent speech, stating that he had selected
that day for the purpose of proposing to them to
confer eternal honour on Malacca, by engaging
that all slave children born at Malacca that day
and thenceforth, be free and at liberty, after at-
taining the age of sixteen, to serve wherever
they choose. He himself set the laudable ex-
ample, which was immediately followed by all
the oflScers civil and military ; the members of
the college of Justice, /of the Anglo-Chinese
College, and by the principal inhabitants of the
place.

This mode of doing away with the miseries of
slavery was enlightened and politic. It injured
not the immediate interests of any individual by
the sudden invasion of his private property, nor
did it turn the children of the slaves adrift to
starve, at an age when it would have been im-
possible for them to have provided for themselves ;
and lastly, it was effected, not by an imperious
ukase, but by a well-timed appeal to all the gene-
rous and better feelings of the slave-owners.

SLAVES AND SLAVE DEBTORS. 145

The debtor system still exists, but under wise
restrictions.

Since this, I believe, the citizens of Malacca
have, much to their credit, come to the unanimous
resolution of emancipating all their slaves on the
31st December, 1840.

Malacca was formerly a place of great trade,
concentrating what is now shared and almost
monopolised by its sister settlements, Pinang and
Singapore. In 1815, the export and import duties
and harbour fees, amounted to Spanish dollars,
50,591 80. In I8I9, Singapore was established.
In 1821, they fell to Spanish dollars, 23,282 30 ;
and in 1823, they were reduced to Spanish dol-
lars, 7,217 95. The trade of Malacca is now
almost limited to its own produce, manufactures,
and consumption. It exports annually about
20,000 rupees' worth of gold dust, to Madras,
Calcutta, and Singapore, and about 144,000 of
tin to the above places, China, and Pinang ; also
a considerable quantity of blachang, hides, hogs,
fowls, jaggery, pepper, dammer, cordage, bricks
and tiles, a little ebony and ivory to Singapore.
Iron implements of agriculture, fire-arms, nails, &c.,
manufactured by the Chinese smiths at Malacca,
to the native states. Rattans, lakkar, and aloe
wood, to China and Pinang.

The greater part of the gold and tin exported,

VOL. I. L

146 BXPQBTS AND IMPORTS.

is not the produce of the Company's territory,
but of the native states in the neighbourhood,
whence it is brought to Malacca by native boats,
and overland by coolies. The best gold-dust is
from Pahang and the foot of Mount Ophir. (See
ascent to the summit of Mount Ophir, Chap. XIX.)
A good deal is imported from Siac, on the
opposite coast. A very large quantity is in-
troduced from the interior, of which no official
account can be taken. If any credit is to be
placed on the assertions of the native gold mer-
chants, not less than 100,000 rupees' worth is
annually brought into Malacca.

A considerable portion of the tin is the produce
of the Malacca lands, but the greater part of it
is imported by native craft from Lingie,* Lukut,
Salangore, Perak, and from other places in the
interior. The lakkar and aloe woods are largely
used by the Chinese, in the preparation of the
joss, or incense sticks.

The imports are chiefly articles for tranship-
ment, and for home consumption. Of importa-
tions for home consumption, the following are the
principal articles.

Earthenware. Rice.

Iron. Sago.

* For farther accounts of the gold and tin of the Malay peninsula,
see chapters VII. XVI. XVIII. XIX.

BXP0RT8 AND IMPORTS.

147

Joss paper.

Nankeen.

Oils.

Opium.

Paddy.

Piece goods, European

and Indian.
— Chinese, &c.
Provisions, liquors,

&c., for Europeans,

Chinese, &c.

Salt.

Sugar.

Tea.

Coffee.

Tobacco.

Wheat.

Woollens.

Sundries, includ-
ing various ar-
ticles under this
head.

Of articles imported for re-shipment, the fol-
lowing is a general view.

Betel nut.

Bees' wax.

Coffee.

Earthenware.

Gold dust.

Iron.

Opium.

Piece goods.

Rattans.

Raw silk.

Salt.

Tin.

Tobacco.

The following table will show the total of im-
ports and exports at Malacca, from 1825 to 1835

148

EXPORTS AND IMPORTS.

Q "^

Sr CO

5 00

S o

K O

H H

a- ^

O (N

5 (N

t) 00

O rH

CO N

§ >^

o a

s §

S5 *
M

IS
H

of
Exports.

00 00

cocoo<ot^coe*coi*-0
coooo>o>»ocoo>o>«-«»o

O'-C0C0O>«<0»OC»00C0

1-4

00 00

e«Sco««ocj-;ooflO
eiocoeiOoooooe«o>^

^^to^^o>ooco»oooo

»O«O'^»>-«OO>»OC0^^

eowcocoo^oo^O'-*

*k ak ak M ^ ^ *

,^ ^ t-< TN TN r^ r^

00
CO

•

o
as

•

00 00 00
e« »C CO ^ C* 3^

^4 o o ^^ ^ o^

• • • • O 00 «0 00 •« "*
e« CO c» c* q CO
CO ^ ^ CI ic »o

00
CO

•

• •

94,435

99,846 8

68,836

187,227 8

187,721

223,689

SINCfAPORE.

»0 <0 <0 O »0 K
»0 ^ ^ CO c* o>
<0 CO 00 00 o> ^^

• • • • o> <o ^ ^ ^* ^
CO K 00 CO e* JO
CO e» e* c» CO CO

00
Oi

00
00

• •
• •

463,965 8
331,604 8
325,440 8
499,568 8
423,022
427,833 8

•

00 00 00 00

COCOO^OO'^CO^OOI
00KCI*O00(O00^^CI
00r-iCIC*C0K«OOC0TN

coooo»o»cocooooo>to

O'-'COCOCI^Clfc'-OCI

t^o>oo>e«cic»e«c*ci

«-4 V-4

CO
CO

•

00 00 00

e«ocoe««ocoKo»^^

«^0^0>^»0000>0>K

koto^^o»^*o<^c«to

COWCOCOCOCO-^^-^"*
•k M •« M

^M r^ r^ *^

•

«ot*ooo>0^e«co'*»o

C«C*CIMCOCOCOCOCOCO

tA<^tlo&^d^e^co<^
e«c»c«c«e4cococococo
oooooooooooooooooooo

Total
Sicca rps.

EXPORTS AND IMPORTS.

149

The import and export of specie, including the
government, is stated thus : —

Years.

Imports.

Exports.

Excess.

1828-29
1829-30
1830-31
1831-32

Rupees.

249,344

124,133

75,588

76,974

Rupees.

233,664
245,806
242,672
250,079

Rupees.

15,680 imported.
121,673 i

167,084 > exported.
173,105)

The following is a statement of the import
and export of some of the principal articles for
1834-35, compared with the average during the
past ten years in sicca rupees.

IMPORTS.

1834-35.

Sicca rps.

5,1 77i
23,219
27,800
1 7,231 i
200,874
40,7291
19,820
12,544i
13,685|
99,758
52,048i

512,888

Average,

last ten

years.

Sicca rps.

8,0321
6,988
83,168i
11,465
201,068
63,093i
16,728i
9,628
13,414
91,158
53,0561

557,800i
213,846 .
351,540 .

Sicca rps. l,123,186i

Bees' wax

Coffee

Opium

Pepper

Piece C Indian
goods i Malay

Rattans

Raw silk

Salt

Tin

Tobacco

EXPORTS.

1834-35.

Sicca rps.

Rice

Other Articles

I 434,2301

Ayerage,

last ten

years.

Sicca rps.

6,538

6,645i

22,6061

36,377

19,470i

8,1081

34,498

3,635

154,7591

125,293

21,489

22,558i

23,992

21,3791

13,059

8,833

5,807i

6,2601

108,8381

120,930

23,172

20,629i

430,650

13,903

298,027

Sicca rps. 742,580

150 EXPORTS AND IMPORTS.

The trade of Malacca is supported principally
by the states in the interior; Sungie Ujong,
the Lingie river, Rumbowe, Johole, Muar, the
opposite coast of Siac, and the north-eastern
parts of Sumatra. From these, gold dust, tin,
paddy, rice, ivory, ebony, are brought in exchange
for specie, salt, opium, salt-fish, blachang, fish-
roes, tobacco, piece-goods, and iron implements
of agriculture. The imports of rice are chiefly
from Java, Achin, and Bengal, and a small pro-
portion from Siam, Pegue, Tavoy, and Rangoon.
They have been decreasing latterly, owing to the
increased local cultivation. The import in 1836
amounted to rupees 163,228^.

The first Dutch governor (1641) or land-voogd
of Malacca, was Johan Van Twist. In 1644 we
find Jeremias Van Vliet land-voogd, in 1680
Jacob Jarissoon Pits, and in 1703, Bernard
Phoonson.

The government in 1782 consisted of a land-
voogd, Pieter Gerraldus de Bruyn, and a council
consisting of five members, viz., 1, the president
of the court of justice; 2, the officer commanding
the garrison ; 3, the master attendant ; 4, the
fiscal ; and the 5th, the winkelliar, or superinten-
dent of the Company's trade.

On the British taking charge of Malacca in
November 1795, the Dutch government under

GOVERNMENT. 151

Abraham Couperis was at first continued, but
almost immediately dissolved by order of Lord
Hobart, then Governor of Madras, and a British
officer, Major Archibald Brown put in charge,
who, returning to the coast, was succeeded on the
25tli of the same month, (December 1795,) by
Captain Thomas Parr. The administration of
justice, in all cases not cognizable by court
martial^ was carried on as usual by the Dutch
functionaries, whose powers were continued them
by the governor and Commodore Rainier. Their
proceedings were subjected to the revisal and ap-
probation of the British government for the time
being, before any decree or sentence could be
carried into execution.

In March 1796, Lieutenant Colonel Falsen
was in charge of Malacca. On the 14th of that
month, he published extracts from the orders of
the right honourable the president in council of
Fort Saint George, directing that "all emolu-
ments heretofore enjoyed by the civil servants of
the Dutch East India Company, under whatso-
ever denomination, do cease; and that, from
henceforward, no one in the civil establishment
be paid beyond what may be absolutely deemed
necessary for his actual subsistence, for which the
wages and diet money drawn under the supreme
government, must be considered at all times sul^

152 GOVERNMENT.

ficient for those not employed in the offices of
government, and never be exceeded."

" To such as may be publicly employed, you
will proportion their allowances to the labour and
responsibility of their respective offices. But no
one, whatsoever be his employment, must receive
more than double the wages and diet- money
granted under the late government."

In 1802 we find Colonel Taylor, resident of
Malacca. This officer was succeeded in 1803 by
Colonel Farquhar of the Madras engineers, who
remained until the place was given up to the
Dutch in 1818, when Timmermann Thyssen re-
lieved him on behalf of His Netherlands majesty.

On the 1st March, 1825, Malacca was made
over to the British commissioner, Mr. Cracroft,
who remained in charge a short time, and was
succeeded by Captain Mackenzie as resident.
The present resident councillor, the Honourable
S. Garling, Esq., was permanently appointed in
August 1826. Under him is an assistant, W. T.
Lewis, Esq., an extra covenanted servant trans-
ferred from Bencoolen, who also is superintendent
of lands, &c. J. B. Westerhout, Esq., a private
Dutch gentleman of Malacca, has the superinten-
dence of the frontier province of Naning, and
now (1837) draws a salary from government of
300 rupees per mensem.

GOVERNMENT. 153

The subjoined is a list for 1834-5, of the
various departments at Malacca, civil, judicial,
ecclesiastical, medical, &c., paid by government,
with the amount of the respective monthly salaries
of the different employes, together with the
amount of the political pensions, including those
paid on account of Pinang and Singapore to the
ex-King of Quedah, and the late Sultan of
Johore, then residing at Malacca.

GENERAL DEPARTMENT.

St.Rs. Sa-Rs.

Resident Councillor 2000

Assist. Res. Superintend, of Lands, &c. 1048 5

2916 10 4

Clerk of Accounts 150

Clerk of Record Office 100

Shroff 25

TwoPeons 16

Duftree 12

289 15

ECCLESIASTICAL DEPARTMENT.

Acting Chaplain 250 239 3 7

JUDICIAL DEPARTMENT.

Senior Sworn Clerk to Registrar 522 8 4

jnterpreter and Translator, Dutch, Por-
tuguese, and Malay loO

Chinese Interpreter. 50

Chuliah Interpreter 20

Malay Writer and Swearer 20

Hindoo Swearer « 10

TwoPeonft 20

710 8 3

164 OOVBRNMBNT.

sheriff's establishment.

St.Rs. Sa.Rs.

Deputy Sheriff (annual appointment) .. 104 8 100

Gaoler 62 U 3

Bailiff , 52 4

Turnkej 20 14 4

Two Peons 20 14 4

150

coroner's establishment.

OnePeoD 10 9 9 1

police and courts of requests.

Clerk 200

Constable 50

Second ditto 30

Gaoler 35

Malay Swearer 30

Chinese ditto 15

Hindoo ditto 15

Twenty-one Peons 210

convict establishment.

Overseer 50

Road Overseer 20

Eight Tindals 80

EXTRA CONVICT ESTABLISHMENT.

Six Pindals 60

Twenty Convict Sirdars 20

MASTER ATTENDANTS* ESTABLISHMENT.

Assistant Master Attendant • • . . 293 4 11

Clerk 65

Peon la

Ditto 10

559 12 6

143 8 7

76 8 10

364 13 11

OOTBBNlfaSNT. 155

REVEMTTB DEPARTlfXHT, IMPORT AKD EXPORT DEPAETMEHT.

St.R8. Sa.R8.

Clerk 60

Native Writer 30

Two Peons 20

105 4 2

LAND DEPARTMENT.

Clerk 150

Two Jurotulis 40

Fourteen Peons, at 8 rupees each 112

Two Paddy Collectors, at 10 rupees each 20

308 1 11

MEDICAL DEPARTMENT.

Assistant Surgeon 400

Assistant Apothecary 50

Native Second Dresser 15

444 15 4

VESSELS AND BOATS DEPARTMENT.

One Tindal, or Nakhoda 20

Sixteen Lascars, at 8 rupees each ..•••. 128

141 9 11

POOR HOUSE AND INPIRMART.

Average per month • . • . . 276 1 10 264 3 5

SCHOOLS.

Allowance to the Free School 219 15 9 210 8

Ditto to Roman Catholic Priests 104 8 1 100

MAGAZINE ESTABLISHMENT.

Serjeant 20

Tindal 12 8

Six Lascars, at 10 rupees each 60

Chickledar 10

Armourer 12

109 9

SIGNAL DEPARTMENT.

Serjeant 20 19 2 2

156 GOVBRNMENT.

POST-OFFICE ESTABLISHMENT.

St.Rs. Sa.Rs.

Clerk 30

Peon 8

36 5 9

Commissariat Officer, and Establishment 150 143 8 7

Temporary Establishment Commissariat
Department, as sanctioned in a letter
from the Governor, dated 17th Febru-
ary, 1834 • 15 6 4 14 II 9

PENSIONS PAYABLE FROM THE TREASURY, MALACCA.

JUDICIAL PENSIONS.

per annum.

Chan Olim — Chinese Captain 420

Haji Abubekir,— Malay ditto 420

Maria Wiggins (ceasing on marriage). . 229 10 5

1023 9 5

POLITICAL.

Ex-Panghulu of Naning (life) 1200 1118 5 2

MILITARY.

Chila Ram, invalid, Oife) 122

Chinganah ditto 134 14

Imam Udin ditto 122

Peer Maul ditto 134 14

491 10

POLITICAL PENSIONS.

aid on account of Singapore and Prince

of Wales's Island, to His Highness the

Sultan of Singapore 2859 12 3

Ditto to the ex-King of Quedah 1833 2 11

4490 13 8

The revenue of Malacca is derived from the
Excise-farms, a tenth levied on the fruits of the soil,
rents, quit-rent, post-office dues, and from fees
and fines of the police and courts of justice.

REVENUE. EXCISE. 15?

The Excise-farms constitute the most consider-
able branch of revenue. In the year 1835-6, the
sum realized upon them amounted to Rs. 46,36(\
7 a. 8 p. The articles at present farmed by Go-
vernment are opium, spirits, toddy, and bang (an
intoxicating preparation of hemp used by Natives),
pork and betel leaf.

There was formerly a very lucrative one of
gambling, which has been discontinued since the
King's Court of Judicature exercised jurisdiction.
The betel-leaf farm was much advanced by the
promulgation of the existing regulations.

There are also taxes levied on shops, carts,
markets, and market-stalls ; and on pawn-broker-
age, of recent introduction. The market-stalls
are not properly a farm or Excise, being merely
stalls rented out. In 1830-31, the present market
regulations were brought into operation, and the
stalls were then made over to the farmer with the
rest of the markets.* It appearing that he re-

* The farms rented out by the Dutch govemmenty from 1818 to

1825^ are as follows :

Sp.dol. cts.
Opium 4,484 61

Spirits 6,997 69

Shop Tax 516 15

FishMarket 2,453 84

Gambling Farm 3,410

Betel-leaf 693 84

Pork 2,208 46

Timber 226

158 EXCISE FARMS.

quired only a certain portion of them, they were,
from that time, rented out separately. The fol-
lowing page contains a statement of the produce
of. the Government farms since the cession of
Malacca in 1825 up to 1837 : —

Great Bazaar, or Rice Market 888 46

Ferry Farm 368 7

Weights and Measures 1,193 7

Buffido-meat Farm 423 7

Sp.drs. 23,863 26peran.
In 1821

The importand export duties amounted to 22,042 30

Harbour, Anchorage, &c 1,240

Farms 20,857 27

44,139 57

The export and import duties alone, prior to the establishment of
Singapore, in 1819, amounted to upwards of 50,000 dollars; in
1815^ to 50y591 doll. 10 cents. Preyious to 1795, the following
sources yielded a small revenue to the Dutch government :

Rixdol.

The Gentlemen's Tavern 10

Shopkeepers' privilege 705

Poll-tax on Chinese 2,270

Measures and Weights 175

Cock-fighting 25

Public Weights, Custom-house 2,785

Draw-bridge 275

Licence for the prows up the river 275

Rice Bazaar 570

Anchorage Portuguese Ships 2/)20

Ditto for small vessels 355

9,465

BXCI8E PABM8.

159

o
o

o
c«

o
to

Of)

O
Q

15"

CO
I

«o

CO
CO

CO
I

CO
00

^•.

e«

o
o

CO
I
CO
CO
00

•

*fi

c«

CO
I

CO
00

o
c«

•k

•k
00

s s

<!
Cm

O
H

M
01

GO
00

CO
00

CI
CO

•k

c«

•k

CO
00

o
c«

o
oT

•k
CO

c«

I
ei

o
c«

00
CO

c«

»o

c«

d
I

o
c«

•k

c«

tl>

8 S

to o
to ^

00
00

■2
i

S •'

'r^

160 REVENUE. — THE TENTH.

With regard to the origin of the tenth on the
produce of the soil, all land on the Malay Penin-
sula, during the Native Government, was sup-
^1 posed to be the property of the Sovereign. Land
is, however, so abundant in proportion to the po-
pulation, that people in general settle, build, and
plant wherever they think proper ; provided they
do not interfere with their neighbours. They are
subject to the imposition of a tenth (or other dues)
on the produce, in right of the Lord of the Manor,
or of the Prince of the State, wherever they hap-
pen to settle. The trees they plant, the houses
they build, the forest they clear, with nine-tenths,
or little less, of the produce, remain their bona
fide property, to be handed down from father to
son, or to be sold or transferred as they think fit.
The land is still considered as the property of the
Sovereign. The value of an estate consequently
is not estimated by its length and breadth, but by
the number of houses and fruit-trees upon it.
Should the land be deserted for any length of
time, it of course becomes waste (see Fasls. xix,
XX, xxi, Malay code), and reverts to the Prince.

In Sumatra, Mr. Marsden states, whilst any of
the fruit-trees planted on the estate subsist, the
descendants of the planter may claim the ground,
though it has for years been abandoned. If they
are cut down, he may recover damages ; but if

REVENUE. — THE TENTH. l6l

they have disappeared in the course of nature, the
land reverts to the public.

These principles of Malayan law and usage
were, in a great measure, recognised at Malacca
in 1829 by a British judge, Sir J. T. Claridge, in
an action brought by a Native, named Abdul
Latif, against Mahomed Meera Lebe, to recover
possession of a piece of ground, wherein it was de-
cided, that in the territories of Malacca the owners
of the soil and the cultivators of it are entirely
distinct persons, except in the town, and in its
immediate vicinity.

That the owner of the soil cannot eject the
cultivator^ as long as he continues to pay him a
certain portion of the produce, generally one-tenth.
That the owner of the soil may sell, or other-
wise dispose of his interest, without prejudice to
the cultivator^ and the cultivator vice versa.

That, in case the cultivator allows the land to
lie waste, the owner of the soil may eject him by
due process of law.

That the fact of lands lying uncultivated for
certain periods, is evidence of waste.
That the period for

Paddy Landsis 3 years.

Cocoa-nut and other fruit-trees 3 years.

Gambier 1 year.

Pepper 1 year.

VOL. I. M

162 REVENUE. — THE TENTH.

After the British had taken possession of Ma-
lacca, in 1825, it was found that scarcely a foot
of land, with the exception of a few spots near the
town, belonged to Government; that the pro-
prietary rights in the soil of the whole territory of
Malacca had been given away, in grants to va-
rious individuals, by the Dutch, reserving to Go-
vernment the right of imposing a land-tax on the
whole. These rights were re-purchased from the
various proprietors by the British Government
under Mr. FuUerton's administration, from the
1st of July, 1828, so long as the settlement of
Malacca should remain under the British flag, for
the exorbitant annual sum of sicca rupees, 16,270,
payable to the proprietors and their heirs.

The subjoined is a list of the lands, their pro-
prietors, and the sums paid monthly to each in
sonat rupees.

COMPENSATION ON LANDS.

TO WHOM PAID. LANDS. St.Rs. A. P.

J. B. de Wind Ally and Candang )

^ o > . . . . 391 14 3

Gappam &c. j

Heirs A. Keck Sungie Baru 1 74 2 9

Appoo Kechil Battu Brendam 130 10 1

Daniel Kock Pancalang Battu 74 o 5

Heirs de Costa DurianTungal 60 15 5

A. A. Velge Kleybang Kechil 43 8 8

J. B. Westerhout, and

C. Neubronner

Do. Ching, &c 217 11 6

Do. ... .St Jeronimo 8 11 4

I ..Bali Panjang 39 3

REVENUE. — THE TENTH. 163

StRs. A. P.

Amimah and Co Pancalang Ramah 33 1 6

Haji Abubekir Pringit, &c 26 2

Inchi Amidah Padang Samabok 8 11 4

Mahomed T]^ & Wife. . Battu Ampar 26 2

Inchi Aroom Sebrang Pattye ^

Do Sebrang Gajah > 26 2

Do Panchoor ^

Sarial Campong Kling 8 11 4

Mahomed and Co Bertam Besar 4 5 8

Heirs Samsoodin Sungie Pootah 4 5 8

Sedeswa Chitty Gajah Berang 65 5 1

Manuel de Souza Bringin, &c 34 13 4

Inchi Soorin Pancalang Doun 14 12 11

J. B. Westerhout Malim 13 1

Inchi Sadiah Bertam Kechil 10 7 3

Total in StRps 1416 14 6

Total in Sicca Rps. . . 1355 14 3

The revenue accruing to government from
these lands, is a tenth levied on the produce. To
this regulation, with the exception of the rice-
crops, nothing is subject which does not pass
the tolls established at the various entrances
into Malacca, where the tenth is levied by collec-
tors on behalf of government, upon such articles
of produce, timber, fruits, vegetables, &c., as
are brought into the town. The lands of the
Panghulus, their mata matas, or assistants, and
of the priests have been, from time out of mind,
and are still, exempt. Persons, beyond the
precincts of the town, living on their own estates^

M 2

164 RBTENUB. THE TENTH.

pay nothing to government. The following table
will show, at one view, in gantangs, the annual
produce . of rice or paddy, both on the govern-
ment lands, (as well those which pay us those
which do not pay tenth,) and on lands belonging
to the cultivators, since the cession in 1828 up to
1835-36.

llllll

s ;
3 S

1 ;

s e

It
61

53.106
96,030
59,859
13,382
18,768
41,115

;

2 S

3
O

. s s
5 ^-

SgSSSSSS

SSSSSSeS

The annual average number of planters and

REVENUE. THE TENTH. l65

produce for the last eight years of government
lands is as follows : —

LANDS PATINQ TENTH.

No. of Planters 2,864. Paddy Gantangs 608,209.

LANDS EXEMPT.

No. of Planters 151. Paddy Gantangs 48,588.

The nature of other articles of land-produce on
which the tenth is levied at the tolls, and of other
available revenue, will be seen from the subjoined
statement of the receipts of the Malacca Land
Department for 1833-34.

PRODUCE. TENTH.

Dra. cents.

Fruits and Vegetables 649 1 8

Sugar and Sugar Cane 207 34

Betel Leaf. 258 95

Do. Nut 48 78

Dammer and Wood Oil .... 43 82

Ijo 4 74

Ataps 66 90

Silk and Cotton 5 76

Gambler 137 22

Timber 484 88

Lignum Aloes 4 29

Wax 2 56

Ebony 8 55

White Earth 17 36

166 LOSS INCURRED BY

Drs. cents.

Ivory 2 83

Bricks 196 42

Black pepper 51 26

Cloves 1 35

The Pringit and Samabok rents amounted to
60 drs. 86 cents.

The land revenue for 1835-6 amounted to
Company's rupees, 10,983 8a. 7p.

Comps. Rs. A. P.

Tenths 4,276 3 4

Rents 47114 5

Pepper 1,244 14 10

Paddy 4,990 8

10,983 8 7

To collect this revenue there is an expensive
establishment under a superintendent of land,
W. T. Lewis, Esq., the cost of which, including
its contingencies, amounted, in 1835-6, to Com-
pany's rupees 4,257 12a. 7p.

These ceded lands, therefore, instead of being
a profit, have occasioned, on the average, a dead
loss to the state of upwards of 10,000 rupees an-
nually. Mr. Fullerton, to whom I believe the credit
is partly due of having saddled Government with
them, (charged, as long as the British flag should
continue to fly at Malacca, with the annual pay-

THE CEDED LANDS.

167

ment to the former proprietors, of 16,270 rupees,)
founded his conclusions on very erroneous data,
when he rated the average produce of paddy at
2,638,575 gantangs annually: for the average
actual produce, during the last eight years, as al-
ready shewn, does not exceed 608,209 gantangs,
not one-fourth of that estimate. Mr. FuUerton's
calculation of the probable revenue is of course in
proportion.

The revenue, &c. of the Malacca lands, as given
above, was, we believe, estimated by Mr. Lewi^
the present superintendent of lands, and by thel
proprietors themselves. There is no doubt, that
in some cases extravagant sums in compensation
are being paid annually by Government to the
proprietors. To this cause, and to mismanage-
ment both in the cultivation of the lands and in the
collection of the tenth, must be attributed the loss
I have mentioned. That loss is more fully ex-
hibited in the annexed table, where the results of
the measure, since the commencement of its opera-
tion in 1828, up to 1834, are brought into one view.

YEARS.

REVENUE.

EXPENDITURE.

LOSS TO STATE.

1828-29
1829-30
1830-31
1831-32
1832-33
1833-34

tt. A. P.

14,695 11 3
12,859 13 10
8,916 4
6,108 13 11
8,859 4 5
8;B65 3 8

R. A.

20,996 1
22,200 6
16,557 15
20,162 10
20,317 1
20,482 12

P.
9

11
1
6
3
4

R. A. p.

6,300 6 6

9,340 9 1

7,641 14 9

14,053 12 7

11,457 12 10

11,617 8 8

168 TOTAL OF REYENUE.

In 1836, the expenditure of the land
department amounted to Comp^Rs. 21,612 7 3
Revenue 10,983 8 7

Leaving a loss to the State of ... 10,628 14 8

Such is the history and present state of the
land and excise revenue of Malacca.

The following is a detailed statement of the
amount of all the sources whence revenue is drawn
at Malacca, from 1st May, 1835, to 30th April,
1836.

R. A. P.

Excise Farms 46,360 7 8

Land Department 10,750 11 6

Quit Rent 1,239 15 6

Fees, King's Court of Judicature 1,238 8

Court of Requests 1,035 7 3

Police Office 969 5 1

Quarter Sessions 60

Rent Dool Seyd's premises 8

Post Office dues 272 12

Annual Passes to local vessels ... 23 2
Registry fee of a vessel built at

Malacca 20

2J per cent, fees on transfer of

realproperty 217 2 9

Net proceeds of empty treasure-
chests sold 30 3 5

FORMER SURPLUS TO GOVERNMENT. 169

R. A. P.

Over-payment to harbour master 10 9

Gun-powder sold 45

Sale of sundry stores 112 12 10

Copper nails 1 12

Commissariat provisions ... 932 11 9

Gain on exchange of payments to

4 per cent, loan 143 13

Bills drawn on Bengal 129 14 9

Stationery sold 661 3 9

Military stores, condemned, sold ... 4109

64,296 9 8

I am not aware of the total amount of revenue
derived by the Dutch previously to 1795. Sir
Stamford Raffles, in his paper on Malacca in
1807, states it to be 83,000 dollars, its expenses
79,000, thus yielding a small annual profit of
4,000 dollars. From 1812 to 1818, according to
Colonel Farquhar, it amounted, on an average, to
75,180 drs. ; its expenses to 72,600 drs. ; yielding
an average annual surplus of 3,169 drs.

It must be borne in mind, that this surplus to
Government was achieved under a cheap and
effective military administration, merely by duties
on imports and exports, and by the annual farm-
ing of the exclusive Government privileges. This

170 PRESENT ANNUAL LOSS TO THE STATE.

regime has suffered considerable change. Malacca,
from 1826, has had a civil establishment; has had to
pay its share in the expenses of a Court of Judi-
cature ; has been obliged to make an extravagant
annual compensation, amounting to 16,270 sicca
rupees for lands, which of right, perhaps, are its
own ; ( Colonel Farquhar does not seem to entertain
any doubt of this right, when he states, in 1818,
that the country of Malacca would very soon be
in a condition to support a slight assessment.)
The duties on its exports and imports have been
taken off; a source of considerable revenue, the
gambling-farm, has been done away with, and
what is the result ? Why an average annual loss
to the state of upwards of 100,000 rupees, not in-
cluding the expenses of the Naning war.

Statement of total of revenue and expend-
iture, AND annual loss TO THE STATE OF
THE SETTLEMENT OF MALACCA, FROM 1831-32,

TO 1833-34.

YEARS*

REVENUE.

EXPENDITURE.

ANNUAL LOSS
TO THE STATE.

1831-32
1832-33
1833-34

Sa.Rs.
48,800
69,800
60,700

Sa.R8.
184,500
359,800
526/200

Sa.R8.
135,700
290,000
465,500

The above statement must be considered with
reference to the following observations : — Between
1831-32—1832-33—1833-34, there is a great in-

BDUCATIQN AMONG THE NATIVB8. l7l

crease in the expenditure : this was caused by
larger advances to the military paymaster, and by
commissariat charges for grain and supplies dur-
ing the Naning war, (the rest of the war expenses,
the transport of troops, the charges for convicts,
except the establishment, do not appear in the
Malacca accounts, being charged to their respec-
tive presidencies,) by the Judicial Establishment,
when it again came into op^ation, and by various
arrears paid off during these years.

The system of education among the Malays of
Malacca does not differ from that already de-
scribed, as obtaining among those of Pinang. The
males are circumcised at the age of seven, and
then sent to school, and consigned altogether to
the care of their preceptor. The pupil commences
by being taught to write the Malay and Arabic
alphabet on a pipe-clayed board of pulai wood,
with a pen made from the dark spike of the Ijou
or Gomuto-tree. He is then made to write and
to commit to memory short sentences from the
Koran, which are repeated every afternoon until
the whole of the thirty chapters are got by heart.
A great number of children, including all the fe-
males, are not sent to school, but are instructed at
home, a practice that does the Malays much credit.
The expense of the school education, however,,
is not heavy, being only four pice a-week, and a

172 EDUCATION AMONG CHINESE SETTLERS.

small present to the master, on entering and leaving
the school. The corporal punishments are severe,
and there are no rewards, which is a great defect.

Education among the Chinese in the colonies,
is at a much lower ebb than in the mother coun-
try. The reasons are the pressing nature of their
avocations, and the non-emigration of females
from China. Owing to the latter, the colonists
are constrained to intermarry with the people,
among whom they settle ; in the Straits generally
with Malays and with their descendants ; conse-
quently the Malay language is the one commonly
spoken in their houses, and becomes the vernacu-
lar of their children, to whom the later acquire-
ment of Chinese must become a matter of time
and difficulty. The following account of the
Chinese native schools at Malacca, is taken from
the Indo-Chinese Gleaner, vol. ii. page 266.

" Number of Schools and Scholars. — About
five years ago, there were, they say, eight Chinese
schools in Malacca, for Fokien children, contain-
ing about 150 scholars, and one Canton school con-
taining ten or twelve scholars ; this, compared with
the aggregate number of Chinese children in the
town, would give a proportion of about one to
five. At present the number of schools and
scholars (exclusive of the mission schools) is
rather diminished, there being only five schools,

EDUCATION AMONG CHINESE SETTLERS. l73

in which not more than 100 children are instructed.
Of this number, scarcely one in ten continue
(and those that do, are the children of the richer
inhabitants) long enough to derive any essential
benefit from the schools ; the poorer class cannot
afford to keep their children at school longer than
two or three years, a term during which they are
scarcely able to learn any thing useful, having
only time to get through the first rudiments ; and
being taken from school, at such an early period,
before they have learnt to apply their acquisitions
to practical uses, all that they have gained is soon
forgotten.

" Ceremonies on entrance. — It is customary on
this occasion, for the scholar to bring a few arti-
cles as a present to the master, among which are,
an egg and a cup of dried pulse, the one indi-
cating the clearness of intellect necessary for
learning, and the other implying a wish that the
master's instructions may flow with ease into the
scholar's mind, as the pulse flows from the cup
when it is inverted. In China, the scholars pro-
vide even the master's clothes, but that custom
does not seem to obtain here.

At the head of the school, there is generally an
altar-piece, with the words "the ancient teacher
Confucius, who has eminently attained the rank
of the most holy sage ;" or " the teacher and pat-

174 EDUCATION AMONG CHINESE SETTLERS.

tern for myriads of ages ;** written in large
Chinese characters ; an incense pot is placed
before it, and candles are kept continually burn-
ing on the altar. The scholar, on his first en-
trance, must bow before this altar, as also every
day on coming to school. This is considered not
merely a tribute of respect to the memory of the
deceased sage, but an act of worship to him as a
demi-god.

" School-money. — The average sum paid as
school-money is, for the poorer children, about
eight dollars a-year; the rich give double that
sum, and often more than double, according to
their ability, and the care they wish to be taken
of their children ; in addition to this the parents
provide the children with books, ink, inkstones,
paper, pencils, tables, and stools, and every thing
requisite for a school, except the bare apartment.
The schooUmoney is paid at the end of the year,
and a whole year's school-money is expected,
whether the children attend the full time or not.
The school-master's stipend is called in polite
language, Sew-kin, regulated gold.

" School-hours. — These are from six in the
morning until six in the evening, allowing two or
three hours in the morning and at noon for meals ;
in the evening, the scholars attend to their lessons

EDUCATION AMONG CHINESE SETTLERS. 175

at home, that they may bring them perfect the
next day.

^^ Their holidays are not numerous ; they consist
merely of the four feasts, at the four seasons of
the year — various other feasts, and the birth day
of Confucius. The schools break up about the
middle of the twelfth month, and do not re-
open till about the middle of the first month of
the ensuing year.

"ikfoflte ofEdtuiation — Reading. — The scholars
read aloud, both when studying and repeating
their lessons ; in this, each one strives to outvie
the other in noise, which in a school containing
thirty or forty children, is extremely loud, and
may be heard at a great distance. The first book
they commence with, is the San-tzse-king, or the
three character classic : a book which has nothing
more to recommend it for the use of children,
than that it is written in a sort of rhyme, but the
style of which is difficult, and the subject in some
parts abstruse and distant from their thoughts;
they of course do not understand it, neither is it
the care of the teacher to make it intelligible to
them. When they have committed this little
book to memory, which, though it contains but
1056 monosyllabic words, yet takes many of them
six months, and some a whole year; they then

176 EDUCATION AMONG CHINESE SETTLERS.

proceed to the four books of Confucius : these
they first read over, and afterwards commit to
memory, without having a single character ex-
plained to them; they labour early and late at
this toilsome task, and yet it is four or five years
before they can accomplish it. When the four
books are finished, they then begin the commen-
tary on them, written by Choo-foo-tzse, and com-
mit that likewise to memory. Having arrived at
this period of their studies, the teacher begins to
explain to them something of what they have been
learning for the last five years, and to make it a
little intelligible to them : to do this sooner, is
considered by the teachers to be but lost labour,
as the children are not, till then, capable of un-
derstanding and appreciating their instructions.
The work of the teacher being now increased, his
salary must also be raised ; otherwise, the unfor-
tunate scholars are likely to continue in the same
state of darkness and ignorance. After the four
books, with the commentary on them, are finished,
the scholar next proceeds to the Woo-king, a
very ancient composition, and very difficult to un-
derstand. Having passed through this series of
studies, the young man is considered as paou
hgoh, %. e. " having a belly full of learning,'* and
is sent out into the world to do for himself.
" The practice of committing to memory what-

EDUCATION AMONG CHINESE SETTLERS. 177

ever they learn in Chinese is of great importance,
and would be extremely useful were the teachers
but to explain the meaning of the books to the
pupils as they go on ; but at present, it is a heavy
burden laid on their shoulders, which they find it
difficult to bear. Interested motives first gave
rise to this useful practice, otherwise it would not
perhaps have become so general; in China, no
one can lawfully be raised to any office under the
state who is not able to repeat the sacred books,
and to compose some piece on the doctrines con-
tained in them, which undergoes a most rigorous
examination.

" In schools, among the Fokien people, the
practice of committing much to memory is not
attended with so much benefit as might be ex-
pected, from the circumstance of their colloquial
dialect being entirely difierent from that in which
they read and learn; insomuch, that though
persons may be well acquainted with the collo-
quial dialect, yet the dialect in which they read is
so different, that much may be committed to
memory without being understood. This forms
a great barrier to improvement in Fokien schools,
as the scholars have two dialects to acquire before
they can understand, or make themselves intel-
ligible to others. The same is the case in
Canton schools.

VOL. I. N

178 EDUCATION AMONG CHINESE SETTLERS.

" Writing the Characters. — This is a most
essential practice for those who study Chinese,
as well for natives as foreigners ; the symbols of
the language being so numerous, that without
constant and unremitted practice, it is impossible
to rivet them in the mind. In Chinese schools,
this forms part of every day's labour, but is not
so fully attended to, nor are such facilities afforded
for it, as the nature of the difficulties to be
encountered require. They have copy-books, as
in European schools, the paper of which being
thin, the copies are placed underneath, and the
pupil is made to decipher the characters on the
upper sheet. But the master does not point out
the component parts of the character, or trouble
himself to make the scholar acquainted with the
radicals of the language : and no exercise of mind
being required in mere copying, the scholar is
some time before he learns to think for himself,
or can decipher the characters without the help
of the copy. Both in reading and writing, the
children are taught individually, there being no
classes in Chinese schools, by which much
advantage is lost, and no laudable emulation
excited.

" Arithmetic. — This is not taught in Chinese
schools ; the teachers themselves being generally
ignorant of it ; they consider it rather the business

EDUCATION AMONG CHINESE SETTLERS. l79

of the shop than the school, where the children
must go to learn it.

" Ptmishment. — The punishments inflicted on
the idle and disobedient, vary according to the
disposition of the master ; they employ the rattan*
and a flat piece of bamboo, about an inch broad
and two feet long, which they call a ch5h-pae.
Those masters who are more cruel strike very hard
with these, so as even to produce blood ; when
the scholar has not prepared his lesson sufficiently,
he is obliged to kneel down and learn it on his
knees: the more incorrigible are made to kneel
on gravel and small stones strewed on the floor,
or on a couple of cockle-shells, inverted, to
increase the pain. In some instances, fines are
imposed on the elder boys, who are more sensible
of shame ; and the money thus obtained is
applied to the purchase of paper, ink, &c., which
are distributed among the more deserving ; these
fines, however, are not customary in every school,
and when they are not, there are no rewards
which the deserving can look forward to, except
exemption from punishment.

" Effect on the Population. — Those Chinese
who come from China are generally able to read
a common book ; but those born in Malacca are
not so well informed ; from the causes above-
mentioned, probably not one in ten (though they

180 FREE-SCHOOL.

have been at school several years) is able to
understand books written in the plainest style : a
few characters suffice for carrying on their busi-
ness, and with these they are contented, seldom
seeking for any thing beyond this. No doubt
the increase of education, on an improved plan,
would much ameliorate their condition — ^would
make them better members of society, and better
capable of receiving the Gospel ; for this, efforts
are now making, and will, no doubt, by the
blessing of God, be eventually successful."

There are several Hindoo schools, which, I
understand, are conducted similarly to those in
Continental India. There exist also schools,
maintained by the voluntary support of European
residents, for the education of children, both of
Europeans and Natives. The free-school was
commenced on the 18th January, 1819) under
the patronage of Governor Thyssen, and placed
under the direction of a president, committee,
secretary, and treasurer, and heads of the native
castes. Its professed objects were to afford the
means of education, such as reading, writing, and
arithmetic, in Dutch and Malay, to the children
of Dutch, Portuguese, Chinese, Malays, and
Hindoos. The poor to be educated gratis ; but
the children of such as could afford it, to pay at
fixed rates for their education. The parsonage-

FREE-SCHOOL. 181

house was appropriated for the use of the school,
and for the residence of the school-master. The
English language is now substituted for the
Dutch, and an allowance granted by government
of 1200 Spanish dollars per annum. The num-
ber of children educated at this establishment
amounted, in 1835, to forty-three. It formerly
included a school for girls, which has ceased to
exist for want of an instructress : this should be
looked to.

The following is an abstract of the funds of
this establishment for 1 835.

Sp. dra

Cash on hand 267 54j

Bonds at 8 per cent per annum . . . 2,500

Ditto 9 do. do. ... 1,610

Ditto 12 do. do. ... 250

Interest outstanding 113 61

Sp. drs. 4,741 15i

The salary of the master is 840 Spanish dol-
lars per annum; 600 have been offered for a
school-mistress, with apartments in the school-
house rent-free.

A brief notice of the Anglo- Chinese College
must not be omitted here. Its objects are mainly
the reciprocal cultivation of Chinese and Euro-

182 ANGLO-CHINESE COLLEGE.

pean literature, and the diflfusion of Christianity.
European tutors are appointed to instruct the Euro-
peans in Chinese ; and to instruct the Chinese, with
other Ultra- Gangetic nations reading Chinese, in
European Uterature. There are also two native
Chinese teachers. Provision is made for instruc-
tion in the Malay language, and in Ultra-Gangetic
literature, but as subordinate objects. To Euro-
pean students, the Chinese language is taught
either for religious, literary, or commercial pur-
poses; and to the native students, geography,
history, moral philosophy, and Christianity. The
resources of this institution are fees paid by
European and Native students, who are able to
maintain themselves, and voluntary contributions.
Students eligible for admission, are persons from
any nation in Europe, or from America ; persons
of any Christian communion, bringing with them
proper testimonials of their moral habits, and of
the objects they have in view; persons from
European or other universities, having travelling
fellowships; persons belonging to commercial
companies ; and persons attached to the esta-
blishment of official representatives of foreign
nations. Also native youths belonging to China,
and its tributary kingdoms, or to any of the
islands and countries around, who either support
themselves, or are supported by Christian so-

ANGLO-CHINESE COLLEGE. 183

cieties, or by private gentlemen^ who wish to
serve them by giving them the means of obtaining a
knowledge of the elements of English litera-
ture.

Attached to the college is an English, Chinese,
and Malay press, of which literary students may
avail themselves; and from which have issued
several interesting works. Among them are a
revised translation into Chinese of the Holy
Scriptures, by Dr. Morrison; Notitia Linguae
Sinicse, a Chinese and Latin work, on Chinese
language and literature ; the " Four Books," a
Chinese classical work, translated into English
by the Rev. Mr. Collie. There is also a library,
a large-sized room on the ground-floor, well
stocked with European and Chinese books, which
require arrangement. Globes, Siamese MSS.,
and various Chinese curiosities. A botanical
garden was originally projected, but has failed,
from mismanagement. The object of it was to
collect, under one view, all the tropical plants of
the Eastern Archipelago. I would fain call the
attention of the trustees to the fulfilment of this
praiseworthy intention of the enlightened founder,
the Rev. Dr. Morrison, now no more. He gave
1,000/. at the erection of the college, and en-
dowed it with 100/. annually, for the succeeding
five years. The Company granted an allowance

184 ANGLO-CHINESE COLLEGE.

of 1200 Spanish dollars per annum, which was
discontinued in 1830.

This defalcation would have proved alnoiost
fatal to the prospects of the institution, had not
the select comnoiittee of the British factory in
China promptly stepped forward at this crisis to
its assistance. Their letter to the President on
this occasion does them infinite credit, and will
be found below,* as also a statement of the funds

• "To the Rev. Dr. Morrison, President of the Anglo-Chinese
College at Malacca.

" Sir,

" We have to acquaint you, that we have learned with much
regret that the allowance which had been made by the Pinang go-
vernment, of 100 dollars per month, to the college over which yoQ
preside, had lately been withdrawn. We have considered it our
duty to make the same grant for this current year, in the name of the
East India Company, have recommended its continuance to the
Court of Directors, and entreated their further countenance and sup-
port to the Institution. We have ourselves a firm conviction of its
excellence. We believe it to be eminently calculated to diffuse the
light of knowledge and of useful instruction through the most remote
possessions of Great Britain; and to assist in removing those preju-
dices which have so long fettered the public mind of this country,
subjected it to the influence of an exclusive nationality, and induced
it to regard. with indifference every thing foreign to its established
usages and literature.

" By the means of liberal education, so readily afforded to the
natives of England, as well as China, in the learning and language
of either country, we consider tlie intercourse between the subjects
of the two empires will be materially facilitated.

'^ Wishing the Anglo-Chinese College every prosperity, and be-

ANGLO-CHINESE COLLEGE. 185

for 1830-31* The foundation-stone of the col-
lege was laid on the 11th November, 1818, by
Major W. Farquhar, in the presence of the Dutch
governor Timmermann Thyssen. The manage-
ment of the institution was vested in a president,
with five patrons, and a board of five trustees, of
which the treasurer and secretary of the London
Missionary Society have been members, since the
connexion of the college with the mission. There

lieving that it ia an institution which requires only to be more
generally known to have its important objects universally appre-
ciated,

** We remain, sir, your most obedient servants,

(Signed) " Charles Majoribanks,
« J. F. Davis,
British Factory, Canton, " J. A. Danielle

Jan. 7M, 1831. « T. C. Smith."

^ DISBURSEUEHT.

From 1st January, 1830, to 30th June, 1831.

Drs. Cts.

To the Principal's salary for eighteen months 1,125 00

To Native Teachers ditto 468 00

To Allowances for Native Students 886 09

To Transcriber's salary 108 00

To Oil 64 68

To printing '< Notitia Lingue Sinice,*' (in part) . . 333 75

To Repairs of the College House 59 15

To Servants' and Coolies' Wages 126 00

Sp. drs. 3,170 67

186

ANGLO-CHINESE COLLEGE.

are several Malay, Chinese, Hindoo, and Indo-
Portuguese schools, for girls and boys, under the
mission, as also a large one for boys of all nations.

GENERAL STATEMENT.

Treasurer to the Anglo-Chinese College.

Dr. Drs. Cts.

To Balance on hand,

1st Jan. 1830.... li;214 54

To Monthly Allowance
from H. E. I. Com-
pany, for six months 600 00

Interest on Cash in
Singapore, due De-
cember, 1830 649 34

Interest on cash in
Malacca, due SOth
June, 1831 768 10

Donations 130 00

Balance on sale of
" The Four Books" 29 00

Cash for bills on China 873 58

Sp.drs. 14,264 56

Cr.

By Balance in ac-
count with the
fund in China. .

Drs. Cts.

486 11

By Dbbursement 3,170 67

Balance due 30th
June, 1831 .... 10,607 78

Sp.drs. 14,264 56

STATE OF THE FUNDS.

Bonds held on money at Interest in Singapore ....

Ditto ditto in Malacca

Balance in hand

5,600 00

4,650 00

357 78

Sp.drs. 10,607 78

Samuel Kidd, Treasurer,
The above account examined and found correct,

JOSIAH IIUGflES.

ANGLO-CHINESB COLLEGE. 18?

under the Rev. Mr. Tcmilin. The i/?hole of these
establishments for the education of the natives
are subject to the same remarks in a greater or
less degree, as the schools at Pinang.

The great objection urged against our occupa-
tion of Malacca has been its heavy expense to the
State, and the little comparative advantage hitherto
derived from it. Formerly, as has been already
shewn, Malacca yielded a small annual surplus.
It now produces all it formerly did. But, situated
on the main with a large extent of frontier, sepa-
rating its territory from the wild domains of nume-
rous and warlike Malayan chiefs, perpetually at
strife, and over whom our peculiar system of petty
and vexatious interference, misnamed *^ non-inter-
ference,** prevents us from exerting any moral in-
fluence or control, it requires a lai^e conserva-
tive establishment, disproportionate to the nume-
rical strength of its scattered population. Then it
has been subjected to new and serious charges :
while, at the same time, an important branch of
income has been lopped off. Only remove these
evils — only suffer Malacca to be charged agree-
ably to her revenue, and to pay a share towards the
Court's expenses proportionate to the amount of
fees collected and business done therein, and we
shall see her making a better figure in the Com-
pany's financial department ; Malacca could not

188 CONCLUDING REMARKS.

be abandoned without political detriment ; it would
prove, in the hands of an enemy, a post of great
annoyance to the free navigation of the Strait.
Together with Naning, it is our only settlement,
if we may except that narrow strip of coast. Pro-
vince Welledey, on the Malay Peninsula ; and by
reason of ancient associations, as having been long
the seat of Malayan Empire, it gives its occupiers
a great moral influence, not only among the Malay
powers of the Peninsula, but also among those of
the opposite shore of Sumatra. It serves as a
source of supply to our insulated settlement of
Singapore, exporting cattle, poultry, pigs, fruit,
&c. in great abundance, and possesses many ad-
vantages as a port of refreshment for her Ma-
jesty's and other ships. This was strongly urged
by the Admiral commanding the East India sta-
tion, in 1807. It has mines of tin and gold,
which require only European skill and capital to
render them abundantly productive. Agriculture
is on the increase, and primeval forests are fast
disappearing under the axe of the clearer. The
notorious salubrity of Malacca, the richness of the
soil, and the facility of water-carriage, ofier great
attractions to colonists. The spots I would re-
commend are the banks and mouths of the larger
rivers. Qualla Lingie, or the mouth of the Lin-
gie river, is a locality extremely well adapted to

CONCLUDING REMARKS. 189

the wants of a young colony. Its advantages are,
a navigable river, leading up to the tin mines of
Sungie-ujong, filled with fine fish, a safe and easy
communication both by land and sea with the
town of Malacca, and a fine extent of undulating
territory, particularly favourable for the cultiva-
tion of rice, cocoa-nuts, and spices.

190

CHAPTER V.

Naning. — ^Area and Boundaries. — Physical Aspect. — Streams. —
Roads. — ^Thermal Springs. — Unhealthy Localities. — History. —
Native Form of Government. — ^Villages, &c. — Population. — Mili-
tary Character of. — Religion. — Priests. — Mosques. — Sacred
Tombs. — Ceremonies observed on occasion of Births, Marriages,
and Deaths. — Religious Fasts and Festivals* — ^Trade. — Gold and
Tin Mines.— Revenue.

Naning is an inland territory ; its mean length,
north and south, about forty miles, by an average
of ten in breadth, giving 400 square miles. It
lies to the north of the Malacca lands, having part
of Johole on its eastern frontier, and Rumbowe on
the north and west. The boundary, with Rum-
bowe, was never clearly defined till the 9th of
January, 1833, when Mr. Westerhout, the super-
intendent of Naning, came up to Sungie Siput,
a village near the frontier, to meet the Rumbowe
chiefs, with a view of determining the respective
boundaries of the two territories.

An agreement was here drawn up, and signed
by the Raja Muda, the Panghiilu of Rumbowe,
Maharaja Selah, the eight Sukus, by Mr. Wester-

PHYSICAL ASPECT. — STREAMS. 191

hout, and two witnesses on the part of Govern-
ment.

The boundary line agreed on commences at
Qualla Sungie Jerni ; thence to Bukit Ber-
tram ; thence to Bukit Jelatang to Bukit Puttus,
thence to Jirat Gunjie, Lubo Talan, Duson Fer-
ingie, Duson Kapar, and Ulu Songa, to Bukit
Puttus. By this arrangement, a spot fertile in | J
tin, and a small access of territory, have been
gained to Government. The boundary of Nan-
ing, with Johole, is a line extending from Bukit
Puttus to Bukit Battang Malacca, and terminat-
ing at Mount Ophir. The Malacca line com-
mencies at Mount Ophir, and thence taking a
south-westerly direction, passes through Rambotan
Gading, Battu Bakawat, Bukit Lansat, Bukit
Bador6, Bukit Panchoor, Pankalan Sompit, QuaUa
Sungiepattye, Campong Hodia Pacho, Pondo
Sassam, Pondo Panjang, Pondo Battu, Bukit
Haya Arang, Bukit Pembagian, Ramoan China
Kechil, and Tebbing Tingish. From Tebbmg
Tingih to Qualla Londu the Rumbowe river is ^
boundary between Naning and Rutnbowe, ta
Qualla Sungie Jerni.

The surface of the country is undulating, now
rising into high knolls, thickly clothed with
jungles, and now sinking into hollows, or rather
flats, about seventy or eighty yards wide, where

192 PHYSICAL ASPECT. — STREAMS.

the water lodges in the rainy season, and which
either form swamps or paddy-grounds, according
to the industry or otherwise of the Natives in their
vicinity. The soil on the high grounds is red,
and gravelly generally ; on the flats, soft and
whitish. Pipe-clay is found in some parts, as also
a rich black soil.

Naning has only three streams, scarcely to be
called rivers. Sungie Rumbowe, Sungie Malacca,
and Sungie Londu ; of these the Rumbowe stream
is much the largest. It enters Naning from Rum-
bowe, near Qualla Marabu, whence it makes its
exit into the Malacca territory, a little below the
place where it receives the waters of Sungie
Londu. At this point it is nearly sixteen yards
broad, and passable for troops in dry weather.
During the rains, it is not fordable. Trees thrown
across here and there are the only bridges ; boats
come up, but depth of water cannot be relied
upon. This and the Lingie river unite below
Sempong, a tongue of land belonging to Rum-
bowe, which is formed by the division of the two
streams, about six miles below the north-western
extremity of Naning, and nearly midway between
it and the sea, where it empties itself, dividing the
Malacca and Salangore territories about twenty-
four miles to the northward of Malacca. Up to
Sempong its mean breadth is 180 fathoms; sound-

ROADS. 193

ings at the mouth (high water and spring tides)
seven and eight fathoms. The tide barely reaches
to the Naning territory.

Sungie Londu is a small stream taking its rise
at Bukit Kayu Arang, or the Ebony Hills, in the
Malacca territory. It enters Naning near Cahow,
taking an almost northerly course, and emptying
itself into the Rumbowe river below Si Marabu.
Sungie Malacca is formed of two branches ; one
takes its rise in the hills of Rumbowe, the other
near Battang Malacca, in Naning; they unite
near Sabang, pursuing their course in a westerly
direction, and quitting Naning near Sungiepattye,
fall into the sea at Malacca, having an embou-
chure of about sixteen yards wide. In the wet
season it is navigable for provision and baggage
boats to Ching, in Malacca, and thence by Ma-
layan canoes (sampans) to Sabang, in Naning.
Throughout Naning it is fordable in dry weather,
but not in the rains ; it is crossed at short distances
by the common rude Malay foot-bridges. Its bed
is generally sand and gravel ; the banks grassy and
sandy ; in some parts steep. Besides these streams,
there are many small rivulets not worthy of notice.

The native roads are merely foot-paths, cut and
cleared constantly by the Malays as they pass
along with their parangs, which a Malay is seldom
or never without. There are vestiges of a road

VOL. 1. o

194: ROADS.

here, cut by Colonel Farqubar, from Malacca to
Sabang in Naning, which it enters near Malacca
Pinda ; but from neglect, it is little better than
the native foot-paths. The Malay roads run
over the bunds of the paddy fields, which fre-
quently break down, leaving a deep puddle, over
which it is usual to throw a bamboo or two as a
bridge ; and even streams and rivulets boast no
better bridges than a couple of trees felled care-
lessly across their course, with sometimes a slight
bamboo for a hand-rail. These paths, if little
travelled on by the Malays, are liable to serious
obstruction, particularly in a military point of
view, from the numerous forest-trees blown down
by the wind, or falling through the decay of age.
I have seen, in a remote part of this country, the
path as effectually barricaded by this accidental
obstruction, as if a body of Malays had been at
work to cut off our communications.

A military road of communication between
Tabu, (the wretched capital of Abdul Syed,
situated nearly on the frontier of Naning,) was
opened during the operations in 1832, following in
parts the old Malay foot-path. It enters Naning
at Sungiepattye, passes through Alor Gajah,
where a small star-fort, called Fort Lismore, was
erected in 1834, by order of Brigadier Wilson,
C. B., for the protection of the military detach-

ROADS. 195

ment there, over the shoulder of the hill of Bukit
sa Booseh to Tabu, where it terminates about
three and a half miles from ^^ Kubur Feringie,"
(the ancient tomb of a Portuguese in the jungle,)
on the Rumbowe frontier, to which territory a
path through a dense forest leads.

The Tabu road was constructed in a manner
well suited to the service for which it was de-
signed ; a thick and lofty forest has been cleared
to the extent of from seventy to one-hundred
paces on either side, precluding the possibility
of trees falling or being felled across. The
low underwood in the intermediate space was
burnt, so as to afford the lurking Malay no
shelter. Brushwood and branches of trees, se-
cured on either side by strong piles, and layers of
gravel thrown over the whole, enabled the guns
and provision carts to pass with ease the numer-
ous sawahs and marshes.

From the Naning road, at its entrance into the
Naning territory at Sungiepattye, branches off
another, in a direction nearly due west, leading
to Sungie Baru, a cultivated district, distant
about nine miles. This has been constructed
since the cessation of hostilities. Another road
to Sabang, (one of the most populous places in
Naning, and a military post, about four miles
from Alor Gajah,) goes off to the east. From

196 THERMAL SPRINGS.

Sabang there is a bullock road about eight miles
long to Tabung, the most easterly of the Naning
outposts ; also a bandy road to Tabu, which joins
the road from Alor Gajah, shortly after entering
the Tabu lines. From Sabang are also roads to
^ [ the outposts of Qualla, Ina, and Pellowe, three
or four miles distant from it.

Water is plentiful, and may easily be found two
or three feet below the surface, on the slopes of
the rising grounds. It is often of an acidulous
mineral taste, but is not accounted unhealthy by
Europeans.

There is a hot sulphureous mineral spring near
Sabang, the water of which is esteemed by the
Malays very beneficial in cutaneous diseases. I
have rarely passed without seeing some diseased
native laving his contaminated person in the
steaming liquid. There is also a hot-spring in
the jungle near Tabu: the natives say that the
temperature of this is much higher than that of
the Sabang spring. I have not been able to dis-
cover that a volcano has ever existed in Naning,
nor are there any volcanic remains visible.

Tabu is the only decidedly unhealthy post to
Europeans ; of the oflScers who remained there
any length of time, one alone escaped fever. Its
situation is not low, but it is surrounded by lofty
hills, covered with jungle, which perhaps by im-

DISEASES. 197

peding the free circulation of air, may contribute
to its character for unhealthiness ; a character given
to it also by the natives themselves. The climate
of the interior is not favourable to the long occu-
pation of the country by Indian troops ; at all
events they would require frequent reliefs. Fever
and an obstinate ulcer attacking the legs, are their
most formidable enemies ; a slight scratch without
attention, being difficult to heal. The ulcer at-
tacks Malays also ; they call it Tokah ; they also
have a species of leprosy called Kusta, and a dis-
ease like cholera, called Angin taawan, or the
" Wind of Pestilence ;" both of these last are \
deemed incurable at Naning, and the unfortunate
sufferer is generally deserted by his friends in his
greatest need, or driven into the jungle to perish
as an outcast. Katumbohan, or small-pox, is
prevalent. I have not heard that inoculation or vac-
cination is known to the natives ; at all events they
are not practised ; refrigerating medicines are used.
Naning was taken possession of, together with
the Malacca lands, by the Portuguese, shortly
after the capture of Malacca by Alphonso Albu-
querque, in 1511. Previously it had formed an
integral part of the dominions of Muhammed
Shah II., Sultan of Malacca ; who, on the fall of
his capital, fled to Muar, thence to Pahang, and
finally to Johore, where he established a kingdom.

198 HISTORY.

Naning remained nominally under the Portuguese,
till 1641-2, when, with Malacca it fell into the
hands of the Dutch, and their allies the sovereigns
of Johore and Achin. According to a Malay
manuscript in my possession, ^^ The Hollanders
made many bonds with the king of Johore, on
golden paper, including numerous divisions of
shares and territory," among which are specified
the interior boundaries of Malacca, viz. " From
the mouth of the Cassang to its source southerly ;
from the mouth of the Lingie river, to Ramoan
China, northerly; to Bukit Bruang, Bakowe
Rendah, Ramonia Chondong, Padang Chachar,
Duson Mariah, Duson Kappar, Ulu Malacca to
the source of the Cassang river. Done, written
and sealed by the Hollanders and King of Johore,
on paper of gold."

Valentyn, however, asserts, that the first article
of the Treaty between the Dutch and the King of
Johora was, that the town be given up to the
Dutch, and the land to the King of Johore ; re-
serving, however, to the Dutch, so much territory
about the town as is required, and licence to cut
fire-wood. Be this as it may, Dutch policy soon
extended the meaning of this into the possession
of an area of nearly fifty miles by thirty, which
comprised the whole of Naning up to the frontiers
of Rumbowe and Johore.

HISTORY. 199

This line, in latter days, has been extended
beyond Bukit Bruang, and Ramoan China, to the
left bank of the Lingie river, which it now com-
prehends.

The Dutch, on their taking possession of Ma-
lacca, in 1641, found Naning under the govern-
ment of the Ampat Suku, or heads of the four
tribes, into which the inhabitants are divided. In
the Dutch Governor General, Anthonij Van
Dieman's administration, an agreement was made,
by the first Land-voogd, or Governor of Malacca,
Johan Van Twist, on the 15th of August, 1641,
with the chiefs of Naning and the neighbouring
villages ; by which the latter promised fidelity to
the States General and the Company, and ab-
jured their former engagements with the Spaniards
and Portuguese. The property of all persons
dying without issue to be divided between the
Company and the Native Chiefe ; that of persons
guilty of murder, to be appropriated, half for the
use of the Company, and the remainder for their
heirs. The Company to be entitled to one-tenth
of the produce, and to a duty of ten per cent, on
the sale of estates. Such taxes to be collected
by native servants, who will be rewarded by
Governor General A. Van Dieman.

In the old Dutch records, preserved in the
archives of Malacca, we find, in 1643, the inhabi-

200 HISTOBY.

tants of Naning and Rumbowe, particularly those
of the districts of MuUikey, Perling, and Inak,
noticed as being in a very rebellious and dis-
orderly state, refusing to obey their chief. Raja
Merah, the first Panghulu of Naning, on account
of the banishment by the Dutch of one of their
chiefs, named Meni Tuan Lelah Reawan, from
the territory of Malacca ; and complaining that
the administration of justice was not according to
their customs.

In 1644, the Dutch government resolved to
depute commissioners to Naning, in order to
restore tranquillity, to take a survey of Naning
and its districts, to apportion lands to the inhabi-
tants, (who, it is worthy of note, are always styled
" Manik&bowes," or settlers from Menangkabowe,
xj \ in Sumatra,) to infuse into their minds the ad-
vantages resulting from habits of industry, to turn
their attention to agricultural pursuits, to persuade
them to "depart from the state of barbarism
under which they then laboured,*' and finally, to
furnish Raja Merah, the chiefs and inhabitants
there, with instructions how they were to conduct
themselves towards the government of Malacca,
in respect to the administration of justice in civil
cases, and above all, to take cognizance of every
criminal case that occurred there.

To fulfil the objects of this mission, govern-

HISTORY. 201

ment selected senior merchant Snoueq. But citi-
zen Snoueq, the minute dryly observes, " brings
in various excuses, saying he is unwell, and that
the road to Naning is impassable, that his legs are
bad, and that he is not proficient in the Malay
language."

Shortly after this, Snoueq still persisting in his
objections, an expedition is brdered to proceed to
Naning, under Captain S. Alexander Mendos
and Antonio Gonio Louis Pinjero, consisting of
fifty Netherlands, and sixty Malacca soldiers, with
twenty peons, to convey provisions and baggage,
and a number of boats and boatmen — in all
180 men.

The following is the ofiicial account of the
mission, written by the Governor Jeremias Van
Vliet, who, it appears, proceeded himself to Naning
in the room of Snoueq.

" On the third day, about three hours before
the sun went down, we arrived with the whole
retinue at Pankallang Naning, as far as is navi-
gable for a boat. Here we rested during the
night, and found Raja Merah, with some of the
principal chiefs of Naning, who shewed us every
mark of respect and obedience.

" Early on the morning of the fourth, we
marched forward with the whole retinue, through
forests, to Melicque (MuUikey). We reached

202 HISTORY.

this place at ten o'clock, with the principal part
of the troops, and awaited the arrival of our bag-
gage. After taking some refreshments, we pro-
ceeded on our journey to Naning, and arrived at
this place two hours before the rising of the sun.
Raja Merah, with some of the principal chiefs of
Naning, and a great concourse of people, came to
receive us and pay their homage. They con-
ducted us to Naning, and had a band of musicians
marching before us.

" The inhabitants of Naning and of the other
districts subject to us, came to offer us their
homage. Thus every thing promised a favour-
able result to the object of our mission. The
chiefs and inhabitants of Naning had constructed
a sumptuous bungalow for our reception, and
shewed us all possible attention and respect.

" We received their compliments with every
token of good will, and so we passed the day.

" In Naning we- desired Raja Merah and the
chiefs to be called ; and pointed out to them the
atrocities which had been committed by them and
the inhabitants during the past year, viz. that
murder and robbery were common practices with
them, arising from no other cause than a state of
ignorance and idleness. It was therefore advi-
sable, that they should devote their time to agri-
cultural pursuits, such as planting a more con-

HISTORY. 203

siderable quantity of pepper or paddy. Were
they to lead an industrious life, it would prove
much to their benefit ; malignity would then, no
doubt, be entirely eradicated."

" The following points were laid before them : —

« 1st. — That Inchi Woddat, one of the chiefs
and head men at Melicque (Mullikey), having
proved himself unworthy of that situation, and a
person on whom no confidence could be placed, it
was required, that they should select three quali-
fied persons at Melicque, out of which number,
one would be chosen to fill the vacant seat.

" 2d. — That they should keep the river, from
Pankallang Naning, to Pankallang Nauwar, clear,
and make it navigable for prows.

" 3d. — That one-tenth of the produce of the
Naning rice-fields should be paid annually, either
in kind or money.

" 4th. — That Raja Merah, with the chiefs,
should come down in person, or depute others to
pay their homage." (The records here are
almost obliterated.)

« 5th. — That Raja Merah shall invite by beat of
gong, all the inhabitants of the districts subject
to us, in order to ascertain if they have any com-
plaints to bring forward against Raja Merah, or
the other chiefs ; and if they have no reason for

204 HISTORY.

complaint, notice should be taken of their disobe-
dience.

" 6th. — That we should furnish Raja Merah and
the chiefs with instructions, and point out to them
the line of conduct which they should invariably
pursue, and how far their authority extends in the
administration of civil cases.

" These points having been translated into the
Malay language, we had them proclaimed and
made known to all people, through the medium
of Raja Merah, who informed us, that the in-
habitants accepted these rules with due deference,
but made some difficulty in complying with the
contents of that paragraph which enjoined them
to keep the river clear, for they considered them-
selves as his (Raja Merah's) subjects, not his
slaves. Raja Merah further stated, that the
limited authority with which he was invested,
was not calculated to command obedience. But
it was our wish, that Raja Merah confer with the
chiefs and inhabitants on the matter, and inform
them, that what we had resolved was principally
to promote their interest. The clearing away on
the banks of the river was a service which could
be performed by four persons, and in a short
space of time. The banks of the river should
be cleared, widened, and made navigable, from

HISTORY. 205

Naning to the town ; but they were required to
keep the river clear only as far as Pankallang
Nauwar; from thence it will be the business of
our inhabitants to preserve the cleanliness of the
river. They ought to recollect, that this im-
provement would, in a great measure, conduce to
the prosperity of Naning; and how convenient
it would be felt by every body in the transport
of paddy, sirih, and other produce. Perceiving
their objection, we desired that the inhabitants
should be summoned by beat of gong, in order
that they might consider this object more atten-
tively. Raja Merah and chiefs did accordingly
hold a consultation with the inhabitants. We
directed Alexander Mendos to be present at this
meeting, and to inform himself of every circum-
stance which might occur; and instructed him
how he should conduct himself towards these
obstinate people.

" Alexander Mendos having appeared in the
meeting, and hearing some of the Manikabowes
making difficulties to obey the order regarding
the clearing of the river, alleging that their houses
were too far situated from the river, replied, that
they should not murmur at such a trivial labour,
considering that the Governor himself had left
the town, and come up here for the purpose of
punishing the wicked and disobedient, and pro-

206 HISTORY.

tecting the innocent and faithful; it would there-
fore be very imprudent to resist his wishes.
Mendos and Raja Merah, impressed these salu-
tary precepts on the minds of the inhabitants of
the villages subject to us, who with one consent
and loud voice exclaimed, * The will of the
Governor of Malacca be done,' and promised to
be obedient to all his orders. In this manner did
Raja Merah, the chiefs, and the inhabitants
declare their willingness to accede to the rules
which we had prescribed to them.

" We directed all the men in the districts
subject to us to approach our dwelling, and
demanded to know if they were satisfied with
Raja Merah and the other chiefs, and would
submit to their orders. If any person should be
injured, and could procure no redress from
them," (here again the record is illegible.)

"We addressed the people in such a manner
that they unanimously declared, that they had
nothing to bring forward against Raja Merah,
and consented to place themselves under his
control. We have in consequence read, in the
Dutch, Portuguese, and Malay languages, in the
presence of the inhabitants of the districts subject
to us, viz. Naning, Melicque, Inak, and Perling,
the commission appointing Raja Merah our sub-

HISTORY. 207

ordinate chief over the above-mentioned districts ;
and the tenor of the commission is noted down in
the accompanying copy.

^^ Raja Merah had selected three persons from
each of the districts of Melicque and Perling;
out of which one will be chosen, in order to
increase the number of the members of the
council in Naning ; and each of them should be
a headman over a village.

" Whilst Raja Merah, the chiefs, and the in-
habitants were holding a council, we took a
survey of the lands and paddy-fields in Naning,
and proceeded nearly so far as the forests of
Rumbowe. It is indeed a fine and fertile land,
bounded on both sides by forests. It is to be
desired, that Malacca could possess such advan-
tages. In the districts of Naning, there is much
waste and uncultivated land, which is well adapted
for planting pepper. If we could put our plan
into execution, it is certain that the Company
will derive great profit in time.

*^ After the trial of many delinquents, there
was one man, named Uang Caya Per Mattu
Merah, who was once one of the chiefs at
Naning; who, having evinced symptoms of dis-
affection, proceeded to Rumbowe, where he had
spent his days in cock-fighting and gaming. This

208 HISTORY.

man was ordered to be apprehended, and fined in
our council, with the concurrence of Raja Merah,
in the sum of fifty crusadoes.

" The enormous crime committed by Contella
Lascarra, late headman at Perling, for which he
had been imprisoned here for a length of time,
was also investigated in the presence of the said
chiefs. He was condemned to pay a fine of one
hundred crusadoes. In failure of this, he shall
be scourged and banished the territory of Ma-
lacca.

" The instructions, which we intended to
furnish Raja Merah with, being ready, we inti-
mated the tenor of the same to him and the other
chiefs, and they appeared to be perfectly satisfied
with them, which gave us every reason to hope,
that they would promote the happiness and
comfort of the people, and increase the conflu-
ence of the Manikabowes, when the villagers of
other places shall hear Naning is become a well-
regulated government, and the character of the
inhabitants peaceable and industrious, and that
vice is severely punished.

" Every thing at Naning has turned out to our
wishes. Raja Merah and the chiefs were very
submissive, and the inhabitants very obedient to
our orders.**

Governor Van Vliet had not long to felicitate

insTORY. 209

himself on the submissiveness and obedience of
the inhabitants of Naning ; for shortly after his
return to Malacca, they took a prominent part in
an extensive conspiracy formed against the Dutch
government, in the denouement of which two
Dutch officers lost their lives by the hands of the
Natives.

The following paragraph from the records gives
us an insight into the method employed by the
Dutch at this period, of "persuading the re-
fractory Manikabowes to return from the state of
barbarism under which they had the misfortune to
labour."

Well might Lord Minto, the conqueror of Java^
indignantly conunit to the flames those instruments
of torture alluded to in the paragraph, and so long
a disgrace to a city over which the British flag
waved.*

Records. — " Malacca, I6th August, 1644.

" What an abominable treason and conspiracy
have we not discovered in Naning in the conduct
of five Malays, named Inchi Itam, Bongsoe, Sillap^
Poetara, and a slave of the name of Patchium,
who had been compelled by his master to join thd

* His Lordship, after the taking of Java, presented Malacca with
a full length portrait of himself, in which the burning of the instnl-
ments of torture is represented. The picture was formerly suspended
in the Stadt-house, but now adorns the Court-house of Malacca.

VOL. I. P

210 HISTORY.

conspirators against Malacca. We had often
trusted Itam with letters to the chiefs at Naning
and Rumbowe, but he has performed our com-
mands in a very unfaithful manner, by laying secret
schemes with the said chiefs against us, and three
different times he swore fealty in favour of them,
against our Government, that he would not dis-
cover and make known to us any plan, which our
enemy might project against our interest, and if
we should purpose to despatch a force thither, that
he would give timely notice to them of our de-
sign. Moreover, he had undertaken to lead 1,000
Manikabowes to Malacca, in order to attack and
destroy the settlement. All this he did, and dis-
sembled with us. Inchi, Sillap, Bongsoe, and
Poetara, were, for a considerable length of time,
our inhabitants, and were together with the troops
when Captains Forsenberg and Menie were
murdered ; since which they have taken up arms
against our Government, and threatened to murder
us in our council chamber, and to stop short of
no violence against any one who would oppose
them. They did also pledge that they would set
the town on fire, and retire to the country with
their wives and children. We were long of in-
tention to punish these traitors, but have, with the
advice of our council, deferred the execution
thereof until the return of our Commissioner

HISTORY. 211

Snoueq from Johore. But the following is now
resolved : —

** That Inchi Itam be tortured to death, and his
body be exposed on a gibbet.

^^ That Sillap and Bongsoe be decapitated, and
their bodies divided into four parts, and exposed
in several conspicuous places.

^^ That Poetara be beheaded, his head placed
upon a gibbet, his body separated, and exposed in
several conspicuous places. He has confessed
himself to be guilty of horrid crimes.

" That Patchium, the slave, be acquitted, and
set at large, as it is proved that he has not taken
up arms against us, and has been constrained by
his master to join the said conspirators. More-
over, he was the medium of discovering the con-
spiracy.

<^ God preserve Malacca, and all states and
fortresses from such evil designing people.

" The villages of Naning and Rumbowe con-
tinue in a rebellious state, the blockade of the
river Panagy (the Rumbowe and Naning branch
of the Lingie river) is still carried on by us.
Some days past, two Rumbowe people have been
seized by our inhabitants in the river Muar. We
had them executed ; their heads were placed on
stakes, and their bodies on gibbets.

<< God grant that we may apprehend some more

(

212 HISTORT.

of these traitors, they shall all be dealt with in
this way I

^^ By the disasters which had taken place at
Naning, the continuance of the rebellion, excited
by the insolent Manik&bowes, and the diffidence
subsisting between this republic and the states of
Johore, the minor trade of this place has of late
been decreasing, the supply of all necessaries pre-
vented, and the plantations along the river-side
\ deserted and abandoned ; from fear of the Mani-
kabowes, nobody would venture to cultivate their
gardens in those places. The revenue of the set-
tlement has been in consequence diminished, and
the inhabitants very much disheartened. Even
the people in the surrounding states are not ex-
empt from alarm on this account. We shall find
it therefore expedient to conclude a permanent
peace with the states of Johore, by which means
it will be in our power to punish the Naning and
Rumbowe people. We shall endeavour to treat
all the subjects of the chief of Johore in a friendly
manner, and permit them to visit our settlement
without molestation."

For a considerable period afterwards the Dutch
experienced much annoyance from the daring
aggressions of these hardy Natives, who advanced
in hordes within a musket shot of the fort, and up
to the very borders of the entrenchments, plunder-

HISTORY. 213

ing and laying waste the gardens and houses
in the vicinity, and destroying the plantations of
Bukit China. Government, at last, though not
without considerable expense and bloodshed, suc-
ceeded in restoring tranquillity.

In 1651, the PanghiUu Sri Raja Merah was
publicly thanked for his services in the appre-
hension of a runaway slave from Malacca, guilty
of murder. In 1652, he, with his three sons and
two of the principal chiefs of Naning, came down
to Malacca, and presented to Government a quan-
tity of pepper, as an " ordinary tribute." On
this occasion, he was honoured in return by the
gift of a Malay sarasah, one piece of red cloth,
one of white cloth, and a piece of white bafla.

Inferior presents were likewise bestowed upon
his three sons and the two chiefs.

In November, 1652, we find the following
minute, which goes to disprove the power of in-
flicting capital punishment, without reference to
the Malacca Government, a power of late years
arrogated to himself by the ex-Panghtilu DhoU
Syed.

" Pursuant to our order of the 30th October
last, a letter was written in reply by Mr. Emanuel
Du Moulyn to the chiefs of Naning, conveying
our sentiments and surprise at the atrocities which
had been of late perpetrated at Naning, and the

214 HISTORY.

summary manner in which the offender was put to
death by the commands of the chiefs in the case of
of Raja Merah's son-in-law, who attempted to de-
stroy his wife and father-in-law. This, we must
confess, is a horrid deed ; but at all events, the
offender should have been delirered into our
hands, and a regular course of trial in our court
should have been instituted against him. But
when we take into consideration the sincere con-
trition expressed at what has been done, we could
not but impute it to i^orance, and it is therefore
proper that we should not notice it this time with
that severity and censure, which, under any other
circumstances, it would be our bounden duty, as
lord paramount, to exercise.

" We observe that there is another individual
of the name of Inchi Jumat, who has shewn many
instances of insubordination, and is fully proved
guilty of outrageous violence, and to have at-
tempted the life of his chief at Naning. We have
resolved in council, at the suggestion of the chiefs
and inhabitants of Naning, and places subordinate
thereto, that the said Inchi Jumat be put to death,
and sincerely trust, that after the extinction of
such a dangerous character as the said Jumat, the
district of Naning will revert to its former tran-
quillity and happiness."

The subjoined document, dated 27th May,

DUTIES AND PRODUCE OF NANING. 215

1664, bears upon the collection of the duty on
the produce of Naning.

" The captain of Naning and the chiefs pre-
ferred in council a complaint against Maria
Silvens, collector of the customs on Sirih brought
from Naning, that he has not attended to the usual
mode of levying the duty on this article.

^^ The measure which it seems he has adopted
id this ; — after receiving the duty, he would detain
the people about five days, until the quantity col-
lected by him had been disposed of; by which means,
the Sirih remaining on their hands became unfit
for consumption, and consequently not saleable.
Through his negligence, the Bongsal, (revenue
store-house,) in which this article is deposited, and
wherein the Naning people are compelled to take
shelter at night, has become very dilapidated ; nor
has he troubled himself in the least to put the
building in proper repair for the accommodation
of these persons, who were under the necessity of
violating the prescribed rules, by taking up their
lodgings in difierent parts of the town, which ex-
pedient has been attended with much inconveni-
ence and disagreement amongst the Naning
people.

" With a view to preserve good order and
tranquillity, another individual shall be appointed
in the room of Maria Silvens, who, it would ap-

216 DUTIB&.

pear, is also desirous to tender his resignation.
We have therefore deemed it advisable, at the
suggestion of Raja Merah and the chiefs of
Naning, to nominate Anthony Pinjero and
Manuel Frere, collectors of the duty on Sirih
brought from Naning. The president of our
council having observed that Manuel Frere is
more conversant in Malay language and customs
of those people thmi the first mentioned indi-
vidual, has considered it expedient to propose
him for the performance of this duty, in which
motion we unanimously concurred, and have con-
sequently nominated the said Manuel Frere pro-
visionally to execute the functions of a collector of
the aforesaid duty, and superintendent of the
Bongsal until our further orders.

" Early in 1680, the agreement made in 1641
hj Van Twist, was renewed during Governor-
General Rijhlof Van Goen's administration by
the then land-voogd of Malacca, Jacob Jarissoon
Pits, ^ with the ambassadors of Naning and Rum-
bowe, on behalf of the king of Johore,' with these
additions, viz., * that a duty of ten per cent, ad
valorem, be paid to the Company on the sales of
the pepper.' The Company promise to give an
adequate subsistence to the chief at Naning,
besides one-tenth of the collected revenue.

" Each boat coming down from Naning will

JUARA MAOAT APPOINTED PANGHULU. 2l7

pay a duty of one crusadoe to the Company." It
appears by this treaty that the custom of dividmgthe
property of the natives of Naning dying without / /

heirs, was introduced by the Portuguese, prior to
the capture of Malacca by the Dutch ; we also
find that all slaves flying from Naning to Malacca
with intent of embracing the Christian faith will
be emancipated, and the value of the same will
be paid to their owners.

The Naning people likewise bound themselves ^"^ J
not to trade with foreign nations, but to convey
their merchandise down the river to Malacca.

In 1703, the Malacca government appointed
Sri Maharaja Juara Magat, PanghMu of Naning^
for a service done to the king of Johore, which
will be shortly mentioned, and in consequence of
the incapacity and infirmities of the then Pang-
hiilu Sri Raja Merah, who had forwarded to
government the Company's signet, which he had
been permitted to use as a token of his delegated
authority.

The following are the instructions received by
the commissioners deputed for the installation of
the new chief at Naning. They present a curious
specimen of Dutch policy.

"Malacca, 5th May, 1703.
" Instructions given by Bernard Phoonsen^

918 HI8T0RT.

Governor and Director of the Town and fortress
of Malacca in council, to Peter Anthony Figaredo,
burgher, and Inchi Arum, head man of the Ma-
lays at this place, for their guidance in respect to
the installation of the newly nominated chief at
Naning, Sri Raja Merah, and the conduct which
they should pursue during their stay at that
place.

"1st. — On your arrival at Naning, you shall
wait upon the Orang Kaya, Sri Raja Merah, in
our name, and present him the accompanying
letter, and congratulate him on his retiring from
office, a privilege which we have granted him at
his own request, and in consideration of his ad-
vanced age ; and inform him that his brother has
been nominated to fill the vacant office, for which
he has received the arms of the East India Com-
pany as a mark of his authority.

" 2nd. — You shall require the chiefs at Naning
to pay all due respect and submission to the
authority who holds the said seals, and with re-
gard to the navigation of the river by boats, they
shall invariably conduct themselves as we have
desired.

" 3rd. — Two days after your arrival you shall
nominate and appoint the new chief in the name
of the East India Company, and command all
persons to pay every respect, and shew -due sub-

HISTORY. 219

mission to him ; in failure thereof, they shall be
liable to punishment.

"4th. — You shall diligently inquire into the
case of Seathum and his followers, in order that
we may be thoroughly informed whether he has
been justly or unjustly accused, as we have heard
repeated complaints against the present reigning
chief; but you must not omit to caution Seathum,
as well as his followers, to attend to all orders and
requisitions enforced by the East India Company.

" 5th. — That iJie sentence which shall be pro-
nounced by them against an offender, must in the
first instance, be approved of and confirmed by
us, before it can be put into execution. Such
sentences are also liable to be cancelled and
altered by us, and our will must be punctually
attended to.

" 6th. — They shall apprehend and send to town
all evil disposed persons and offenders, who may
from time to time take shelter in the districts of
Naning. If resistance should be made on the
part of these persons, they shall use violence in
seizing them, for we would rather see them put
to death than that one should escape with im-
punity.

« 7th. — No individual from town, or plantations
on the river side, shall be permitted to proceed to
Naning without previous intimation being given

220 HISTORY.

to the Shahbander, or Malay translator, who will
issue On appHcation, a written permission to that
effect ; and we direct that all persons, not furnish-
ed with such licence, be ordered to quit Naning,
and return to the place from whence they came.

**8th. — The inhabitants of Naning shall be
permitted to export and bring to market in town,
all sorts of minerals, timbers, fruits, &c., except
Sirih leaves. Our reason for forbidding the im-
portation of this article has been several times
conveyed to them. In return they shall be per-
mitted to take to Naning from hence all sorts of
provisions and necessaries."

The following account of the circumstances
attending Juara Magat's elevation is related on
native authority.

Sultan Abdul Jalil Shah, King of Johore,
wrote a letter to the chief of the Malays at
Malacca, then Capitan Malayu, Dattu Arum,
stating, that one of his subjects, Ganta Delangit,
had carried off one of the royal concubines to
Malacca, and desiring him most earnestly to
render assistance in wiping off this stain on his
honour. The Capitan, on the receipt of this
epistle, summoned Juara Magat from Naning,
and ordered him to seek out Delangit, to put
him to death, and to bring down the concubine
of the sultan to Malacca.

HISTORY. 221

To this, it is said, Juara readily assented, but
requested a kris from the Capitan for the purpose,
who gave him the choice of the whole of his
weapons, and on Juara's not finding one " lucky "
enough, desired him to go to the armourer*s shop
in town, and make his own selection. Juara
turned into a Chinese shop, near the Tranqueira
gate, where, after rejecting all the inlaid and
beautifully damasked weapons offered him by the
armourer, selected an old rusty-looking kris,
blackened by the smoke and resin of the dammer
torches, to the trimming of which it had been
constantly applied. He then returned to the
Capitan, ^nd informed his astonished employer
that the weapon he held in his hand was the kris
destined to pour out the blood of Delangit as a
sacrifice to the insulted honour of the sultan.

With this wonderful weapon (fit companion
for the enchanted sword of King Arthur) Juara
returned to Naning. But Delan^t, hearing of
his purpose, had already fled thence to Muar,
and concealed himself with the concubine amid
the fastnesses of that wild country. Thither the
persevering Juara tracked his victim, and coming
up with him at the mouth of the river, plunged
the fatal steel deep into his heart.

The concubine he conveyed in safety to Ma-
lacca, whence she was sent, with an account of

222 SUCCESSION OF DHOLL SYED.

what had occurred, by the Capitan, to the Sultan
of Johore. The sultan recommended Juara to
the Dutch government, who made him Panghulu
of Naning, and bestowed on him, as a mark of
royal favour, two slaves, a man and woman,
(probably Jakuns, from whom the Suku or tribe,
at present known by the appellation of Tiga
Nenek, sprang); a sword, termed Ularkenyang,
^Hhe satiated serpent," a silk baju or vest, and
lastly, a tract of the Gominchi territory, hence
called Pembasu Tangan. To the Capitan Ma-
layu was given a piece of land, extending from
Kleybang to the Sungie Baru river, and inland to
Bertam. The title, Sri Raja Merah, the sword,
Baju, and a genealogical book, generally pre-
served in the families of Malayan princes and
noblemen, called Silselah, have descended to
Juara's successors as Elabesaran, or regalia.

Juara Magat was succeeded, agreeably to the
Menangkabowe law of succession, by his sister's
son, Kukah; to Kukah succeeded Eangarang,
or Mulana Garang, Jangot, Tambah, and Anjak,
or Bukit Jootor, The present ex-panghulu,
Abdul Syed, or DhoU Syed, succeeded his uncle
Anjak, in 1801, when he was confirmed in his
office by the British resident at Malacca, Colonel
Taylor.

When Abdul Syed had control in Naning, the

SUCCBS8ION OF DHOLL SYBD. 223

Kabesaran of bis ancestors was kept in a house-
sbaped cbest, and was only publicly produced
once a-year. Its contents were perfumed with
the smoke arising from a censer of odoriferous
gums, and washed with water and rice-flour by
the sacred hands of the PanghCdu himself. At
an exhibition of them, the superstitious natives, \ v
not even daring to look upon these miraculous
relics, fell prostrate, with their foreheads pressed
to the earth, exclaiming, " Dowlet I dowlet ! "

The properties ascribed to the sword are those
generally known by Malays under the term
Betuah, which, among other meanings, has that
of any thing imparting invulnerableness and
irresistibility to the wearer. Secret enemies are
detected, by their involuntarily trembling in the
august presence of the weapon. The silk baju,
it is believed, will fit none but the Panghiilu, or
the person destined to become his successor. To
this day, it is firmly credited by many of the
Malays, that the elder brother of Abdul Syed
was rejected from the PanghCduship solely on
account of his inability to get his head through
the neck of the vest, which is represented to be
so small, as scarcely to admit of the insertion of
two fingers.

The truth of the matter is, that he was set
aside by the Ampat Suku, on account of his

224 COL. TATLOR*S AOEBB«irr.

unfitness and ^ unpopularity. How the ex-Pan*^
gfaulu contrived to slip his large head through
the silken vest must still rem^dn matter of conjeo
ture to the learned.

In 1795| the English took possession of
Malacca and Naning; of the latter, upon
the same terms as the Dutch had held pos*
session. In 1802, Colonel Taylor, the Resi-
dent at Malacca, made a treaty with the ex-
Panghulu and the Ampat Suku. AmcH^ other
stipulations, it was agreed on that the Pangfaulu,
chiefe, Menangkabowes, or Malays of Nanii^
do pay one-tenth of the produce of the soil to the
East India Company; but in consideration of
their poverty, it is resolved that, instead of paying
the tenth, the Panghulu come in person annually
to Malacca, and present 400 gantangs of paddy
to government. And farther, that " the Panghulu
and chiefs promise, in the name of the said com*
munity of Naning, that whenever the chief rulers
happen to resign the government, or any misfor-
tune befal them, they shall in such case propose
one of the nearest and most qualified of his fietmily
to the Governor of Malacca, for his successor;
but it is not expected that such a proposal must
always meet the governor's approbation ; on tbe
contrary, it is optional with him to appoint wIkhb
he thinks proper.''

TENTH TO Blf LEVIED IN NANINO. 225

Colonel Farquhar became Resident of Malacca, \
in 1803, and in 1809, reserved to the British \
government the power of inflicting capital punish-
ment on criminals in Naning. The duty of one
crusadoe, on boats coming down from Naning,
was withdrawn.

In 1818, the Dutch again assumed possession
of Malacca. In 1822, Governor Timmermann
Thyssen had caused a statement of the land
produce at Naning to be drawn out, and trans-
mitted it to the Netherlands government at
Batavia, with the ulterior view of levying the
tenth. But before their decision was received,
the British flag was again hoisted at Malacca.
This took place in April, 1825. Up to this
period, the 400 gantangs, in lieu of the tenth,
had been annually paid by the different PanghMus
of Naning. In 1827, the Panghfilu and Ampat
Suku came down to Malacca, to pay their re-
spects to the new resident, Mr. Garling, who had
been appointed in 1826. In 1828, Mr. Lewis,
assistant resident, proceeded to Tabu, the capital
of Naning, with the view of making arrangements
with the chiefs for putting that territory on the
same footing as the Malacca lands were, according
to Mr. FuUerton's plan, already described. Mr.
Lewis was empowered to offer the Panghiilu the
sum of 600 Spanish dollars, and each of the

VOL. I. Q

226 SEIZURE OF A DUSON AT PANCHUR.

Ampat Suku, 50 per annum, provided they would
consent to transfer their lands to government, in
order that the tenth might be levied upon them
in the same manner as upon the Malacca lands.
These proposals met with a refusal.

In 1829, Mr. Church, deputy resident, was sent
to Sungie-pattye, on the Naning frontier, to
confer with the Panghulu, with instructions to
make known to him, that Naning was an integral
part of Malacca, and that it was intended by
Government, to subject it also to the general
r^ulations affecting the rest of the Malacca ter-
ritory, but directed no immediate levy of the
duty. He was further instructed to take a census,
and to make it known, that all offenders, except
in trivial matters, must be sent down in future to
Malacca for trial. Mr. Church, on the part of
Government, offered the Panghulu and Ampat
Suku pensions as a compensation. The census
was allowed to be taken, but the rest of these con-
ditions met with an absolute negative.

When Mr. Fullerton arrived, he wrote to the
Panghulu, who had not presented himself with the
annual tribute, summoning him to Malacca, but
without effect. An expedition was then proposed
to be sent to chastise the sturdy chief; but de-
ferred, pending a reference to the Supreme Go-
vernment. The Panghulu still further committed

FIRST E^CPEDITION AGAINST NANING. 227

himself by the forcible and unjustifiable seizure of
a Dilson, atPanchur, within the Malacca boundary,
the hereditary property of Inchi Surin. This
man preferred his complaint to government, and
in consequence another message was dispatched.

The Panghulu's answer set forth a determi-
nation to retain the Duson, affirming it to be his
own property, and impeaching the right of go-
vernment to interfere. A proclamation was now
published, declaring, that Abdul Syed had for-
feited all his claims, and was thenceforth no
longer Panghdlu of Naning.

Such are the principal causes that occasioned,
in 1831, the march of a small military force into
Naning, whose object it was to reduce the rebel-
lious inhabitants to obedience. It consisted of
1 50 rank and file of the 29th Madras Native in-
fantry, two six-pounders, and a small detail of
Native artillery, under the command of Captain
Wyllie, Madras Native infantry. His subalterns
were Lieutenant Milnes, Lieutenant Begbie, com-
manding the artillery, and Ensign Short, with
Assistant-surgeon Smith. Mr. Lewis, Assistant-
resident, accompanied as Commissioner. On the
6th August, the detachment marched, and after
a little opposition near Kalama, the frontier of
Naning, and at Bukit Sabusah, arrived on the
9th at MuUikey, a village about seventeen miles

228 SECOND EXPEDITION.

from Malacca, and about five from Tabu, the
residence of the Panghulu, where they encamped.
From this place, in consequence of the non-
arrival of supplies, the increased resistance offered
by the Malays, and the communication with Ma-
lacca being threatened, the detachment retreated
the following day to Sungie-pattye, where it main-
tained its position with reinforcements from Ma-
lacca, until the 24th August, when orders for its
return arrived. After destroying the heavy bag-
gage, the retreat was commenced the same even-
ing. They reached Malacca, after some little
fighting, early the next morning, with the loss of
the two guns. These were abandoned near Rum-
biyah, being considered too heavy to be brought
on over the felled trees which obstructed the line
of march.

The Malacca territory, up to the very outskirts
of the town, was thus left at the mercy of the
Malays, until the arrival of reinforcements from
Madras ; a treaty of friendship and alliance being,
\ in the mean time, concluded with the Rumbowe
\ Chiefs, who had assisted the Pangh61u in his
rebellion. Early in January, 1832, a force of
Madras troops was organized at Malacca, under
Lieutenant Colonel Herbert, consisting of the
6th regiment Native infantry, a company of rifles,
two companies of sappers and miners, and a detail

SECOND EXPEDITION. 229

of European and Native artillery. On the 2d of
March, Lieutenant Colonel Herbert joined the
force at Rumbiyah, about ten miles from Malacca.
On the 25th the troops encamped at Sungie-pattye,
a village nearly three miles in advance, after a slight
resistance met with when felling the dense forest
which lies between the latter place and Rumbiyah.
On the 5th April, they arrived at Alor Gajeh,
fifteen miles from Malacca, with the loss of an
European officer. Lieutenant Harding, Madras
Native infantry, who fell while bravely carrying
a stockade at Ayer Mangis, not far from Kalama.
Near Alor Gajeh, more stubborn resistance wai^
again made : two officers. Ensigns Wright and
Thompson of the 5th, were wounded, and the
troops compelled to act on the defensive. The
Malays made repeated attacks upon the camp,
in repelling one of which, on the 3d of May, a
promising young soldier, Ensign Walker of the
5th, was slain at the head of his men. About
the middle of May, reinforcements, principally of
the 46th regiment, arrived from Pinang. Offen-
sive operations were resumed on the 21st, and
Tabu fell after a slight resistance, on the 15th of
the following month, Abdul Syed having barely
time to carry off his family and his Kabesaran.
The chest in which these relics were deposited
fell into the hands of the troops. The Pangh(ilu

230 REMAHKB ON THB

fled, first to Condong in Rumbowe, thenc6 to
Mikd, and finally to Passir, in Srimenanti. His
private property and lands were confiscated by
Government. The Ampat Suku fled to Sabang,
but finally departed thence, and sought an asylum
in the neighbouring states. The two Mantris,
Melana Hakim, and Gompar, who principally in-
stigated their chief to rebellion, repaired to Miko.
Thus terminated the second Naning expedition,
in which many individual acts of gallantry were
displayed, both by officers and men. The general
conduct of the campaign was cautious, and slow.
To understand it properly, the reader must sup-
pose the country between Rumbiyah, the base of
operations, and Tabu, to be an undulating tract
about twelve miles in length ; the hollows con-
sisting of swampy flats and wet rice-grounds, and
the intervening swells generally covered with dense
jungle. From Rumbiyah, which is itself situated
in a lofty forest, the sappers and miners, protected
by a covering-party from the infantry and occa-
sionally artillery, commenced clearing the forest
to the extent of from seventy to one hundred
yards, on each side of the road or pathway to
Tabu. The skirmishes of the covering-parties
with the Malays, who as they retreated kept up a
harassing, though by no means an eflective fire
from the cover of the jungle, the attacks on such

SECOND EXPEDITION. 231

stockades as were here and ther^ erected in fa-
vourable positions commanding the routes to
Tabu, and an occasional detour to attack others
on the flanks, formed the line of operation
throughout. The advance of the force was con-
sequently regulated by the necessarily slow pro-
gress of the clearing of the forest. The troops,
therefore, did not reach Tabu, a distance of only
twelve miles from Rumbiyah, in less than ten
weeks, exclusive of the check at Alor Gajeh.

To the want of information displayed by the
civil Commissioner regarding the country, and
the resources of the Naningites, and, above all, to
the misjudged economical policy of depriving the
Straits Settlements of the services of a military
officer exerting a general command over all the
troops serving therein, I attribute, in great mea-
sure, the defeat of the first expedition, and the
consequent necessity and expenses (by some esti-
mated at ten lacs of rupees) of the second. Had
such a general authority existed, a reserve, drawn
from the idle detachments at the sister settlementSi
amply strong enough to have afforded protection
to the town, and to have consummated the suc^
cess so nearly achieved, of Captain Wyllie's de-
tachment, would have been concentrated at Ma-
lacca^ available for any contingency.

As matters stood, and still stand, the command?

V 232 NEW SETTLEMENT OF THE COUNTRY.

ing officer at each settlement has authority merely
over the local troops, and the detachment they
fiimish; consequently, in time of need, at any
particular settlement, the mihtary forces at the
sister settlements are idly wasted or improperly
directed, and the inevitable result has been, and
always will be, defeat in the first instance, and un-
necessary expenditure of the public funds in the
next.

Mr. Ibbetson visited Naning in October, and
created fifteen Panghulus over the different Mukims,
or parishes, into which the country is divided, and
thereby abolished the ancient power of the Pang-
hiilu and Ampat Suku. The office of these newly
elected chiefs is to preserve peace and quiet in their
respective Mukims ; to examine into and decide
matters of little importance, cases of a heavy na-
ture are to be referred invariably to Government,
and not, as formerly, to the Ampat Suku, or heads
of tribes, whose authority is now at an end. They
are to assist in the collection of the revenue, and
apprehension of criminals ; and are the authorized
channels of communication between the Govern-
ment and the peasantry. They derive no further
emolument from their office than that part of their
own lands and produce is free from duty; this
exemption is also enjoyed by the four priests of
each mosque.

NEW SETTLEMENT OP THE OOUNTBY. 233

On the 27 th of October, 1832, government took
the judicious step of placing Naning and its new
system of internal administration under the super-
intendence of Mr. Westerhout, a gentleman not
only eminently qualified for the task by his perfect
knowledge of the Malay character and capabili-
ties, but on account of his extensive influence with
the principal persons of the district and neighbour-
ing independent states.

The terms under which Mr. Westerhout under-
took the settlement of the country are principally as
follows : That he should have the whole of the
tenth collected in Naning, until the 30th April,
1834, his travelling expenses to be defrayed on
the usual scale. Mr. Westerhout was to intro-
duce and establish the collection of the tenth, to
make a census of the population, number of houses,
&c. The quantity of grain, sown by each indi-
vidual, was to be ascertained by him, also the ex-
tent of ground belonging to those individuals who
are exempt from payingthe duty; he was to learn the
extent and nature of the lands, lately the property
of Dholl Syed, and to send in a return to Govern-
ment of the new Panghdlus, and of the places un^^
der their authority. The expediency of a number
of wells being sunk at intervals of half a mile apart,
along the Naning boundary-line with Rumbowe
and Johore, was also suggested by Government.

234 BOUNDARY LINE WITH RUMBOWE.

On the 9th of January, 1833, Mr. Westerhout
met the Rumbowe chiefs at Sungie Siput, near
the frontiers of Rumbowe, to arrange the respec-
tire boundaries. The boundary line agreed on
follows the ancient one as far as Jirat Gunjie ;
from thence as stated before. The Rumbowe
chiefs revived some old claims to the Ramoan
Chinas, stating, that in their old boundary papers,
the line passed from Qualla Lingie over Bukit
Bruang, and through Ramoan China, &c. to Pa-
dang Chachar. We also find the Raja of Salan-
gore making a somewhat similar claim, in 1804,
encroaching on the Company's territories, as far
as Sungie Baru. (Vide Anderson's Consideration,
p. 203.) They, however, readily ceded the point,
when informed that, according to all European
copies of former treaties, the boundary line in
that quarter was the Lingie river, and that the
Ramoan Chinas had always been private property
under the Dutch and English Governments.

The country, since the taking of Tabu, has
been occupied by the Madras troops ; but as its
security has progressed, and the inhabitants have
become more and more settled, the force has been
gradually diminished. The ex-Pangh61u came
down from Srimenanti, and surrendered himself
unconditionally to Government, on the 5th of
February, 1834. He has been permitted to reside

GOV£itNMBIIt. 235

at Malacca, and draw a salary from Government
of 30 sicca rupees per mensem, which has been
allowed on condition of his binding himself in
1000 Spanish dollars, and two sureties in 500
Spanish dollars each, that he shall be forthcoming
whenever called upon. He has received much
attention from all classes of the Native population
at Malacca. He is a hale, stout man, apparently
about fifty years of age, of a shrewd and observant
disposition, though strongly imbued with the sii*
perstitions of his tribe. His miraculous power in
the cure of diseases, is still firmly believed, as that
of certain kings of England was at no very remote
period, and his house is the daily resort of the
health-seeking followers of Mohammed, Foh,
Brahma, and Buddha.

The government of Naning, setting aside its
connexion with the European powers at Malacca,
which interfered very little in its internal organi-
zation, was at once feudal and pastoral in its
character. The classification of the people into
tribes, was nearly as well defined as that of the
children of Israel, described by Moses in the
Pentateuch.

The office of Panghiilu has been hereditary,
subject to the approbation of the government at
Malacca, agreeably, for the most part, to the
Menangkabowe law of succession of the Anak

236 PANOHULUS.

Perpati Sabatang, or the Tromba Pusaka Me-
nangkabowe : the right of succession devolving
upon the eldest male child of the sister; who,
however, may be set aside in case of imbecility
or other causes. This singular law of succession
prevails throughout Naning,

The last Panghdlus of Naning were of
the tribe Sa Melongan. They were generally
brought down by the four heads of tribes, or
Ampat Suku, to Malacca, that their election
might be confirmed by the European govern-
ment.

Juara Magat, the first Panghulu of the last
line, arrogated to himself the power of inflicting
capital punishment on the inhabitants confided to
his charge. It was exercised and abused by his
successors until 1809) when it was rescinded by
the British Resident, Colonel Farquhar; a gen-
tleman whose name is held in afiectionate remem-
brance by most of the Malays, both of Malacca
and the neighbouring independent states.

The last sentence of death passed by Abdul
Syed (or DhoU Syed), the ex-Panghiilu, was on
a Quedah man, named Sali, in 1805. This
Malay had carried off from Malacca two Chinese
slaves, a man and a woman ; meeting some
resistance from the former, he murdered him
with his kris, in the forest of Londu, and pro-

PANGHULUS. 237

ceeded with the woman to Pila, in Srimenanti^
where he sold her as a slave.

The present superintendent of Naning, Mr.
Westerhout, who was an eye-witness, described
to me the ceremony of his trial and execution.
The criminal was conducted, bound, to Bukit
Penialang, or " Execution Hill," near Tabu.
The Panghtilu, the Ampat Suku, the twelve
Panglimas, the Bandahara, and the Makdum,
were all seated in judgment, under a cluster
of Tambuseh trees, on the skirt of the hill.
The witnesses were brought forward, and ex-
amined by the Panghulu himself. The evidence
against the prisoner being deemed conclusive,
according to the forms of the Mohammedan law,
he was sentenced, agreeably to the Adat Me*
nangkabowe, to pay one Bhar, equivalent to
24 Sp. drs. 30 cents.) or to suffer (salang) death
by the kris. Being unable to pay the fine, pre-
parations were made for his immediate execution^
The grave was dug on the spot, and he was
placed, firmly bound in a sitting posture, literally
on its brink. For further security, two panglimas
sat on each side, while the Panglima Besar
Sumun unsheathed the weapon that was to
terminate the mortal existence of the trembling
wretch. On the point of the poniard, the kris
panjang, the panglima carefully placed a pledget

238 AMPAT SUKU.

of soft cotton, which he pressed against the
man's breast, a little above the right collar-bone.
He then slowly passed the weapon's point through
the cotton, on which he kept the fingers of his
left hand firmly pressed, in a direction obliquely
to the left into his body, until the projection of
the hilt stopped its farther progress. The weapon
was then slowly withdrawn, the panglima still
retaining the cotton in its place by the pressure
of his fingers, so as to staunch effectually all
external effusion of blood.

The criminal, shuddering convulsively, was
immediately precipitated into the grave ; but on
making signs for water, was raised. He had
barely time to apply his lips to the cocoa-nut-
shell in which it was brought, when he fell back
into the grave quite dead. The earth was then
hastily thrown over the body, and the assembly
dispersed.

Next to the Panghtilu were the four heads or
representatives of the four sukus, or tribes, into
which the population of Naning was divided —

In the ex-Panghulu's time, the head of the
Suku Sa Melongan, was Maharaja Nunkaio,
Anak Malacca, Andika Maharaja,

Tiga Battu, Dattu Ambangan,

Munkal, Orang Kaio Kechil.

There were three other sukus or tribes in

MANTRIS. 239

Naning, viz. those of Battu Balang, Tiga Menek,
and Bodoanda. The number, however, of indi-
viduals composing these tribes became so insig-
nificant, that they were incorporated with the four
general divisions.

The office of the heads of the sukus was to
assist the Panghtilus with their counsel and
advice ; if unanimous, they could carry the point
against him. They were always consulted in any
matter of importance, and affixed their seals to
all deeds and agreements. Letters to the governt-
ment at Malacca, and to the chief rulers of inde- \
pendent states, were invariably written in the \
name of the Panghdlu and Ampat Suku. Each
was individually responsible for bis tribe to the i
Panghdlu, in fiscal matters, in levying men, and
in settling disputes.

Their revenue was derived principally from the \
power they enjoyed of levying fines on their owiji
particular tribe, and from a portion allotted to
them by the Panghtilu from his annual levy on /
each house of five gantangs of paddy. Their
office was not exactly hereditary, as in the event
of a demise, the vacancy was generally filled up
by the other heads, with the most eligible person
to be found among the surviving family of the
deceased.

The Mantris were the privy councillors to the

240 PRINCII^AL VILLAGES,

Panghdlus, two in number. The last were Melana
Hakim and Gompar. They fled with the Pan-
ghdlu to Mikoy in Rumbowe, but have since
returned.

The Panglimas are the war chiefs. The
ex-Panghtilu had twelve, viz. Panglima Besar,
Jati, Arrip, Beibas, Sultan, Tambi, Prang, Troh,
two Bangsahs, Kiodin, and Raja Balang. Four
of these were personally attached to the Pangh61u,
viz. Panglimas Besar, Prang, Jati, and Arrip;
the rest to the Ampat Suku. Besides levying
men in war, and leading them to combat, building
stockades, &c., the duty of a Panglima is, in
peace, the apprehension of criminals, bearing
official messages and letters, and making requisi-
tions. On these occasions the Panghtilu's spear,
Tombok Bandaran, was sent with them, in token
of their authority. This custom prevails gene-
rally among Malayan chiefs.

The above form of government was entirely
abolished on the settling of the country after the
disturbances in 1832.

The principal villages are those of Sabang,
Tabu, Chirana Putih, Mullikey, Battang Malacca,
Sungie Siput, and Brissu; they present similar
features to other Malay villages ; the houses are
situated near the edges of paddy fields, and invisi-
ble at a distance from the number of cocoa-nut

PRINCIPAL VILLAGES. 24l

and other fruit-trees, by which, as well as a pag-
gah fence, they are usually surrounded; they are
straggling, and one village runs into another, in a
manner from which it is impossible for a mere ob*
server to know where the one ends, and the other
commences.

Tabu, the chief village and former place of
residence of the ex-Panghiilu of Naning, is
reached about seven miles from our principal post,
Alor Gajah, through an undulating country of
jungly hills and uncultivated rice-grounds.

Nearly two and a half miles from Alor Gajah,
crowning a small eminence, seventy yards to the
left of the road, stood the stockade of Bukit Sa-
buseh, taken by Captain Poulton's detachment
on the 25th May, 1832. This position com-
manded the Tabu road. Below the hill, on the
Tabu side, lies the village of MuUikey, to which
the expedition in 1831 penetrated. A mile be-
yond this, and upon the road itself, which gradu-
ally ascends to it, stood the stockade of Bukit
Perling; thence towards Tabu, the descent of
the hill is very steep, and as usual, terminates at
the foot, in an uncultivated swampy rice-ground.
Perling was decidedly the strongest military posi-
tion taken up by the enemy during the late dis-
turbances, and in some measure deserved the
name " The Key of Tabu," bestowed on it by

VOL. I. R

242 PRINCIPAL yiLLAOES.

the Panghulu. From this> the country on the
left exhibits traces of a better cultivation, and a
once numerous population up to the Tabu lines,
which consist of a long mud wall, about eight feet
high, and three or four thick, strengthened by stakes
and branches of trees laid parallel to each other ;
this wall has large rice-fields in front of it, and runs
along the edges of raised ground, which bears a
thick cocoa-nut tope, forming the rear, and con-
taining a burial-ground^ with several deserted
houses ; the Unes are 840 feet long. There is a
bastion-like projection in the centre, the idea of
which does the Malayan " Vauban" credit. The
left of the lines terminates in an epaulment,
flanked by a steep hill, whilst the right ends with
the tope in a deep swampy rice-ground. The
rice-fields are traversed by a small rivulet, and
flanked by jungle, in which were three small stock-
ades, and on the left by steep wooded hills, at
the bottom of which, near the edge of the rice-
ground, runs the Alor Gajah road.

In front of the left of the lines, rises Bukit Pe-
nialangan, or Execution Hill, (so called from the
ex-Panghulu's selecting this as his "place de
gr6ve,") commanding the lines from right to left :
at some distance in rear of the burial-ground is a
mosque, and the building where the Taboh, or
great drum, whence the place derives its name.

PRINCIPAL VILLAGES. 24S

was kept. The Taboh itself, now lies broken on
th^ ground. The sacred* baths of the ex-Pan-
gh^lu, little sheds, are not far from this spot.
There the superstitious Malays were wont to seek
a remedy for their maladies, from the holy water i
into which the sacred foot of the Panghiilu had /
been dipped.

The house of the Panghdlu was situated in the
midst of an almost insulMed cocoa-nut top^, and
surrounded by a high stockade of bamboo, With
an imperfect mud breast-work. It has been
pulled down by order of Govermnent ; partly, I
understand, to do away with any superstitious idea
entertmned by the Natives of the Panghfilu*af
future fetufn to it, from the circumstance of its
remaiiring standing.

The village of Tabu itself fs a small collection
of Malay houses, not amounting to thirty, sur-
rounded ad usual, l^ topes of fruit-irees, and shut
in by lofty hills, raosfly covered witfc forest ; it h
considered imhedthy, as stated before ; there are
many icDe superstitions connected y^^ its en-
virons.

The Rumbowe frontier at Kubui' Feringie,
through Ghirana Putih, the last Naning village, is
distant hence about three and a half miles. Tabu
is about twenty-two miles north-by-west of Ma-
lacca.

244 POPULATION.

> The census of 1833-4, has exceeded any of
former years, amounting, to men, women, and
children, 5079. In 1836, it increased to 5881,
principally Malays. By Mohammedan law, a
Mussulman enjoys the privilege of possessing four
wives, provided he can maintain them ; yet we find
in Naning the number of males exceeds that of
females by one hundred and sixty-one ; and this
in contradiction to a statement of Montesquieu,
who, I believe, in defence of polygamy among
Asiatics, adduces as a cause of it, the greater
comparative number of females prevalent in the
east. But the population of Naning, like that of
other Malayan states of the Peninsula, is in a low
state ; and sufficient reasons for the deficiency are
obvious. First, the natural unproductiveness of
the females ; few bearing more than six children :
then the ravages of the small-pox, unchecked by
inoculation or vaccination ; then the immoderate
and constant practice of smoking opium, by those
able to purchase this pernicious drug ; and lastly,
perhaps, the poverty common in many of its vil-
lages. The Malays, equally with other Islams,
are religiously bound to marry; hence we per-
ceive few unmarried persons who have arrived at
years of puberty. Prostitution and its attendant
evils, are extremely uncommon.

I have observed many instances of longevity in

MILITARY CHARACTER. 245

the interior ; seventy, or eighty years, is an age
by no means rare. An instance of 120 years has
been mentioned to me, on respectable authority,
occurring in the person of Dattu Puan, a native
of Lubu Koppong, in Naning, who died some
years ago, at Sungie Bam. This truly patriarchal
old man, lived to see his descendants in the fifth
generation.

The Malays are despicable as an enemy in open
ground, or at close quarters, (except the rare
Amok,) seldom or never exposing their persons
without the protection of a breast-work, or of trees;
when they retreat, they plant Ranjow (a sort of
wooden caltrop) in their rear. During a war
which lasted two months, behind breast-works,
between the chief of Rumbowe, and a confede-
racy of minor chiefs against him, after a large ex-
penditure of powder, and a disastrous list of
lelahs, which had burst, the bills of mortality ao*
tually amounted to two casualties. In short, their
plan is one of incessantly harassing the line of
communication, stockading, and retreating; the
best, in fact, they could adopt in a country
covered with forest, and where every tree is a
strong hold, and every road a defile. A buffalo
feast and the distribution of madat, a preparation
of opium, generally precede their concerted at-
tacks. The times most frequently selected for

246 RELIGION.

making them, are a little before the rising, and
after the going down of the moon, and during a
storm at night. The particular day is fixed by
their astrologers.

The inhabitants of Naning are Mohammedans
of the Shafihi sect, and were converted in the
thirteenth century^ in the reign of Muhammed
Shah, the first king of Malacca, prior to which it
is supposed, that they were of the faith of Buddha;
the distinctions of Shiah or Rafzi, and Sunni, so
common in India and Persia^ are unknown to the
generality of them. Maqy being descendants of
Arabs, their attention to the external forms of
Islam is more constant and regular than is obser-
vable among the Mussulmans of India, from whom
also they differ considerably in respect of the rites
and ceremonies themselves ; though both equally
adhere to the chief articles of the Mohammedan
«reed. Their criminal laws are founded on the
precepts of the Koran^ but by no means so exclu-
sively as are those which the Indian followers of
the prophet have adopted.

The Hadj, or pilgrimage to Mecca, is here
more common. The Kurban and Zukat, sacri-
ficing and giving religious alms, are more general.
They durcumcise both males and females. The
women come out unveiled in public. The mos-

RELIGION. 247

lems in India are generally Hanifites. The
Naningites prefer the doctrines of Imam Shafihi.

They devour locusts. Their rites of burial
and marriage differ ; they esteem the flesh of a
buffalo as the greatest luxury. They hold three \
days of the week to be lucky for the commence-
ment of any undertaking, viz. Monday, Thursday^
and Friday. In short, the Malay resembles more
the Arab in the simple mode of his worship, than
the Mussulman of Hindoostan, tainted and con-
taminated by the admixture of many Hindoo ob*
servances and ceremonies.

They have no Maulavis or Ulemas like the
Mussulmans of India ; they observe the five stated
daily periods of prayer, as also the postures Ruku,
Sijdeh, Itedal, and Kiam.

There are four officiating priests attached to
each mosque, besides the Kali or Kazi who pre-
sides over a number of mosques, viz. the Imaoiy
the Khatib, the Bilal* or Muezzin, and the Pan-
gfaiilu Momkim or Mukim. The immediate reli-
gious care of the inhabitants of the Mukim (or
parish) to which the mosque belongs, devolves
upon the Imam, Khatib, and Bilal.

* Bilal was the name of the first Muezzin in the time of the
prophet, and is used by the Malays instead of the term Muessin.

248 RELIGION.

There are two Kazis in Naning, " Selaho and
Sulong Juman," (to both of these priests I am in-
debted for much of the information collected here
on the religious usages of the Naningites) ; the
former resides at Campong Tengha, near MuUi-
key, the latter at Malacca Pinda. The Kazi is
guardian to all orphans, who have no near male
relations ; he is arbitrator of all knotty religious
points, which the four inferior may not be able to
decide; he confirms marriages. In the month
Ramzan, or the Malayan Puasa, the Naningites
present their Kazis with the fitrat, in the shape
of small donations of rice, generally, one gantang
from each individual. The Kazi receives, at the
death of any person one ^^ suku," and at sacri-
fices, the head of the victim.

The functions of the Imam are exercised in the
performance of the sacred rites of the Moham-
medan religion, viz. those under the heads of the
imamet, the mandi, and kafan, or washing and
shrouding of the dead, the selat jenazet, or prayer
pronounced over the corpse, before interment.
His fee is commonly one "suku," and the clothes
of the deceased. The Imams of Malacca, how-
ever, and of India, do not perform the duties of
washing and shrouding the dead ; these offices are
executed in Malacca by the Bilal, and in India by
the Naib of the Kazi.

RELIGION. 249

The Khatib, as in India and Arabia, recites the
khatbeh, an oration or sermon, in praise of God,
the prophet, and his vicegerents, on Friday, in
the mosque, from the three steps of the mimbar,
a species of rostrum ; and he performs the nikah,
or marriage ceremony, for which he receives three
peraks, (nearly equivalent to six annas,) four
cubits of white cloth, and a tikar, a sort of mat.

The duties of the Bilal are sacrificial ; the call-
ing to public prayer, the reciting of the Talkin,
the service for the dead, after the corpse has been
lowered into the grave. His fee for the last is
a sikar and one perak. When a goat or buffalo
is sacrificed, he receives two fingers breadth of
flesh from the victim's neck.

The Panghdlu Momkim, or Mukim, is an in-
ferior servant of the mosque, which it is his duty
to keep clean, and in good order ; to remove the
bodies of the dead, to assist at burials, to go round
the various campongs, and give notice of the
performance of public prayer, and to report absen-
tees to the Imam. He beats the taboh, or great
drum of the mosque, at the sound of which all
devout Mussulmans assemble for prayer. The
Talkin is sometimes read by this functionary.
The Imams, Khatibs, Bilals, and Panghtilu Mom-
kims, are elected to their several offices, after an
examination into their fitness and capabilities, by

250 MOSQUES

the Kazis and elders ; besides the fees already
mentioned, they each receive annually, from every
individual attending the mosque, a present of one
gantang of paddy.

There are sixteen mosques to the Momkims, or
Mukims (parishes) in Naning, viz. those of Tabu,
Bukit Tutu,* Pago, Tabung, Pulo Sonno, Brissu,
Sungie Siput, Londu, Ayer Parbas, Tanjong
Rimo, Padang Sabang, Kamuning, Pillowe, Ma-
lacca Pinda, Battang Malacca, and Mulllkey.
Each of these mosques is under the immediate
control of an Imam and a Khatib; and under
them a Bilal, and PanghCilu Mukim. All the
establishments are superintended by the Kazis, or
Kalis, of whom, as previously stated, there are
two in Naning.

The mosques are repaired at the public ex-
pense, and are generally situated apart from any
house, on small insular knolls, in the midst of
sawahs. They are conical shaped buildings of
wood, raised on wooden pillars, with ornaments
of the same material, like the wings of birds, at
the eight comers of the two roofs, that cover the
buildings, much in the manner and shape of the
^* flies" of a tent. The inner part consists of one
spacious room, kept extremely clean, with a
woodoi mimbar, or pulpit, at one end.

* This mosque has since been removed to Kalama.

TOMBS. 251

The Taboh, or drum, is generally placed in a
small building, erected for the purpose, close to
the mosque. It is a long hollow cone of wood,
over the wide aperture of which is stretched the
strong hide of a buffalo. Before the time ap-
pointed for meeting at public prayers, it is beat
by the Panghtilu Momkim, to give the inhabit-
ants of the surrounding campongs notice.

There are no minarets to the mosques in Nan-
ing. The only one that I have seen in the Pen-
insula is that of the Malayan mosque at Malacca;
on the top of this is a gong, which is struck in*
stead of the drum. The graves that are found
near the mosques in Naning are generally those
of rich or religious men ; poor men being com-
monly buried at a distance.

At the mosques of Bukit Tutu, near Alor
Gajah, are the tombs of the late Raja Muda, of
Rumbowe, Raja Assil, who was driven from his
dominion by Raja All, and that of Anja, the pre-
decessor of the ex-Panghulu of Naning.

A Mukim must consist of forty-four houses ; the
Khatbeh cannot be read in the mosque until the
number be complete.

In every part of the country are found tombs of
men famed for piety, in whose names the people of
Naning make vows for the prosperous termina-
tion of any project, and whose burial-places they

252 CUSTOMS ON OCCASIONS OF BIRTHS.

honour with frequent visits and oblations, &c.
They call such tombs Kramets. There is no
particular day, as in India, on which they congre-
gate to perform the Urs,* or pilgrimage.

The most sacred tombs, or Kramets, in Naning,
are those of Kala Katti, Pai Dalum, and Bukit
Paion, near Tabu ; also those of Khatib Batani,
at Londu, of Dattu Dalon, at Sabang, and those
at Lubu Koppong and Kalama.

Those mentioned before at Bukit Tutu, of the
expelled Raja Muda, of Rumbowe, and Anja, the
predecessor of the ex-Panghulu, of Naning, will,
when hallowed by time, " become Kramets," which
literally signifies " revered," " venerable," a
" miracle ;" but is a term given generally by
Malays to the burial-places of the early Arabian
zealots, who first preached the doctrines of Mo-
hammed on the Malay Peninsula.

The Bidan, or midwife, always attends on the
occasions of births ; her hire is about a dollar for
the forty days, during which it is customary for
her to remain. The new arrival being washed, &c.
the father puts his mouth to its ear, and pro-
nounces the Azan, or " Allah Akbar." On the
seventh day, the ceremony of Bar Chukur, or
shaving the head, is performed, together with the

* At Malacca there is an annual Urs to the tomb of Wali Ismail^
on Pulo Besar.

CEREMONY OF BERAZA GIGI. 253

Fatiheh, and Maulud, a form of prayer used at
births. On the fortieth day, the woman performs
the customary ablutions and prayers, and is pro-
nounced clean.

The ceremony of Beraza Gigi, or filing the
teeth, takes place among women before the day
fixed for the Antar-belanja, i. e. the day on which
it is customary for the bridegroom to send the
money for the marriage expenses. It is performed
by a woman with a species of fine stone, brought
generally from Achin ; sometimes a fine steel file
is substituted : the patient reclines on her back
during the operation ; it lasts about an hour, and
has been described to me as producing a peculi-
arly harsh and unpleasant sensation, similar to that
caused by the action of strong mineral acids. The
teeth are generally filed down about one quarter
of their height. After the operation, the gums
not unfrequently remain in a swollen and painful
state for two or three days. The Beraza Gigi is
performed on males at uncertain periods, but ge-
nerally in early age, and is, Mr. Marsden observes,
often the occasion of some family festival ; as
also, is the ceremony of boring the female's ear.

The Malays consider the process of filing down
the teeth, together with* the subsequent operation
of blackening them, indispensable for personal
beauty. The latter efiect is produced by the re-

254 MARRIAGES.

peated application of a black liquid, termed grange
obtained by burning cocoa-nut shells on iron plates.

Marriages are not contracted at so early an age
as among the Moslems of India, but, as there, the
parties chiefty interested have least to do in select-
ing their future partners for life. The alliance is
first agreed on by the fnends of both parties, gene-
rally the matrons. After Uiis, a few friends of
the bridegroom elect wait upon the bride's father,
and present him with a ring and a small donation
of clothes ; the marriage expenses, which are paid
by the man's fiiends, are then agreed on. The
Mahr, or marriage portion of the wife, is also paid
by the man, and ought to be always a tahil of
gold or silver, or some other less precious metal,
according to his means.* It is usually fixed at
the time of performing the Nikah, which is done
by the Khatib, before two witnesses on each part,
and a Wakil or agent on part of the bride, who is
not present, but remains at home. Thither the
Wakil and two witnesses go to ask her consent
as a matter of form ; the ceremony is then per-
formed agreeably to the Mohammedan law.

The husband can then, if his wife have attained
the age of puberty, carry her to his own house ;

* It is, howerer, generally thirty serapie, a sum nearly equivalent
^ 30 rupees.

MARRIAGES — DEATHS. 255

if not, she remains in her father's house, until the
desired event take place.

When the parties are wealthy, a buffalo is
killed, and the friends of both parties feasted.
The two inferior kinds of marriage common in
Java, and self-prostitution, are rare in Naning,
though instances have been known of husbands
prostituting their own wives and children when
pressed by debt or poverty.

Women about to be married cut off the hair,
(this ceremony is called " Andam ") in front of
the forehead. This is done, as well as the ap-
plication of the " Inei" or " Henna'* to the palms,
and nails of the hands and feet, three days before
the marriage ceremony.

Of the ceremonials after death the following
may be noticed : —

If the dying person retain possession of his
faculties, he recites or has recited to him the
Touhid, a form of confession of the unity of the
Deity. After death, the Imam performs Mandi
and Kafan, or the washing and shrouding of the*
corpse ; for this latter purpose, a long wrapper of
cotton cloth, the baju, vest, and turban of the
deceased, and two liffafehs are used ; the grave is
invariably dug the depth of a man's height, from
ear to foot. The Mussulmans of India make a
distinction : for a man, they excavate to the depth

256 DEATHS.

of a man's height from the navel downwards ;*for ft
woman, to the depth of a man's height from
breast to foot.

The corpse is placed on a bier formed of two
planks, the exact length of the grave, to which
it is carried, followed by the nearest relatives ;
females sometimes attend in Naning, but never
at Malacca.

The Selat Jenazeh is then read by the Imam,
standing; the corpse is lowered down into the
grave, with the two planks that formed the bier.
It is not deposited on the direct bottom of the
grave, but in a side receptacle about two feet
high : the two planks are then forced down edge-
ways, so as to shut out firmly this receptacle from
the rest of the cavity, which is then filled up with
earth thrown through some green leaves and
branches, in order that it may fall more lightly,
till the upper edge of the last plank is concealed,
when earth is thrown in, and the grave filled up in
the usual manner ; a little water is then sprinkled,
and the Bilal or Panghfilu Momkim recites the
Talkin on the grave, in a sitting posture, with his
face turned towards the Kibleh, in the direction
of which also the head of the corpse is in-
clined.

On the third, the seventh, the fourteenth, the
fortieth, and lastly, on the hundredth day, fatiheh,

RELIGIOUS FASTS AND FESTIVALS. 25?

oblations of spices, aloe-wood, and flowers, are
made to the manes of the dead.

Their burial-places are raised banks of earth,
with two small wooden pillars* or upright stones
at each end of an oblong carved wooden frame,
the largest denotes the head ; they plant the
sulasih generally near burial grounds, and some-
times the champaka and camboja.

Like other Mohammedans, they believe in*the
examination of the corpse by the angels ^^Munkir
and Nekir," who enter upon their inquisitorial
functions, afler the fimeral attendants have retired
seven paces from the grave, on their return to
their several homes.

The religious observance of the first ten days
of the months of Mohurrum, the 28th of Safr,
the 12th of Rabi-al-awal, the first twelve days of
Rabi-al-akhir, the 10th of Shaban, the thirty days*
fast of Ramzan, and the first of Shaval ; and
lastly, the 10th to the 15th of Za-al Haj, re-
sembles the practice of the Arabs more than the
customs which obtain among the Mohammedans
of India.

The sacrifice of the buffalo is, I believe, pe-
culiar to Malayan Mohammedans. The buffalo
selected for the Kurban must be without blemish

* Those for females are generally fiat and niched at the summit;
they are called Nissan, probably^ from the Persian Nishan.

VOL. I. 8

258 RELIGIOUS FASTS AND FESTIVALS.

on disease \ its fore and hind leg bones must not
be broken after death, nor the spine : neither are
the horns to be used for common purposes, such
as the handles of krises, &c.

The animal to be sacrificed is thrown down in
a convenient place near the mosque of the Mukim,
by his hind and fore legs being bound together ;
his head is also secured and turned in the direction
of the Kibleh, and water then poured over it ; the
Bilal advances with the sacrificial knife, (in Na*-
ning the knife called Gulo Rumbowe is generally
used for this purpose,) and turning himself towards
the Kibleh, recites the ^^ Bismillahi helalan taiee-
ban AUahu Akbar," four times successively, and
then divides the wind-pipe and large blood-vessel
of the neck of the animal. It is flayed after
death, and cut up into two equal parts. One-half
is distributed among the inhabitants of the Mukim ;
of the other half, two chuppahs (a little more than
2lbs.) are allotted to the Panghulu, the head to
the Kali, two chuppahs to the Imam, two to the
Khatib, two to the Bilal and Panghulu Momkim
or Mukim. The first half is generally cooked
and eaten on the spot.

On religious occasions, buffaloes are always
sacrificed on one of these three days, Friday,
Monday, or Thursday. They are also sacrificed
at weddings, births, circumcisions, &c., of wealthy

TRADE AND NATURAL PRODUCTIONS 259

people at the " Chukur Anak," or the ceremony
of shaving the heads of children ; and finally when
going to war. On these occasions, the buffalo
need not be without blemish, &c., and is killed
according to the usual Mohammedan cuM;om of
the Zabbah.

In Arabia the camel is esteemed the most ac-
ceptable sacrifice that can be oflfered ; not only
from the high repute in which the flesh of this
animal is held among the inhabitants, but also on
account of its general usefulness. The Malays,
in like manner, having no camels, select the buffalo,
the flesh of which is considered the greatest deli-
cacy imaginable ; every person who has travelled
over the Sawahs of a Malayan country, can bear
witness to the utility of the despicable-looking
buffalo.

The Naningites carry on a trade with Malacca,
chiefly in timber for house-building, ratans,
jaggery, and fruit. Its natural productions and
zoology do not differ essentially from those of the
Peninsula. (See Chap. VII.) Although it is
certain that the chief present object is to improve
and extend the agriculture of Naning, still its
mineral resources should not be neglected.

At Bukit Bertam, gold was formerly procured,
and considerable quantities of tin are known to
exist throughout the district, particularly at Bukit

260 REVENUE.

Kukusan, Sungie Bulu, Ulu Pondoi, and Lundi^
near Tabu. At the latter place, Mr. Westerhout
has opened a mine, of the first produce of which
I possess a very favourable specimen. There is,
in fact, but little doubt that the mines in the
vicinity of Malacca, if scientifically worked by
persons of some little capital and perseverance,
would prove of much intrinsic value ; and might
otherwise benefit the country, by drawing into it
an enterprising and industrious population.

The want of capital, and consequent haste to
convert the produce into cash, is the great draw-
back, not only to mining speculations, but to the
cultivation of pepper, and of other spices, requir-
ing still more time before they yield any return to
the cultivator.

The revenue is derived from a tenth on the
land produce. It was estimated in the Panghiilu's
time at 3000 Spanish dollars per annum. He
used to levy five gantangs of paddy, two fowls,
and two cocoa-nuts, from each house, besides
other privileges. After the Government took the
revenue, the disbursements at first exceeded the
income; but the country has since so rapidly
improved, that it now yields a considerable sur-
plus, which is here shown.

COLLECTION OF THE TENTH. 261

STATEMENT OF REVENUE.

Year. Revenue. Expenditure. Surplus.

1833-4 drs. 761 74 drs. 463 32 drs 296 42

1834-5 1,138 34 519 95 618 30

1835-6 1,240 10 490 76 749 34

The tenth* on the rice-crops is levied in
Naning much as it is in the ceded lands, just
mentioned, near Malacca.

When the grain is ripe, a person on the part of
Government visits the rice- fields, attended by the
owner, the Panghdlu, or Mata Matas of the
village, and several of the oldest inhabitants, on
the spot, in order to agree upon and assess the
value of the crop. A difference of opinion will
naturally sometimes arise between the taxer and
the taxed. This is submitted to the arbitration
of the Pangh{ilu and the village elders. But
should these persons again assess the crop at a
lower value than the collector's agent really thinks
it worth, the latter has still the resource of offer-
ing to purchase the whole of the crop on the part

* The sovereign's right to the tenth has been from time immemo-
rial acknowledged in Malayan states. This custom is yery ancient,
and appears to have prevailed over a great portion of the known
world, and among nations of a very different character and religion ;
for instance, the Jews, the Gauls, the Chaldeans, the Egyptians, the
Greeks, and the Romans. It was originally offered to the gods, and
their priests, and then to sovereigns, who not unfrequently united the
sacerdotal functions with their temporal powers.

\
I

262 COLLECTION OF THE TENTH.

of Government, at a price according to the
owner's valuation. This proposal, whenever
made, has been, I believe, invariably refused. It
is not therefore improbable, all circumstances
considered, that not more than seven or eight per
cent, at the most ever finds its way into the
Company's godowns. The tenth in kind on
paddy is sold, whenever a good price can be
procured for it, on the spot, and the proceeds
lodged in the treasury. The tenth on the other
articles of land produce is levied at tolls placed
at the entrances into Naning from Malacca, and
there immediately sold.

Much inconvenience and loss are experienced
by Government, through this uncertain mode of
collecting the revenue. The- tax itself, too, as it
rises with the produce, operates practically as a
check to progressive increase in the cultivation.

A pecuniary compensation,* or commutation, of
the duty on the sawahs, or wet lands, fixed for a
definite period, not less than five years, would be
far more advantageous and convenient to both
parties. It should be very moderate for the first
period, during which the amount of the crops for
each successive season should be carefully ascer-
tained, as well as the increased quantity of land
that would naturally be brought under cultivation.

* Since allowed^ I believe, by the Supreme Government.

nicE PRODUCE. 263

To such an arrangement the Naning cultivators
are by no means averse, but they object to it with
regard to the ladang, or dry land crops.

The desultory mode of cultivation known
under the term Ladang, of which Mr. Marsden
has given an excellent description in his History
of Sumatra, chap, iv., forms one of the principal
obstacles to the introduction of the new land
regulations into a Malayan country. Added to
this, is the notorious dislike the Malays entertain
to innovation and change, and their innate love
of liberty, and freedom from all shackles. They
have a strong aversion to be bound down even to
the performance of any thing, which they would
have much amusement and pleasure in doing
were they acting solely under the influence of
their own free will and choice.

I am not aware that the ladang mode of culti-
vation offers any other advantage to the Malays
than that it is compatible with the enjoyment of a
wandering life.

The ladang rice, however, is affirmed by some
to be sweeter and whiter, and to keep better than
the produce of the sawah. The principal grain
districts are those of Sabang and Mullikey.

The rice-crops of 1833-4 were not so abundant
as expected, owing to a bad season, and the
employment of the newly-returned inhabitants

264 COKCLUSIOK.

10 re^buiklii^ tbeir houses, repairing the Am-
paogansy or dams thrown across the rivers, for
purposes of irrigation. The total produce of
paddy amounted to 137,985 gantangs.

The following is a statement of the planters
and crop of 1836-^ : —

Ho. of Planten . Gantangs of Paddy.

Pay tenth 1,378 254,166

Exempt 76 30,210

1,454 284,376

Those ^^ exempt*' from paying the tenth are
the Priests, the Panghdlus, and their Mata
Matas. The two last enjoy this privil^e for
assisting in the preservation of good order, and in
the collection of revenue from their respective
districts ; no other remuneration is allowed them
from Government.

In conclusion, Colonel Farquhar might perhaps
have been a little too enthusiastic when he
affirmed that ^Miature has been profusely boun-
tiful to the Malay peninsula, in bestowing on it
a climate the most agreeable and salubrious, a
soil luxuriantly fertilized by numerous rivers, and
the face of the country diversified with hills and
valleys, mountains and plains, forming the most
beautiful and interesting scenery that it is possible

CONCLUSION. 265

for the imagination to figure." &c. &c. But
nothing could be more just and better founded
than the following observation of the gallant
Colonel : " We have only to lament that a more
enterprising and industrious race of inhabitants
than the Malays should not have possessed this
delightful region."

266

CHAPTER VI.

Singapore. — Geographical Position. — Physical Aspect and Geo-
logy. — Climate. — Productions. — History. — Population. — Town of
Singapore. — Education among the Natives. — Trade. — Exchange. —
Tonnage. — Outline of the Trade of Singapore with China, the
Indian Presidencies, Great Britain, Java, tlie Malayan Peninsula,
Siam, Cochin China, Cambodia, Islands of the Archipelago,
Continental Europe^ Mauritius, Nev7 South Wales, the Cape of
Good Hope, America, Sumatra, Malacca, Pinang, and the neigh-
bouring Dutch Port of Rhio, of which a brief notice is given. —
Ilevenue. — Military Strength. — Concluding Remarks.

Singapore, or more properly speaking, Singha-
pdra, is an island situated near Point Ramunia,
or Romania, the southern limit of Continental
Asia, at the extremity of the Malayan Peninsula,
from which it is divided by a narrow strait, in many
parts not exceeding half a mile in breadth. This
channel was formerly used by navigators sailing
between India and China. The average length
east and west of the island is twenty-five miles by
eleven in breadth, giving an area of 275 square
miles. About nine miles south of the island runs
a chain of islets, under British sway, frequented
by fishermen and pirates ; the whole within a cir-

1 ^1 . T-^^f^-^

U< ---:

-V-\l}%

^l,f:

i -L

I S'^r 1 ^ / A-f -"'•'■. ^^-i.Si. r-r;#v. _ l> ■

FBTSICAI. ASPECT AUD GBOEilGT. 357

comferenoe of about 100 nOes. The cfasuDel
tomiag between them and the kland just de-
scribed, fiMms the present strut of SingafMiie ; the
great thorou^:fa&re of Indian^ European, and
Chinese traffic. A narrow passage caDed Xew
Harbour, has lately been disooTered to the west
of Singqiore, through which Tesseb can pass
and avoid the circuitous route h\ St. John's.

Singapore, and most of the islets in the vidnitr,
are covered with luxuriant jungle to the water's
edge, presenting to the eve of the voyager a
scene that has repeatedly excited the most raptur-
ous admiration. The surface of the island of
Singapore is low and undulating ; in some parts
rising into rounded hills covered with jungle ; the
iDtervening flats, and some low tracts near the
coast are swampy. The soil of the flats is gene-
rally blackish, from the great proportion of the de-
cayed v^etable matter it contains ; while that on
the hills is red, of various shades. The substratum
appears to be still more sandy, containing numer-
ous bits of quartz, the detritus of the subjacent
rocks. It is found both of a sandy and clayey
consistence. The bills near Singapore consist
chiefly of laterite, resting on sandstone. Frag-
ments of granite and bouldered trap are scattered
along the beach ; but from the circumstance that
no masses of the latter have yet been found in

268 PHYSICAL ASPECT AND GEOLOGY.

sitUj it would be presumptuous to say that it be-
longed to the structure of the island, though it
possibly exists in dykes of the granite. It is
generally smooth and waterwom ; and being in
great request for pavements round the houses, the
best specimens have consequently disappeared
from the beach. It is of the compact kind.
Some, however, is vesicular, approaching to the
nature of scoriae; and one specimen sent to
me exhibited sandstone and trap alternately.
Sandstone occurs red, white, yellow, and varie-
gated. None that has hitherto fallen under my
observation contained a vestige of fossil remains.
Conglomerates of grains of quartz held together
by a ferruginous cement, and a whitish sectile clay-
slate are found. Several varieties of laterite are
met with, but the prevailing form of it is an
ochreous fissile clay, more or less vesicular and
indurated. Singapore, it has been urged, as well
as the whole contiguous group of islands, is of
recent submarine origin. On examining the
map, we certainly find it to be at no considerable
distance from the great volcanic belt that extends
from the north of the Andamans, though Sumatra,
Java, the Moluccas, Philippine, the Japanese, and
Kurile islands, and Kamschatka to the AUutian
islands. Among other geological specimens with
which I have been favoured by a scientific cor-

CLIMATE — PRODUCTIONS. 269

respondent, was one from Singapore, of sand,
shattered and penetrated by the laterite, which he
supposes to be of volcanic origin, and forced up
in a fluid state through the previously existing
sandstone which it now surmounts.

The question regarding the origin of laterite is
still undecided, and remains a desideratum in
Indian geology. The variation of the compass
at Singapore is 2° 9' E.

The cUmate resembles that of Malacca ; though,
from the circumstance of its not having such re-
gular alternations of the land and sea breezes, it
is said to be much hotter, and not so healthy.*
The thermometer, Fahrenheit, ranges from 71^
to 89°. Singapore being nearer the equator than
Pinang and Malacca, the influence of the mon-
soons is even less felt there than at either of those
settlements. The island is kept in a state of per-
petual verdure, by frequent tropical showers.

There appears to be little doubt that the allu-
vial soil of Singapore, lying as it does on the face
of a country in most parts well supplied with the
requisite temperature and moisture, provided it be
of suflicient depth, is fully capable of producing,
with profit to the cultivator, nutmegs, pepper,
sugar, cotton, coffee, and gambier. Cloves have

* For tables of Thermometrical and Barometrical range during
six years at Singapore, see Appendix, No. 11.

270 PRODUCTIONS. — LAND REGULATIONS.

been attempted, but the trees have generally died
away at the age of five or six years. Nutmegs
have succeeded as well as coffee and pepper. The
latest accounts state, that so confident are the
Chinese of success in this article (coffee), that
they are every where extending their plantations,
and there are now several with 2000 to 3000 young
plants coming up. The produce of the Chinese
pepper gardens, for 1836, is estimated at 10,000
piculs. Speculations in the cultivation of cotton
have been entered into by several European pub-
lic-spirited individuals with every prospect of suc-
cess. For rice, the staff of life in the East, Sin-
gapore is dependent on Java, Bengal, and Suma-
tra : for fruits, pigs, poultry, and cattle, in great
measure, on Malacca. The present land regula-
tions, by which the acquisition of waste and va-
cant lands on the island either by purchase or
on long lease, is prevented, are great obstructions
to cultivation, clearing, &c. and to the prosperity
of the settlement. The subject has been made
matter of petition to Government, by the Agri-
cultural and Horticultural Societies lately esta-
blished at Singapore, and I heartily wish them every
success in their laudable efforts to elicit fully the
natural resources of this thriving little island. Al-
ways let it be borne in mind, that for the success-
ful growth of spices, three things are essential.

LAND REGULATIONS. 2?!

First, a capital sufficient to bear the heavy ex-
penses of the first seven years, then permanent
local residence ; and thirdly, a long lease of the
soil. A judicious system of cultivation thus sup-
ported and commenced, under a more liberal code
of land regulations, at an early period, would have
gone far to realize the prophecy of the late Mr.
Canning, who stated to the House of Commons,
in 1824, that Singapore, after six years, would pro-
duce spices sufficient for the consumption of Great
Britain and her colonies. The example of men
of capital would go a great way in exciting a spirit
of emulation among the less wealthy branches of
the community, to whom grants of waste land
might be assigned, and even pecuniary advances
made by Government ; the repayment of which
latter might be guaranteed from the produce of
the soil, delivered at a fixed rate. The last land
regulations* are to the following effect: — The
cultivator clears the land ; this done, he is allowed
a lease for fifteen years, paying one Spanish dollar
per acre annually. At the expiration of this term,
the rate is increased to three dollars per acre, and
a new lease for another term of fifteen years taken.
Thirty years having expired, the lease is to be
exchanged for another of fifteen years, at six dol-

* These land regulations are now (t 837) I understand, being sub-
jected to revision.

272 HISTORY.

lars per acre i and after this for another, not ex-
ceeding ten dollars. It is needless to add, that
few leases have been applied for on such terms ;
particularly as the price of labour is so high. A
Chinese seldom gets less than nine sicca rupees
a month — a Chuliah and Malay a little less.

The coral reefs and shoals, in the vicinity of
Singapore, furnish that delicate fern -like sea-weed
called by Malays, aggar-dggar (the Fucus Sac-
charinus) in abundance. It forms an article of
considerable export to China. The Chinese use
it in thin glues and varnishes. It is made into
a very fine jelly by Europeans and Native Por-
tuguese. The average produce annually is 6,000
piculs, at three dollars a picul.

The island of Singapore is celebrated in Ma-
layan history as having been the first place of
settlement of the early Malay colonists from
Sumatra, the origin of the empire of Malacca, to
the eastward, and as having been connected with
several interesting eras in the history of the last.
The former event took place towards the middle
of the twelfth century, when, we are informed by
the author of the Sejdra Mcdayu that. Sang Nila
Utama, supposed by Mohammedan historians to
have been a descendant of Alexander the Great,
settled on the island, with a colony of Malays
originally from Sumatra, and founded the city of

HISTORY. 273

SinghapHra a. d. 1160. The linea of this city
and of its defences wer^, according to Sir S.
Raffles,* still to be traced in 1819* In a.d.
1252, the Bitara of Majapahit, in Java, invaded
Singhapuraj destroyed the city, and dispersed
its inhabitants over various parts of the Malayan
peninsula. The majority fled with their monarch,
Sri Iscander Shah, to Muar (a river south of
Malacca,) and from thence to Malacca; where
they settled and founded a city. The name of
the island of Singapore, originally Tamasakj was
now, A.D. 1160, changed to that of Singhapuraj
the city of the Lion, from the tradition of Sang
Nila Utama*s having seen a Singhaj or lion, near
the mouth of the river. This Singha is described
in the Sejara Molayu as an animal very swift
and beautiful, its body red, head black, and its
breast white ; very active, and in size larger than
a he-goat. To Sang Nila Utama, the title of
Sri Tri-buana was given by the Bat'h, or bard,
who celebrated his adventures. Tri-buana died
A.D. 1208, after a reign of forty-eight years,
leaving two sons. Raja Kechil Besar, and Raja
Kechil Muda, and was buried on the hill of
Singhapura. Raja Kechil Besar succeeded un-
der the title of Padtica Sri Vicrama Vira.

* Memoirs, p. 376.
VOL. I. T

274 HISTORY.

Before bis iather*s death, this prince had married
the Princess NUa Panchadi^ daughter of Jam-
buga Rama Mudelliary Raja of Bijanugger, in
the land of Kelinga (Telinga?) who had been
sent by her father with ambassadors and a nume-
fous fleet to Singhapura. By the princess he
had a son,, named Raja Muda. The Malay
annals state that, during Vicrama's reign, the
kingdom of Singhapura mcreased in power, and
became famous over the whole world : and we are
told by De Barros, in the Sixth Book of his
second Decade, that previously to the founding
of Malacca^ the city of Singhapura was resorted
to by the navigators of the western seas of India,
as well as by those sailing to countries lying to
the eastward of it, such as Siam, China, Chiampa,
Camboja, and the many thousand islands scattered
over the Eastern ocean. .

The only recorded events of any importance
that took place during the reign of this prince
were, the arrival of an ambassador from the
Bitara of Majapahit, a powerful kingdom of Java^
and a subsequent invasion of Singhapura by the
Javanese. If we may believe the Malay annalist,
the history of this war between Java and Singha-
pura b too tedious to relate. The invaders
were, however, ultimately repelled with loss,
forced to hasten on board their prows, and re-

HISTOHY. 275

turned, without either glofy or adrantage, to
Mc^apahk. Vicrama Vira died about a. 0»
1223, succeeded by his son, Raja Muda, und^
the title of Sri Rama Vicrama, who died aboot
A* D. 1236^ succeeded in turn by his son DasyA
Rajoy under the title of Paduca Sri Mdharc^^
The deatb of Sri Maharaja took place about
]*249f when his son. Raja Sectmder Shah,
ascenited the throne. This monarch, it ap-
pears, having suspected one of his mistresses of
infidelity, had her impaled at Ujong Pasair.
The Bandahira, or chief minister of state, whose
daughter ^e was^ deeply afiected by the disgrace
and shame entaited on his blood by the cruel and
puUic manner of his daughter's deaths sent a
message to Java, inviting the Bitara of Majapahit
to eome oyer and possess bimsdlf of Singhapura.
The Bitara immediately fitted oot an expeditioM^
consisting of three hundred junhs^ m vast flbtilla;
of smaller vessds^ on which he embarked SOO^yOOOv
Javanese, and set saft for 8inghap6ra^ Here tl^
gates of ^ fortress were^ opened by the* injm'eid^
BanDddkiara to the Javanese troops, and a scene of
isidiserinmate carnage,^ (or ^ amok*') took plaiee'.
The city waa destrojfed, the remnant of t^
iohabitanta sought sanity in ffi^ht, and' dispensed
themselves over various parts of the Malayan
peninsula. The majority fled with their monarch,

T 2

276 HISTORY.

Sri Iscander Shah, to Muar, (a river south of
Malacca,) and from thence to Malacca; where,
as I have mentioned in the history of that settle-
ment, they remained and founded a city. The
taking of Singhapura is supposed to have hap-
pened in A. D. 1252. The Malay annalist winds
up his narrative by thus holding up the fate of
the Bandahdra as a warning for all traitors to
their country. " By the power of God Almighty,
the house of Sang Ranjuna Tapa (the name of
the Bandahdraj) faded, and its pillars were over-
turned, and rice ceased to be planted in the land,
and Sang Ranjuna Tapa, together with his wife,
were changed into stones; and these are the
$tones which appear beside the moat of Sin-
ghapdrar

The Javanese did not make any permanent set-
tlement on the island ; contented with the plunder
and destruction of the city, they went back once
more, to Majapahit. Singhapura probably re-
verted to the possession of the Malay sovereigns
of Malacca, though, until lately, it never again
rose into importance. Mansur Shah of Malacca,
who reigned towards the close of the fourteenth
century, we find in the Sejdra MaldyUy^ had a
hundred vessels, lancharans^ with three masts,

• Page 160.

HISTORY. 277

•fitted out at Singhapura as part of an armament
against Majapahit ; and subsequently, in the reign
of Sultan Mahmud, we find that a chief, named
DcUtu TahenkSj was appointed to succeed in the
government of Singhapura, Sri Biji di Raja,
who was put to death by order of the sultan, for
having failed to present himself at Malacca on
the occasion of some solemn festival. In 1511,
when the Portuguese took Malacca, Singhapura
remained in possession of the Malay sovereign,
thenceforward resident in Johore, and it continued
in the hands of his descendants down to 1819y
when it was ceded in February to the British
Commissioners, Sir S. Raffles, with Colonel Far-
quhar, and Captain Ross, who was at Singapore
when Sir Stamford reached it. The population
of the island, at this time, amounted to about 150
individuals, dwelling in a few miserable huts,
under the rule of an officer of the Sultan of Jo-
hore, entitled the Tumungong of Singapore, and
predecessor of the present Tumungong. During
the interregnum, subsequent to the demise of Ma-
homed Shah of Johore, father of the late sultan,
and the confusion that reigned in consequence of
the Bugis taking Rhio, the two great officers of
Johore, the Bandahara of Pahang, and the Tu-
mungong, became virtually independent. The
latter fixed himself at the island of Singapore in

278 HISTORY.

1816 or 16, and subsisted by fishing and piracy.
In this state he was found by the commissioneiB
in 1819. He died in December 1825, at Singa-
pore, succeeded by the present Tumungong.
The acquisition of Singapore was not officially
authorized until July 1820, when a letter from the
late Mr. C. Grant to Sir S. Raffles, informed him
of its having been accredited at the India House.
(Memoirs, p. 445). The political reasons that
gave rise to the occupation of Singapore by the
British, and the tenns on which it is held from its
Malay sovereign, the Sultan of Johore, have been
already detailed.

Singapore was immediately placed in charge of
Colonel Farquhar, under the general direction of
Sir Stamford Raffles, then Lieutenant Governor
of Bencoolen. The Supreme Government in
making at this time arrangements for the perma.
nent establishment of Singapore as a British set^
tlement, and for the proceedings of a resident
there, determined that the administration of its
affairs should be distinct from that of Pinang, on
account of the great difference existing between
the previous governments and commercial policy
of the two islands ; apprehending also, that the
interests of their new possession might be injured
by any extensive changes, too hastily adopted in
these important matters.

POPULATION. 279

Mr. Crawfiird, the talented airtbor of a work
entitled the '^ Indian Archipelago," took charge
of the settlement from Sir Stamford Raffles, in
1823, with two assistants, Messrs. Bonham and
Presgpoye, civilians of the Bencoolen establish-
ment, Bsad was appointed Resident immediately,
under the Supreme Government. Mr. Prince suc-
ceeded Mr. Crawfurd on the 14th August, 1826.
On the cession of Bencoolen to the Dutch, in ex-
change for Malacca, in 1826, Singapore ceased to
be a dependency of the former, and was united to
the Pinang government. Mr. Murchison became
Resident on the 29th Noveinber, 1827. Mr. Bon-
ham relieved him, and Mr. Church took his place
in January 1837, when Mr. Bonham followed
Mr. Murchison in the general government of the
Straits Settlements.

The population of the island, when the British
flag was hoisted in 1819» amounted to about 150
fishermen and pirates, living in a few miserable
huts ; about thirty of these were Chinese, the r^
mainder Malays. It rapidly increased in less
than one year to nearly 5000, principally Chinese ;
and in November, 1822, we are informed* by Sir
S. Raffles, that, the population of the town of
Singapore amounted to at least 10,000 inhabi-

* Meftioirs, page 525.

280 POPULATION.

tants of all nations, actually engaged in profitable
commercial pursuits, and land rapidly increasing
in value. In 1836-7) its population amounted to
29)984. The population of the neighbouring
small islands, within the jurisdiction of Singapore,
was not taken till the year 1834, and amounted
to

Chinese 21

Malays 928

Bugis 99

Javanese 6

Total 1,054

The junks from China bring annually a large
number of Chinese settlers. The censuses in-
clude neither the military, their followers, nor the
convicts, the number of whom may be estimated
at about 1200. The Europeans and Chinese
constitute the wealthier classes. The Europeans
are for the most part, merchants, shopkeepers,
and agents for mercantile houses in Europe.
Most of the artisans, labourers, agriculturists, and
shopkeepers, are Chinese. The Malays subsist
chiefly by fishing, collecting sea-weed, and cutting
timber; numbers are employed as boatmen and
sailors; a mode of life particularly congenial to
Malay habits. The Bugis are almost invariably

SLAVES AND SLAVE-DEBTORS. 281

engaged in commerce, and the natives of India,
as petty shopkeepers, boatmen, servants, &c.

The nmnber of males compared with that .d
females in the population returns of Singapore^
is remarkable, particularly among classes whete
polygamy is allowed. The census for 1836, gives
a total of 29,984 ; out of which only 7,729 are
females. This disproportion, whether arising from
the strict prohibition of the emigration of females
by the laws of China, or from the fluctuating
nature of the population, or from the obstacles
presented to a permanent settlement of natives by
the present land ' regulations, is a serious impedi-
ment to the prosperity of the island, and should
be, if possible, immediately removed.

Shortly after the first establishment of Singa-
pore, the system of slavery and of slave-debtors,
as at Malacca, prevailed to some extent. The
former was abolished in 1823, by Sir Stamford
Raffles carrying into effect the provisions of the
Act of Parliament for that purpose ; and the lat-
ter considerably modified. The claim of the
creditor was in no case to be considered to exceed
the services of the debtor for a period of five
years, the debt being considered as worked out at
the rate of twenty per cent, or not less than ten
dollars per annum. At Pinang, the period of the
debtor's service is fixed by the magistrate propor-

282 8LATE8 AND SLATE-DEBTORH.

tionably to the amount of the debt. A debtor
can only give his individual services, and not those
of his whole Eeunily as before, agreeably to Mala-
yan usage, for the clearing of his debts. At both
places, and also at Malacca, I believe, the service
agreement between the creditor and debtor must
be signed in the presence of a magistrate, other-
wise it is not valid. Many of the Chinese emi-
grants to the Straits settlements, who have not the
means of paying the passage from their native
country, let out their services for certain periods
to individuals paying the money on their arrival at
the settlement to the captains of the junks who
take them on board with this understanding. The
passage money ought not to exceed eight or
twelve dollars, and can be worked out in two or
three months.

The following table will show the rapid pro-
gress since 1822, the result of the policy by
which the port of Singapore was opened. The
first regular census was taken in 1824, when the
population amounted to 10,683.

POPULATKm.

263

^ t» •O 5* -^ Ti
"* *^ W « "*

G* a CD C« CO C« vx Ct CO
CO "^ *«• 00 O «) ^
^ tw CO «o ^ o»

0> CO ct

CO v^ e« ^ ^ too

T* T* n

00 ^ 0> ^ 04

01 Ok <p « «o

^- 40 ^ 09

CO
CO
00

Ok <o

y^ 0>

•c o* » -i ^w

CO Ok CO v^

b. 00 r*

Ok to «) <o r^

v^ O Ok C4 CO
0^«O •<> b.

CO
CO

QQ
fa

H
CO

09
00

O ^ C« C4 <0 ^ <0

^^*Ni 00 «

^ e* ^ o«
•* »o o ^

CO
00

d Ok
Ok Ct

CO Ok 00 CO *o

— d ^ Q

Ok C> O V • • t
•* ^ « CO

kO <0 v^

e«

C9 . 0« ^

« o «o

09 *0 *<•

«0 K T^

Q *'i ^ Q • • •
•* "* <0 eo

b-
oT

00
00

CO »c • 1^

Ok d • r^

(O o

CO »-
CO o«

•C 5« 40 o« •

8dk kO aO •
C9 09 d

h» *cpok"»oo^oo

00 *CO^H •v^OkQO

Is. ^ K C* "O

N. '^ <0 <«
b* d ct d

^ <o

13 . ^ 00 HFT

^- Ok
Ok Is.

T <e d d . •

• •

*35

d Ok • o

«9 • T^

O 00
«0 d

r^ 00

IC 09

S<0 00 ^ • • •
d «o o • • •

» d t*

•Q CO
•^ CO

8<o • «^ • •
to • <o • •

09 C9 00

284

POPULATION.

GO
Q

CO
00

CO
GO

00
H

00 00 O C« • ^ 0> CO 0> W) 0> 00 W)

v^ e« 00 T^ c« o

*0 <0 C9 <0
*0 00 CO

*QC0^O>O>Q^K
•OK^«oeoo^co

v^ Ok <0 ^ ^ CO

•« M M M

»0 0> T^ «^

•k

o> <o 1

CO
CO
00

CO
00

00 O CO 00
C* ^ CO

gK b. vO ^ C» ^
<0 «C «-• CO CO t^
C*J 00 v^ 04 0>

^<OKt<-C«<OC0OC»O>t-i^C0
0>>0<0C« 0><0*C<000<00>0
^ t^ <0 (^ CO CO K

CO ^- ^

00 o>

•k M

C« N> <0 <0
o« O* 'O*

K CO Q ^

<o ^ ^ c<

€0

CO e«

*C Oi
^ C* <o

COt^'^O^O-T^OOOk^

C4 t» t^ CO

•« ak M

00 K -*

8*1 »0 b.
Oi CO
"* CO b.

CO
00

Ok 00 b» N>

O -^ ■<<
CO CO »o

C4 00

o o»

CO CO

CO«MOOOOkOOCO«-«KOO«^00

KC««T-' OJ^WCOOOO^

C» «0 O '«' CO CO o

•k M •« «»

C« ^ VI ^

CO —

POPULATION.

28&

C4 <o

00 vi
00

<o w c« ^
d to

^ o

Is.

^ «0 00
00 Ui CO

•o

00 o

CO
CO

•a

>0 O 00

*^ CO

<0 to

CM 00
0?

« CI

c«

CO
CO"

CO
00

-a
a

<OC4^00 'OOOOCItOCOQ^r^
W »^00 T^ ^ 00 o>

c«

H ««

•c to •* <o
o <o C» d

r-i «

coe«o<ot^oc«Kc«e4

C0C«I^^OI0000t^

^ 00 c< -^ »o o

^ » ^ •*
»C C9 Ol T^

»o
c«

H
H

QQ
H

CO
00

00 00 o c«

CO Ui "^ t-i

vi'OooOttOOkOOkC

^K©IO»0<0*^CI

04 00 T« 04 O

8»0 <0 04 <0 »C CO
*0 00 CO «) K

^ o> o> ^ <o ^

^ aQ CO O ^ 00

^ Ok <b
w) o> F^

«^

o«

286 POPULATION.

The following extract from the Singapore Free
Press will give an idea of the distribution of the
population of Singapore for 1835-36. " In the
town the total number of inhabitants is 16,148,
of whom the males are 12,748, and the females
3^400 ; the division called by this name extends to
the Rocho river on the eastward, and on the west-
ward to Mr. Ryan's hill, and within these bounda-
ries not going farther inward than a line drawn
parallel to Mount Sophia. In the population
which these limits include we find the Chinese
by far the most numerous, amounting to 8,233 —
the Malays next, amounting to 3,617^ and then
the Klings 2,157, who with the exception of about
200, form the whole Kling population of the
settlement ; Javanese, Bengalese, Bugis, and
native Christians contribute principally to make
up the remainder,

" The Country comprises the whole island be-
yond the limits of the Town^ and also includes
several small circumjacent islands which are de-
pendencies of the settlement. It is, however,
subdivided into two districts, namely, the district
of Singapore Town, and the district of Kampong
Glam. The former may be said to comprehend
the western hal^ the latter the eastern half of the
island, beyond the town* The population of the
western side amounts altogether to 4,184 : — 2,338

POPULATION. 987

Chinese, of whcHn forty-one only are females, and
1,755 Malays, of whom 759 are females ; the
small remainder being, with a trifling exception,
made up of Klings and Bugis. The islands^ of
whidi the population is here included, are Blakan
Mati^ with Salate Chicigke; FU^ Island^ St.
John's, Pulo Penan^ and Pulo Dammer. The
eastern side is much more numerously peopled.
Includii^ the islands- of Tekong and Ubin, the
total number of inhabitaiEits is 9,652. Of these,
4,288 are Malays, of whom 2,050 are females }
3,178 Chinese, of whom seventy-two only are
females : 1,515* Bugts, of whom 672 are females ;
the remainder consists of Javanese, Balinese, aad
a few Bengalees and KUngs. The two small
islands, Tekong and Ubin^ make up together a
popidation of 1,901 ; the Chkiese females bete
mentioned are not of couise natives oS China^
but all of a ereole or miixed race, and mostly from
the neighbouring idand of Bintang. Not the
least striking feature of this statement is the
great relative disproportion of the sexesy and
although the total population of the town is
considerably greater than tHoA of the country,
the number of females is greater in the lattn,
there being 3,400 for the town, and 3^829 &k
the country ; but the relative proportionr in
favour of the cotmtfy is of course moch greater

288 TOWN. EDUCATION.

than the mere contrast of these numbers ex^
hibits."

The town of Singapore is situated on the
southern side of the island, in Lat. 1^ 17' 22^
North, and in Long. 103° 51' 45' East. It is
built on both sides of the embouchure of a small
river that empties itself into the sea at the western
head of a deep bay, and which is navigable for
small craft. The town lies on the right bank ;
the government and court-house, gaol and mer*
chants* houses on the left. On the east side of
the town is a deep inlet for the shelter of the
native craft. The private houses are more
el^ant, and on a better plan than those at Pi-
nang. The harbour is spacious and affords safe
anchorage at all seasons. . The principal public
buildings at Singapore, are a court house, govern-
ment-house on the summit of the hill, gaol,
custom-house, mission-chapel, and the Sings^re
Institution. Singapore has no church, although a
chaplain is regularly appointed and paid.

The Institution was projected by Sir S. Raffles
in 1823 for the cultivation of the languages of
China, Siam, and islands of the Malayan Archi-
pelago, and for the improvement of the moral
and intellectual condition of their inhabitants. A
plan for removing the Anglo-Chinese CoU^e at
Malacca and uniting it with that of Singapore

EDUCATION — WfcE INSTITUTION. 289

had also been agreed on in concert witb Dr. Morri-
son. Patrons, a president, vice-president, trustees,
treasurers, a secretary, alibrariaoi profe^rs of na-
tural philosophy, chemistry, natural history, the
Chinese, Siamese and Malay languages ; a school-
master and a printer were appointed. The institu-
tion afforded the threefold advantage of a Malay
College, and of an Anglo- Chinese College : sub-
scriptions were collected to the amount of 17,495
Spanish dollars, and an edifice commenced under
the superintendence of Lieutenant Jackson, on
which 15,000 dollars were expended. From
causes too long for detail, the scheme fell through,
and the unfinished building has been fast going to
ruin, though lately, I understand, it has undergone
some repair. The Company liberally bestowed a
donation of 4,000 Spanish dollars, and a monthly
allowance of 300 Spanish dollars upon the Chinese
and Malayan schools.

The Singapore Institution, as it exists at pre-
sent, consists of three schools, English, Malay,
and Tamul. It receives the support of govern-
ment to the amount of 200 rupees per mensem,
but is principally supported by subscriptions.
The number of scholars amounts to upwards of
seventy. A Chinese school on a large scale is
contemplated when the building is ready for its
reception. A number of Chinese youths are to

VOL. I. u

290 TRADE.

be admitted as students to reside at the institu-
tion, and to receive instruction in both English
and Chinese for a term of four or five years.
There are several Native schools at Singapore.
The system of education diflfers not essentially
from that at Malacca and Pinang, and is subject
to similar remarks.

The first port of modem times, in which the
principles of free-trade have been carried into
practice, b Singapore. In little more than a
twelvemonth after the adoption of them, its har-
bour presented a pleasing promise of future pros-
perity ; besides ships, brigs, prows, &c. we are
informed by Colonel Farquhar, the then resi-
dent, that upwards of twenty junks, three from
China, two from Cochin- China, and the rest from
Siam land other quarters, were lying at anchor.
Merchants of all descriptions were congregating
so fast, that nothing was heard of in the shape of
complaint, but the want of more ground to build
upon. According to Sir Stamford Raffles, its
exports and imports, by Native boats alone, ex-
ceeded four millions of dollars in the year, and
during the first two years and a half, no less than
2,889 vessels entered and cleared from the port,
of which 383 were owned and commanded by
Europeans, and 2,506 by Natives, their united
tonnage amounting to 161,000 tons, giving a total

IBIFOBTS. 291

amount of about eight millions of dollars as the
capital turned. In the year 1822, the tonnage
amounted to 130,689 tons, and total value of ex-
ports and imports to upwards of eight millions of
dollars. In 1824 to more than thirteen millions ;
and in 1835-6 to upwards of fourteen millions.
A reference to the following tables for 1835-6,
extracted from the Singapore " Free Press," will
shew, at one view, the extent and variety of the
commerce of Singapore, exhibiting both the quan-
tity and value of the imports, as well as the names
of the places whence imported. The abbrevia-
tions pis. ctys. bnkls. chs. stand for piculs, cattys,
bunkals, and chests.

COMMERCIAL TABLES.

Imports.

Shewing the nature^ quantities and values of the
articles imported to Singapore, and the places
from whence imported, during the year end-
ing 30th April, 1836.

Sp. dnu
Alum, from China, 10 pis 20

Anchors, Grapnels, and Chains,

from Great Britain 7 cks. containing Chains,

and 6 Chains wg. 85 cwt 20 Ihs., 25

Cables; wg. 1309 cwt.. 56 Anchors,

wg. 770|cwt 14,383

For. Smope, 2 Chains wg. 20 plii .».. 100

292 IMPORTS.

Sp. drs.
Antimony Ore, —

from Borneo, 31,145 pis 24,872

Anns,. . . .from Great Britain 9,650 muskets, 319 fowl-
ing pieces, 2 cases brass guns ; 4 cases
arms, 3 rifles, 100 swords, 198 guns
and carriages, and 50 pairs horse-
pistols 45,778

For. Europe, 20 muskets, and twelve

fowling-pieces 420

Cape of Good Hope and New South

Wales, 400 muskets, &c 1,894

BechedeMer, — Sp. drs.

from Madras 380 pis. 1,140

Manilla 250 .. 3,750

Ceylon 314 .. 1,552

Java 885 . . 23,906

Sumatra 40 . . 480

East side Peninsula 15 .. 255

Celebes 746 . . 12,755

Borneo 459 . . 5,067

Bally 36 .. 526

N. Island 698 .. 10,662

3,823 .. 60,093

Benjamin, from Java 55} pis. 1,816

Siam 5 .. 125

Sumatra 426 4,652

N. Islands, &c 7 . . 76

493i . 6,669

Bee8*Wax,fromJava 6 pis. 126

Rhia 5 . . 135

Sumatra 168 .. 3,712

West side Peninsula 5 .. • 125

Celebes 279 .. 6,335

IMPORTS. 293

Bees' Wax, (eontmuea,) Sp. dn.

from Borneo 388 pli. 8,360

BaUy 12 .. 267

N. Islands, &c 132 .. 1,913

995 .. 20,973

Beer, .... from Great Britain, 211 casks, 5 butts and

157 dozens 8,281

Birds' Feathers, &c., —

from Ceylon 4 boxes 345

Celebes 660 boxes, and 76 birds of

paradise 1,518

Borneo, 1 corge 20

1,883

Birds' Nest8,-T

from Java 59 pis. 101,949

Smnatra 5

£.S.Penins 0| .

Celebes 14

Borneo 129

Bally U .

N. Islands, &c 3

2121 .

121

150

10,190

30,355

2,755

2,295

147,815

Betel-nut, from Sumatra 13,632 pis. 24,946

£.S.Penin8 10 .. 23

Celebes 40 . . 80

Borneo 58 . . 82

N. Islands,' &c 6.. 24

13,746 .. 25,155

Brassware from Great Britain 8^ pis. 247

Calcutta 3i .. 119

Bombay 10 .. 600

294 IMPORTS.

finuw-ware, (continued.) 8p. dn.

from China, 1 box and 3 bandies 235

Java valued at 2,175

Sumatxa ...;... . 7 pis. 1^

3,516

Camphor, from Chma (Japan) 235 . . 5,640

Java (ditto) .... 25 .. 700

260 .. 6,340

Camphor Barns,—

from Java 28 ctys. 728

Borneo ......... Upls. 12 .. 10,478

11 pis. 40cty9. 11,206

Canvass,., from Great Britain 589 bolts. 5,188

Foreign Europe .. 200 .. 3,000

U. S. America .... 32 . . 448

Calcutta 50 .. 200

Ceylon 65 . . 468

936 .. 9,304

Cassia, .. from China 3,436|pls. 39,604

Chinaware, —

from China, valued at 93,092

Siam do. 2,147

Cochin China, valued at 80

N. Islands, &c do 500

95,819

Coffee, . . from Manilla 7 pis. 70

Java 9 . . 98

Sumatra 5,940.. 44,842

£. S.Penins 112 .. 1,018

IMP0BT8. 29^

Coffee, (eontmued.) Sp. dn.

from Celebes l,670plfi. 14,098

BaUy 82 .. 636

N. Islands, &c. .. . 119.. 994

7,939 . 61,756

Copperware, —

from Calcutta 2 boxes .. 10 pis 363

China, 1 bdl. 8 bxs. 100 pis 753

Java, 32pl8 1,528

Borneo, 5 pis 250

N. Islands, &c., .... 4 pis 57

^951

Copper, Cochin China 450pls. 9,300

Peruvian 150 .. 3,750

600 13,050

Copper Sheathing, from Great Britain, 2,100 plates, 312

pis., and 65| pis. nails, tacks, and

rivets 16,728

Calcutta 75 pis 2,873

Java 27i pis 1,100

Cochin China 10 pis 180

20,881

Cordage., from Great Britain 696 pis. 6,684

Foreign Europe .. 250 .. 2,300

U.S.America,.... 220coils 1,180

Calcutta 53ipls. 640

Manilla 72} .. 725

Ceylon 1,715 .. 4,669

220 coils & 2,787 pis. 16,198

Cotton, . . from Calcutta, 350 bis. . . 1,139 pis. 21,060

Bombay 186 .. 2,308

296 IMPORTS.

Cotton, (contimied) Sp. Dn.

from Manilla 184 pla. 3,456

Java 1,105 . . 10,751

Rhio 11 .. 134

Sumatra 2,230 .. 12,134

N. Islands, &c. .. 150 . . 1,800

350 bales, & 5,005 .. 51,643

Cotton Twist—

from Great Britain .... 933 pis. 58,994

For. Europe, coloured 18 . . 2,340

Canton, coloured . . 30 .. 2,700

Java 69 . . 4,223

1,050 .. 68,257

Dholl, . . from Calcutta, 50 bags 125

Dragon's Blood

from Java 25 pis. 375

Sumatra 90 . . 790

115 .. 1,165

Earthenware, —

from Great Britain, 165 crates, and 22,019 doz. 31,516

Madras, 20,000inNo 300

China, 80,550 in No. and 1,950 sets .... 8,591

Java, 200 in No 17

N. Islands, &c. 1000 in No 150

40,574

Ebony, . . frvm Mauritius 22 pis. 66

Calcutta 84 .. 209

Madras 3,240 . . 6,822

ManiUa 290 . . 290

Ceylon 7,977 . . 19,872

Java 315 .. 585

IMPORTS. 297

Ebony, (emtmued.) Sp. Dn.

Rhio 22pl8. 66

Cochin China .... 80 . . 120

East side Peninsula 56 .. 132

WestsidePeninsula 251 .. 380

Celebes 1,200 .. 2,400

Borneo 450 . . 900

N. Islands, &c. . . 270 . . 577

14,257 .. 32,419

Ghee, from Calcutta 12 pis. 180

Madras 179 . . 2,993

Ceylon, 401 gallons 216

Java 4 . 32

East side Peninsula 26 .. 520

Bally 1 30

N. Islands, &c. . . 80 . . 1,080

401 gals. & 302 pis. 5,051

Grambier, from Java 100 pis. 100

Rhio 12,097 .. 14,534

C. China (retd.).. 400 . . 480

Sumatra 117 .. 392

N. Islands, &c .. . 910 . . 1,280

13,624 .. 16,786

Gold Dust, from Java 596 bnkls. 14^523

Sumatra 217 . . 5,936

East side Pehins . 4,703 .. 143,840

W. ditto 40 .. 1,200

Celebes 889 . . 23,230

Borneo 4,823 .. 128,748

N. Islands, &c. . . 80 . . 2,200

11,348 .. 319,677

298 IMPORTS

Sp.Di8.
Glassware, from Great Britain, 242 cks; 181 packages

and70doz 23,480

For» Europe, 100 lamps 340

United States America, 10 dos, 10

China, 1 box 30

Java, 101 packages, and 1385 doz. wine

glasses 6,275

30,135

Gold Thread, (Eur.)—

from Great Britain 25| ctys. 1,466

For. Europe 14^.. 825

Arabia 50 .. 900

China 10 .. 600

Java 39| .. 5,750

139} .. 9,541

Gold Thread, (China)—

from China, 831 boxes, and 56 chests 11,016

Java, 3 bo^es and 1 basket 60

East side of Peninsula, 8 boxes 48

11,124

Grain, from.... Calcutta 799 bags 2,297

Bombay 48 .. 144

N. Islands, &c. . . . 652 . . 961

1,499 .. 3,402

Gmmies,from CaleUtta 281,150 24,745

Gunpowder, —

from Great Britain . . 98,750 lbs. 20,793

U. S. America . . 500 . . 100

99,250 . 20,893

IMPORTS. 299

Sp. Dn«
Hides, . . from U. S. Angelica, 100 doz« of Morocco Bkins 900

Calcutta 60 plfi. 325

Manilla ...., 297 . 1,358

Ceylon 346 .. 1,258

China .;..... 6 .. 20

Java,994inNo. and 1,702 .. 7|519

Bhio 220 .. 630

Siam 115 .. 575

Sumatra 58 . . 175

East side Peninsula 465 . . 1,870

West side Peninsula 5 • • 18

Celebes c... 50 .. 183

Borneo 250 .. 875

Bally 70 .. 216

N.Islands,&c 26 .. 104

100 doz. 994 in No. and 3,670 pis. 16,026

Ivory,..., from Madras 42 ctys. 42

Java 900 .. 788

Rhio 50 . . 50

Siam 1,200 .. 872

Sumati^ 600.. 479

East sid(e Peninsula 450 .. 383

N. Islands, &c. . . 500 . . 314

3,742 .. 2,928

Indigo, . . from Manilla 201 pis. 2,010

Java 514 .. 2,370

C. China ......... 27 .. 2,970

Sumatra 8 .. 32

750 7,382

Iron, .. from GreatBritaint 16,750 pis. English; 420pls.

Swedish iron ; 80 cwt and 129 pis. En-
glishy 168 pis. and 420 boxes Swedish
steel 49,409

300 IMPORTS.

Iron, (eantmuetL) Sp. Bn.

from Foreign Europe, 582 pis 2,161

Cochin China, 300 pis. and 10 kegs.

jretomed .• 720

Sumatra, 160 pis. and 70 tubs steel .... 850

18,242 pis. iron, and 786 pis. steel 53,140

Iron ware and mongery —

from Great Britain, valued at 15,486

Foreign Europe, 186 pis. nails, and 100

doz. knives 1,359

Bombay, 2 chests 50

China, valued at 1,386

Siam, 13,980 sets pans 12,379

Sumatra, 33 pis. nails 231

East side of Peninsula, 52 cor. and 320

iron pans 1,516

Borneo, 10 kegs nails 192

32,599

Lead, from Great Britain .... 98 pis. 490

Foreign Europe .. 165 .. 825

263 .. 1,315

Mother of Pearl Shells,—

from Calcutta 170 pis. 850

Madras 40 . . 240

Manilla 277 .. 4,046

Java 379 . . 5,308

Sumatra 30 .. 210

Celebes 2,239 .. 21,277

Borneo 87 . . 820

3,222 .. 32,751

IMPORTS. 301

Sp. Dts.

Nankeenfl, firom China 601 bxs. 25,715

East side Peninsula 20 cor. 120

25,835

Oils, firom Foreign Europe, 62 doz. olive 298

Calcutta, 12 doz. castor 36

Bombay, 16 ctys. sandalwood 100

Arabia 3| pis. 75

Manilla 1,388 . 8,554

Ceylon 14 . . 88

Java, 48 qrts. spice

oil, 241 btls. kayu

putih oil, and . . 100 . . 1,386

Siam 1,310 . . 8,485

Cochin Chma .... 41 . . 313
Celebes, 87 bottles

ka3ru putih oil,

and 50 .. 437

Borneo 7 . . 21

BaUy 7i .. 58

N. Islands, &c., ..

5 cks. sperm, and 400 . . 2,826

3,321 22,677

Opium, . .firom Great Britain 4 chs. 2^000

Calcutta 1,640 .. 957,855

Bombay 195 .. 117,195

China 6 .. 3,543

Cochin Chma .... 2 .. 1,320

Sumatra, returned . 2 . . 1,160

1,849 .. 1,083,073

Paddy, .. from Java 102 pis. 46

Siam 1,600 .. 934

Sumatra 750 .. 469

302 IMPORTS.

Paddy, (eontmuecL) Sp. dn.

W. S. Peninsula .. 84 . . 53

Celebes 400 .. 400

Borneo 200 . . 108

N. Islands 3,080 . . 3,612

6,216 .. 5,622

Paints, . . from Great Britain, 480 kegs, and 120 ewt. 3,077

For. Europe, 30 pis. white lead 350

China, 40 pis 2,510

Java, 4,690 lbs 422

6,359

Pepper,.. from JavaJS^fi;^;;;;;: i^gP^'} 18,176

Rhio 12,682 .. 82,483

Sumatra 113 .. 699

E.S.Penins.J5^J ^'^.J H,225

West side Peninsula 8 .. 48

Borneo 2,933 .. 17,847

Bally 7 .. 42

N. Islands, &c . . . . 872| . . 5,689

20,9771 136,209

Provisions, from Ghreat Britain, 3 packages, 18,000 lbs.,

79 barrels, 22 kids pork 4,220

Foreign Europe, 15 tongues, 15 breasts,
20 hams, 600 lbs., 4 casks, pork, 46^
pis., and 9 casks beef 1,359

United States America, 150 hams, 7 half
barrels tongues, 3,900 lbs. cheese, and
2,438 packages 9,853

Java, 50 casks 500

15,932

►

IMPORTt. 303

Sp.dnw
Piece-goods, (Soropean),—

from Great Britaan,l,320 ps. and 10,765 yards 12,176

Ditto, 174 packages, 2,915,187 yards,

125,856 ps., 4 cases, 3,d86 dozen, and

1 bale 663,403

Madras, 36 corges 2,880

China, 111 ps. cottons 758

Java, 44,739 ps., 129,549 yards, 7,89U

doz., and 3 cases 142,317

Sumatra, 301 pieces 1,454

Borneo, 625 pieces 2,850

From United States, 2,521 ps 14,548

Foreign European, 71 9960 yds., 150 ps.,

205 doz., and 8 cases 12,700

Java, 33,638 ps., and 450 doz 100,468

953,554

Piece-goods, India,-^

from Calcutta, 7,451 corges, and 200 dozen. . 135,110

Madras, 10,866 corges 132,679

Bombay, 545 corges 19,578

Ceylon, 5 bales, and 33 ps 235

Siam, 26 pieces 320

Cochin China, 10 corges, (returned) 200

Siunatra, 5 corges . . . . ^ 175

Neighbouring Islands and other ports,

5^ corges 103

288,400

Ratans, . . from Java, 54,688 bundles, and 12,658 pis. . . 34,589

Sumatra, 28,550 bdls., and 3,620 pis. .. 8,261
East side Peninsula, 5,100 bundles, and

I34pls 973

W. S. ditto, 423 bdls., and 819 pis.. 1,243

Celebes, 40 pis 120

304 IMPORTS.

Batanfiy (coniinueiL) Sp. drs.

Borneo, 357,91 1 bdls., and 5,632 pis. . . 28,776

N. Islands, &c., 34,130, and 30 pis 2,738

480,802 bdls. and 22,933 pis. 76,700

Raw Silk, from China, 179 pis., and 159 chs., and 1 bale 1 13,942

Siam, 2 chests 700

Cochin China, 7 pis 1,600

East side of Peninsula, 5 pis 1,120

192 pis., 161 chs., and 1 bale 1 1 7,362

Rice, from Calcutta, 6167 bags, 7*401 pis. 14,042

Madras, 460 maunds. 276 . . 325

China 760 .. 1,130

Java 53,858 .. 86,479

Rhio 8,360 .. 12,349

Siam 38,050 . . 43,330

Cochin China .... 8,900 .. 10,356

Sumatra 2,708 .. 3,682

East side Penmsula 1,315.. 2,375

West side ditto 190 .. 312

Celebes 7,556 .. 10,511

Borneo 1,900 .. 2,535

Bally 26,450 . . 37,274

Neigh. Islands, &c. 860 . . 1,595

158,584 .. 226,295

Sago, .... from Sumatra, 157,750 bdls. 10,972

West side Peninsula 140 . . 9

Borneo, 1,308 pis. . 140,560 . . 9,102

N. Islands, 140 pis. 15,251 . . 1,227

313,691 .. 21,310

IMPORTS. 305

Sp.drB.

Salt ftt)m Foreign Europe . . 1,693 pla. 672

Arabia 1,000 .. 400

China 1,280 . . 670

Java 400 .. 250

Siam 17,660 . . 7,959

Cochin China ... 13,580 .. 4,388

35,613 . 14,339

Saltpetre, from Calcutta 1,059 pis. 7»451

Bombay 106 .. 1,590

1,165 .. 9,041

Sea-weed, from Java 54 pis. 1 13

Celebes 700 . . 1,430

N. Islands, &c. . . 2,043 . . 4,869

2,797 .. 6,412

Segars, . . from U. S. America . . 40,000 in No. 280

Manilla 16,955,850 . . 89,468

China, 33 bxs. or 33,000 .. 165

17,028,850 . . 89,913

Spices, . . from Java, Cloves 205 pis. ^

Do. Nutmegs.... 287|.. > 41,845

Do. Mace 74^.. 3

Sumatra, Nutmegs. 40 . . 400
Celebes, ditto, &c. 13 . . ^

Ditto, Mace.... 50cty8.5 ^^

Borneo, wild nuts.. 10 pis. 102

680 .. 43,267

Spelter, . . from Great Britain .... 605 pis. 3,296

Java 415 . . 2,078

1,020 .. 5,374
VOL. I. X

806

IMPORTS.

Sticlac, . . from Java

Siam

East side Peninsula

130 pis.
1,059 ..

82 ..

1,271

Sugar-Candy, from China

Java

Siam

110 pis.
36 ..
192 ..

Sugar, . . from Manilla 4,359 pis.

Java 2,906 ..

Rhio 40 ..

Siam 19,325 . .

Cochin China 8,430 . .

East side Peninsula 720 ..

Borneo 1,247 . .

37,027 ..

Tea,

from 6r. Britain, 68 hxs. 24 pis.

China ..2,167 .

. 1,365 ..

Java .... — .

16 ..

Rhio .... 80 .

— . .

Siam .... 142 .

— . .

C.China. 100 .

— . .

E.S.Penin. 190 .

2i..

Borneo . . — .

20 ..

N. Islands — .

8 ..

2,747 .

1,425J..

Tin,

.... from Java

9,732 pis.

*AM|

Rhio

180 ..

East side Peninsu]

la 4^16 ..

West ditto

2,560 ..

N. Islands, &c. .

3,093 . .

Sp. drs.
585

18,264

1,644

20,493

1,519

369

2,250

4,138

23,190

17,043

240

114,453

27,055

4,210

2,494

188,685

526
57,509
440
410
861
800
1,060
500
458

62,564

155,527

2,700

72,769

34,911

47,461

20,181

313,368

IMPORTS. 307

Sp. di8.

Tobacco, horn U. S. America, 170 lbs. and 252 kegs . . 1,556

Calcutta 6 mds. leaf, and 24 ditto hooka,

or 18 pis 56

China, 1,291 bsks., 42 bzs., and 881 pis. 47,239

Java, 98^ cor., 6,104 bsks., and 164 pis. 44,139

Rhio, 5 boxes, and 5 corges 1,115

Cochin China, 5 baskets 19

East side Peninsula, 10 boxes 100

Celebes, 10 pis 70

Borneo, 320 baskets, and 3 pis 1,184

Bally, 765 pis 8,288

N. Islands, &c., 20 baskets and 52 pis. . 664

Tortoiseshell, —

from Bombay — — pis.

50ctys.

Arabia, 2 . .

25 ..

Java 10 . .

44 ..

Sumatra .... — . .

50 ..

E.S. Peninsula — . .

40 ..

Celebes .... 74 .

« •

Borneo 11..

54 ..

Bally 5 ..

25 ..

N.Islands,&c. 6 . .

52 ..

104,430

350

780

10,059

800

260

61,887

8,624

4,021

4,882

111 .. 91,663

Wheat, . . from Calcutta 5,035 bags 13,978

Bombay 20 .. 45

Ceylon 300 .. 600

N. Islands, &c 799 . 997

6,154 .. 15,620

V^ine, from Great Britain, valued at 13,445

Foreign Europe, &c 10,578

308 IMPORTS.

Wine, (emttnued.) Sp. dm.

ftt)m U. S. America, 42 cases, cider 100

Calcutta, 3 dozen claret 18

Madras 50 ditto 250

Manilla, 925 doz., and 1 ,220 galls, sherry 1 ,565

China, 90 gallons Lisbon 18

Java, 2 pipes Madeira, and 3 pipes and

60 dozen sherry 1,470

N. Islands, &c., 200 gallons Lisbon. ... 120

27,564

Garro-wood, —

from Java 7 pis. 1,050

East side Peninsula 3 .. 192

West ditto 2 .. 132

Borneo 49 .. 5,957

N. Islands, &c. . . 139 . . 1,378

200 . 8,009

Sandal-wood, —

from Java 1,375 pis. 18,490

Celebes 196^.. 1,910

Borneo 8 . . 56

Bally 13 . . 80

1,592 .. 20,536

Booko-wood,from Celebes 2 pis. 35

Laka-wood,from Java 166 pis. 249

Sumatra 598 . . 874

East side Peninsula 100 . . 145

West ditto 248 . 474

Borneo 2,705 . . 4,472

N. Islands, &c 87 .. 170

3,904 .. 6,384

IMPORTS. 309

Sp. drs.

Sapan-wood,fTomManilla 5,261 pis. 8,802

Java 350 . . 700

Siam 5,352 .. 11,674

N. Islands, &c ... . 1,071 .. 2,142

12,034 .. 23,318

Woollens, from Great Britain, 4,455 ps., and 6,054 yds.,

1 case 48,976

Foreign Europe, 1,592 ps 2,570

Bombay, 60 ps 1,000

China, black camblet, 20 ps 193

Java, 600 ps. and 1,095 yards 9,394

5,135 ps., 8,741 yds., 1 case 62,133

Spirits, (Europe,)—

from Great Britain, 3,686 gallons brandy, and

19 cases gin 4,724

Foreign Europe, 501 dozen, 3,407 galls.,

1,713 cases 12,876

Calcutta, 10 gallons brandy 15

Madras, 1,588 gallons ditto 2,400

Manilla, 6,546 gallons rum 3,990

Java, 480 galls, brandy, 6,541 cases gin 26,938

501 doz., 15,717 gals., 8,273 cs. 50,943

Spirits, (Asiatic,) —

from Ceylon, 1,281 gallons arrack 375

Java, 25,728 do. do., and 78 casks.. 7,856

Siam, 1 1 casks 220

27,009 gals, and 89 casks 8,451

Europe Sundries, —

from Great Britain valued at 56,772

Foreign Europe 10,584

Calcutta 250

310 IMPORTS.

Europe Sundries, (continued.) Sp. drs.

from Madras valued at 168

Manilla 350

China 300

Java 8,088

76,512

American Sundries, from U. S. America, valued at 9,122

India Sundries, —

from Calcutta valued at 8,024

Madras 894

Bombay 5,264

Arabia 4,240

Ceylon 1,176

China 100

Bally 21

N. Islands, &c 7,942

27,661

China, Sundries —

from Bombay, valued at 50

Manilla 967

China 152,440

Java 586

Rhio 126

Siam , 1,055

Cochm China 138

East side Peninsula 200

155,562

Sundries from Java, valued at 26,145

Rhio 2,636

Sumatra 52

28,833

IMPORTS. 311

Straits Sundries, — Sp. Dra.

ftt)m Sumatra, , yalaed at 2,655

West side Peninsula 1,242

3,897

Eastern Sundries, —

from Manilla, valued at 8,842

Ceylon 22

Java 1,633

Rhio 388

Siam 6,483

Cochin China %760

Sumatra 2,669

East side Peninsula 1,584

Celebes 32,287

Borneo 7,137

Bally 1,240

Neighbouring Islands, &c 5,644

70,689

Spanish Dollars, —

from Great Britain valued at 14,000

United States America 87,800

Mauritius, Cape Good Hope, &c 2,900

Bombay 13,000

Manilla 3,000

China 138,924

Java 48,374

Rhio 7,933

Siam 12,120

Sumatra 12,150

East side of Peninsula 24,910

West Ditto ditto 6,403

Celebes 21,650

Borneo 5,290

312 EXPORTS.

SpaniBh Dollars, (eontinueeL) Sp. Dra.

from Bally valued at 4,270

Neighbouring Islands, &c 12,296

415,020

Madras Rupees, from N. Islands, &c 290

Java Rupees, —

from Java 4,709

Sumatra 300

Neighbouring Islands, &c 1,800

7,039

Sycee Silver, from China 2,000

Cowries,. . fromManilla 1,229 pis. 2,253

Java 53 .. 150

1,282 .. 2,403

CopperCoins, from Great Britain 25,072

Ticals, . . from Siam, 60,760 in No 35,913

Doubloons,from Java, 140 in No 980

Exports.

Shewing the nature, quantities, and values of the
articles exported from Singapore, and the places
to which exported, during the year ending
30th April, 1836.

Alum, to ... Madras 20 pis. 40

Sumatra 60 .. 90

80 .. I30

EXPORTS. 313

Anchors & Grapnels, — 8p. Drt.

to Calcutta, 6 chain cables, weighmg 279

cwt., and 3 anchors, weighing 18|

cwt 2,014

Rhio, 4 anchors and 180 chains 3,163

Siam, 17 anchors, weighing 41 i cwt;
17 chains, weighing 59 cwt, 2 an-
chors and 1 chain, weight not men-
tioned 1,978

Celebes and other East Islands, 19^
pis 173

Neighbouring Islands, &c. 1 in No.
weighing 31 cwt 217

7,545

Antimony Ore, to Great Britain 23,379 pis.

China 3,387 ..

United States .. 908 .

Mauritius 1,120 . .

28,794 ..

Arms, to Calcutta, 36 rifles 288

Java, 5 fowling pieces, 5 pairs of pistols

and 6 iron guns 700

Rhio, 50 cases 3,000

Siam, 5 iron guns, and 50 muskets 1,215

Cochin China, 300 muskets, and 290

birding guns 1,915

Sumatra, 600 muskets 2,475

East side Peninsula, 120 muskets 360

Celebes and other East Ports, 647 mus-

kete 2,525

Borneo, 22 swords and 1,600 muskets . . 5,507

Bally, 200 muskets 620

N. Islands, &c. 806 muskets 2,615

21,220

314

BXPORTS.

Beehe-de-mer, —

toChina 4,164 pis.

Borneo 2 . .

Benjamin,

4,166 ..

to Great Britain 200 pis

Calcutta 12 .

Madras 90} .

Bombay 130

Arabia
Java . .
Rhio . .
Celebes
Borneo

206 .

18 .

2 .

5 .

4 .

667i .

Sp. Bib.

74,723

74,773

8,708

340

1,013

451

2,630

220

120

13,612

Bees' WaZ|. .to Great Britain

Foreign Europe ....
Mauritius, Cape of
Grood Hope, and
' New South Wales

Calcutta

Java.

Siam

East side Peninsula
West Ditto 4itto..

983 pk.
22 ..

21
40
38
372
68

Beer,

to Manilla, 15 casks and 108 doz.

Java, I cask, and 36 doz

Borneo, 2 casks , •

22,656
513

474
995
719

8,475

1,665

35,509

645
92
24

761

EXPORTS. 315

Birds' Feathers, to Great Britain, 449 in No., 1 case, and Sp.I>rB.

birds of Paradise 1,187

China, 7,000 in No 400

1,587

Birds' Nests, to China 277 pis. 162,852

Betel-nut, . . to North America 383 pis. 671

Calcutta 2,176 . . 3,589

Madras 5 . . 7

Bombay 923 . . 1,383

China 21,729 .. 44,962

Siam 732 . . 1,546

25,948 .. 52,158

Brass-ware, to Java valued at 157

Sumatra 208

West side Peninsula 52

Celebes, and other East Islands, 5 corges 40

457

Camphor, (China) —

to Great Britain .... 25 pis. 750

Madras 36 ctys. 9

759

Ditto (Malay) to Bombay — pis. 12 ctys. 240

China 10 . . 41 . . 16,155

Siam — .. 20.. 300

10 .. 73 .. 16,695

Canvass to North America 59 bolts 623

Mauritius, Cape of
Good Hope, and

New South Wales 292 .. 992

316 EXPORTS.

Canvass, (etmtmued) Sp. Drs.

toCalcutta 633 bolts. 5,931

China 140 . 1,120

Java, Bengal and 50 ^

Europe 127 >

Cochin China .... 267 .. 2,476

Sumatra 22 . . 66

Celebes, &c. 10 . . 100

Borneo 1 . . 12

Neighbouring Is-
lands, &c 18 .. 147

3,676 .

1,724

1,619 .. 13,191

Cassia, .... to Great Britain .... 1,988.. 22,298

Foreign Europe .. 305 .. 3,355

North America 375 . 3,956

Mauritius, Cape of
GkxMlHope, and

New South Wales 55 .. 597

Calcutta 371 .. 3,951

Bombay 284 .. 2,962

Java 298 .. 3,340

40,459

Chinaware, . .to Madras 94

Ceylon 1,097

Java 22,336

Rhio 1,980

Sumatra 3,196

East side Peninsula 60

West side Peninsula 27

Celebes, &c. 3,138

Borneo 3,080

EXPORTS.

517

Chinaware, (continued,)

Sp. Drs.

to Bally

Nicobar Islands, &c.

. . . 2,499
39,043

CoflFee, to Great Britain ....

6,059 pis.

53,644

Foreign Europe . .

5,298 ..

42,649

North America . .

3,576 ..

34,279

Mauritius, Cape of

Good Hope, and

New S. Wales

682 ..

5,886

Calcutta

2 ..

Bombay

1 ..

Borneo

2 ..

Copper Sheathing and Nails, —

to rSiain

16| pis.
50 ..
100 ..

Sumatra

Cochin China

15,620 .. 136,497

Copper, to Calcutta, Peruvian 38^ . . 883

Java, Cochin China 300 . 6,433

3381 .. 7,316

330
1,800
3,500

166 . . 5,630

Cordage,....to Great Britain .... 361.. 2,524

Foreign Europe .. 79 . . 474

North America 384 . . 1,666

Mauritius, Cape of
Good Hope, and

New South Wales 734 .. 2,608

Calcutta 29 . . 231

Madras 18 . . 144

Manilla 94 pis. 8 ctys. 1,120

China 130 . . 795

318

EXPORTS.

Cordage, {continued,)

to Java

Sumatra

Celebes, &c. . . .
N. Islands, &c.

Sp.I>TB.

288 pis. 1,184

25 .. 75

5 pis. 35 ctys. 24

1 .. 82 .. 16

2,149i pis.

Cotton

to Great Britain

China

Java

East side Peninsula

164 pis.
2,185 ..
10 ..
50 ..

2,409 ..

Cotton-twist, to Great Britain, colrd.

33 pis.

Calcutta

66 ..

China

369 ..

Java, 50 bundles .

• •

Siam

278 ..

Sumatra, 10 bundles

524..

E. S. Penin. 77 do.

471 ..

Celebes, &c. 234 cor.

735 ..

Borneo, 105 bundles,

28 corges, and . :

44 ..

Bally, 28 bundles .

— . .

N.lHlandR,&c.l32do.

I..

402 bdls. and 262 cor.

2,049 ..

Dholl to Mauritius, Cape of

Good Hope, and

N. South Wales..

48 pis.

Dragon's blood,—

to Great Britain

21 pis.

N. America

9 ..

10,861

3,116

16,496

180

600

20,392

2,541

5,619

18,100

19,913

818

40,867
44,244

2,627
111
532

135,422

432
290

EXPORTS.

319

Dragon's bloody (eontmued.)

to China

Java

18 pis.
10 ..

58 ..

Sp. drs.
288
293

1,303

Earthenware, to Madras, 243 dozen

Manilla, 1,080 do

China, 1 crate

Java, valued

Rhio, 120 dozen

Siam, 1,670 do

Sumatra valued

East side Peninsula, 1,010 in No

West ditto 4,060 do

Celebes, 1,021 dozen

Borneo, 178 do ,

Bally valued

Neighbouring Islands, &c do.

Ebony

to Great Britain 73 pis.

China 10,660 . .

Rhio 650 . .

Siam 2,820 ..

14,203

159

1,080

1,907
60

1,377

716

421

1,153
134
995
707

8,850

146

33,199

1,410

9,200

43,955

Ghee, to Java

58 pis. 20 ctys. 939

Grain

to Mauritius, Cape of

G. Hope, and N.

S.Wales, 20mds.

160 pis.

400

Java, 222 maunds.,

20 ctys

177 ..

173

337 ..

573

320 EXPORTS.

Sp. dis.

Gambier, .... to Great Britain .... 9,921 pis. 16,339

N. America 49 . . 98

Mauritius, Cape of

Good Hope, and

New South Wales 116 .. 204

Calcutta 7,096 .. 10,230

Madras 20 . . 25

Bombay 303 . . 378

China 1,095 .. 1,902

Siam 1,060 . . 1,395

Cochin China .... 3,310 .. 4,708

Sumatra 12 . . 17

East side Peninsula 50 . . 62

West ditto 229 .. 337

Celebes, &c 9,961 . . 13,334

Borneo 2,725 .. 3,792

Bally 1,159 . • 1,572

N. Islands, &c 200 . . 277

• • • •

Gold-dust, . .to Great Britain

Foreign Europe
Mauritius, &c. .

Calcutta

Madras

Arabia

China

West side Peninsula

Celebes, &c

Bally

37,306

54,670

150bkl8.

4,355

9 ..

252

40 ..

1,200

lD,D4o^ . .

473,565

10 ..

250

1,373 .

38,683

20 ..

607

70 ..

2,100

60 ..

1,740

18 ..

520

10 ..

250

17,308i..

523,522

EXPORTS. 321

Sp. dn.

Glass-ware, to Calcutta, 100 cases 525

Madras, 12 globe lamps, 12 dozen tum-
blers, and 16 lamps 191

Manilla, 800 dozen wine-glasses, 76 pairs

lamps, 2 chandeliers, and 28 cases . . 3,342

China, 56 casks 2,760

Java, 160 vase lamps, and 48 baskets

lamps, 21 pairs, and 10 cases 1,171

Slam, 100 dozen and 5 boxes 145

Cochin China, 4 dozen 24

Sumatra valued 112

Borneo, 17 lamps 36

Neighbouring Islands, &c valued 150

8,456

Gold-thread, . . Europe, to China, 47| ctys 4,554

China, to Java, 239 boxes, 29 packages,

and 17 bundles 2,878

Sumatra, 232 boxes 1,488

Celebes, &c., 215 boxes 461

Bally, 12 boxes, and 1,600 bundles .... 584

Neighbouring Islands, &c., 71 boxes . . 378

10,343

Gunnies, to N. America 64,000 in No. 5,760

Mauritius, &c 14,000 . . 1,111

Manilla 1,000 .. 90

Java 185,750 , . 15,252

264,750 .. 22,213

Gunpowder, to Java, 700 cans. . . 7\ pis. 365

Rhio, 320 do — . . 123

Sumatra 22 . . 269

£. S.Penins 1 .. 26

W. ditto 12i. . 159

VOL. I. Y

322

EXPORTS.

Qunpowder, (continued,),

Celebes, &c. . .

Borneo

Bally

N. Islands, &c.

73jpte.
83 ..
10 ..
28 ..

1,020 cans.

237i

Hides, to

Great Britain
Foreign Europe
N. America . . .
China

4,01 1 pis.
202 .
122 ..
200 ..

4,535 ..

Ivory, to,

Great Britain

Bombay

China

Java

Celebes, &c.

Borneo

BaUy

57 pis. 58 ctys.

2 .

5 .
1 .

3 .

72i.

Iron and Steel, to Calcutta, 51 1 2 tons

steel 264 pis.

Madras, 148 pis. Ma-
dras steel 60 . .

Manilla, 49 pis. steel,
and 100 kegs do. 2,627 . .

Chma 2,054 ..

Java 1,81'6 . .

Rhio 310 . .

Siam, steel, 75 pis.
iron 1,310 . .

C. China, 10 tubes 300 . .

Sumatra, and 130
kegs steel 1,593 ..

Sp. drs.

1,063

2,001

114

451

4,571

13,950
770
563
800

16,083

5,053
439
32
225
500
100
300

6,649

1,431

870

9,753
5,862
5,537

858

4,560
790

6,390

EXPORTS. 323

Iron and Steel, (continued,) Sp. dre.

£.S.Penin8.,and40

kegs steel, 21 ctys. 1 ,050 pis. 3,357

W.S.do.lkeg8teel& 23 . . 74
Celebes, and other

E. Islands 2,057 . . 7,315

Borneo, 175 kegs

steel, and 1,886 . . 6,775

Bally 6 . . 20

N. Islands, &c., 75

kegs steel, and . . 527 . . 1,817

124 pis. and 521 kegs steel, 15,963 . . 55,409

and 148 pis. Madras steel '

Iron-ware and mongery, to Madras, 2 packages iron

hinges, and 105 iron pans 26

Madras, 102 pis. nails, 24 iron chests, and

6 casks hardware 2^984

Java, 1,060 sets, 20^ corges, and 767 in

No. 3,500 parangs 2,100

Rhio, 1 corge pans 15

C. China, 150 pans, and 3,800 gun-locks 2,485

Sumatra, valued at 2,796

W. S. of Penins 273

Celebes, &c., valued at 5,510

Borneo, 19,463 pans, 520 sets, 100 bills,

and 5 pis. nails 4,449

Bally valued at 1,416

Neighbouring Islands, &c 1,231

23,285

Lead, to Java 18 pis. 185

Siam 175 . 1,300

Rhio 10 . . 100

Cochin China . . 129 . . 709

Sumatra 12 . . 68

Y 2

324 EXPORTS.

Lead, (contimied,) Sp. dra.

Celebes, &c 5 pis. 30

Borneo 17 . . HI

366 .. 2,503

Mother of Pearl Shell,—

to Great Britain .... 3,200 pis. 27,570

Nankeens . . to Great Britain 330 cor. 3,440

Java 1,395 .. 10,994

Sumatra 39 . . 200

W. S.Penins 17 .. 115

Celebes 37i .. 240

Borneo 2,473 .. 17,311

N. Islands, &c. .. . 93 .. 663

4,3841 . . 32,963

Ons, to Great Britain 300

btls. kayu putee,

72 btls. nutmeg,

and cocoa-nut . . . 249 pis 1,706

North America, 100

kayu putee oil 200

Calcutta, 120 gals.

paintoil 30

Madras, dammer oil 68 .. 153

Bombay, 10 doz.

kayu putee oil 224

China, 16 doz. salad

oil 48

Java, 3 pis. paint

cocosrnut 169 . . 1,121

Rhio, 2 jars linseed

10 jars, turpentine

and cocoa-nut . . 124 . . 832

Sumatra 73 . 492

EXPORTS.

325

Oils, (continued.)

toE.S.Penin8

Borneo

N. Islands, &c

Opium,

to N. America

Mauritius, &c. . . .

Manilla

China, Bengal, 12

balls and

Malwa

Turkey

Java, 35 balls and . .
Rhio, 7 balls and .
Siam, 20 do. do. . .
Cochin China, 32

balls, and 39

pis., and

Sumatra 1 8 bis. &
E. S. Penins. . .
W. S. Penins. . .
Celebes, 15 balls
Borneo 7 balls . .

Bally

N. Islands, &c .

10 pis.
10 ..
138 ..

841 ..

4 chs.
4 ..
1

314

104

164

31 .

18 .

264 .

4 .

Ill .

121 .

37i .

301 •

146 balls and l,223f .

Sp. drs.

981

5,892

2,660

2,400

640

252,327

118,495

5,252

18,925

26,019

11,767
166,963
2,385
71,162
73,490
24,264
18,528

7954278

Pepper, to Great Britain, black

llwhite 13,990plB.

Foreign Europe .. 2,085 .. bk.

N. America 3,017 . .

Mauritius, &c. white
11 pis 282 ..

Calcutta, 789 pis.
long 6,890 ..

91,289
13,772

19,793

1,986
44,839

326 EXPORTS.

Pepper, {continued.) Sp. drs.

Bombay 47 pis. 269

Arabia, long 7 pis. . 60 . . 417

Manilla 400 . . 2,596

China 7,972 .. 56,023

Java 401 .. 6,014

796pl8. long, 22pls. white and 35,144 .. black 236,998

Paddy, .... to Mauritius, &c 120 pis. 400

Rhio 20 . . 20

140 .. 420

Paints, .... to Rhio 24 kegs 125

Provisions, . . to Mauritius, 307 barrels 2,302

Manilla, eOcasks 1,320

Java, 254 barrels flour, 54 barrels pork,

4 kegs tongues, and 4 kegs hams 2,216

5,838

Piece Goods, European, —

to North America, 40 ps 200

Calcutta, 3,320 ps. and 53,540 yds 20,669

Madras, 120 do 610

Bombay, 1,590 do 11,202

Manilla, 52,960 do. 681 dozs. and 785,301

yards 236,137

China, 8,265 ps. and 800 yards 20,796

Java, 640 do 2,806

Rhio, 6 do. 130 cks. and 23 bales . . 25,938

Siam, 28,1 15 do. 300 dozs. and 4,812 yds. 58,155

Cochin China, 183 ps 853

Sumatra, 238 corges, and 50 doz 16,443

E. S. Penins., 4,203 ps 14,700

W. S. Penins., 44 ps. and 50 doz 294

Celebes, &c., 1,694 cor. and 150 doz . . . 47,881

EXPORTS. 327

Piece-Goods, European, {cmtinued,) Sp. dre.

to Borneo, 130i corges 9,150

Bally, 1051 do 4,583

N. Islands, &c. 91 corges and 370 dozens 5,829

476,245

Piece-Goods, India,—

to N. America 360 corges 1,204

Arabia 5 .. 60

Manilla 85 . . 7 trunks 7,062

Java, 200 doz. &.. . 8,798 .. 135,900

Rhio,..do 115 .. &64bls. 16,940

Siani,....do 165i .. 26,845

Cochin China 10 200

Sumatra 2,203 . . 37,774

E.S.Penins 362 .. 9,094

W.S. Penins 11 . . 380

Celebes 3,883 . . 66,236

Borneo 4,949 . 110,934

Bally 7401 . 10,119

N. Islands, &c.... 645 .. 12,450

435,198

Piece-Gooods, China, —

to Great Britain, 2 cases silks 950

Java, 296 rolls and 1 corgc 7,617

Bally, 27 corges 874

9,441

Piece-Goods, Malay. —

to Java 112 corges 1,740

Rhio 6 . . 190

Sumatra 585 . . 10,837

E. S. Penins 801 16,440

W.S. Penins 158 .. 5,098

328 EXPORTS.

Piece-Goods, (eontiuMd.) Sp. dre.

Celebes 22corge8 680

Borneo 660 . . 17,024

N. Islands, &c. .. . 242 . 5,047

57,056

Ratans .... to Great Britain 2,715 pis. 6,988

For. Europe 306 . . 613

N.America 1,007 .. 2,117

Mauritius, &c 258 . . 619

Calcutta 6,525 . . 13,465

Madras 175 . . 326

Bombay 3,408 . . 7,598

Ceylon 25 .. 63

Manilla 395 .. 936

China 16,660 .. 36,019

Java 85 .. 127

Rhio, 1,590 bdls. & 225 . . 585

Siam 5,200 . . 9,533

Cochin China 76 .. 205

1,590 bdls. & 37,060 . . 79,194

Raw Silk . . to Great Britain, 228 pis 70,675

Bombay, 5 chests and 2 pis. 1,085

China, 3case8 960

Java, 48 chs. 10 bdles. and 65| pis 40,135

Rhio, 1 chest and 5 bundles 380

Sumatra, 36 chs. 4 bdles. and 5 pis 12,680

E. S. Penins. 41 bdles 798

W. S. Penins. 5 do 85

Celebes, &c., 30 boxes. 40 bundles and

204 pis 17,498

Borneo, 2 chs. 59 bdles. and 9) pis 5,155

Bally, 44 bdls. and 3plfi 1,665

EXPORTS. 329

Raw Silk, (continued.) Sp. dn.

N. Islands, &c, 43 ctys. 79 bdles. and
17pl8 6,858

157,974

Rice, to Great Britain 63 pis. 126

For. Europe 896 .. 1,683

N.America 3,567 .. 6,258

Mauritius, &c 1,431 . . 2,633

Arabia 298 . . 522

China 38,823.. 59,408

Rhio 12,700 .. 12,911

CochinChina 600.. 675

Sumatra 1,035 .. 1,253

E. S.Penins 1,285 .. 1,832

W. S. Penins 149 . . 160

Celebes 740 .. 975

Borneo 5,846 .. 7,614

N. Islands, &c 9,186 . . 1 1,902

76,619 .. 107,952

Sago to Great Britain 20,522pls. 35,891

For.Europe 853.. * 2,084

N. America 217 . . 396

Mauritius, &c 704 . . 1,271

Calcutta 1,701 .. 3^1^

Madras 873 . . 1,296

Bombay 389 .. 650

Arabia 21 .. 38

Manilla.. 489 .. 245

China 1,596 .. 3,186

Java 601 . . 1,048

Rhio 553 . . 381

Siam 50 . . 100

330

EXPORTS.

Sago, (eotUinued)

to Borneo

N. Islands, &c . .

40 pis.
155 ..

28,764 ..

Salt,

to Java 400 pis.

Rhio 2,335 . .

Sumatta 10,569 . .

E. S. Penins 587 ..

W. S. Penins 2,467 . .

Borneo 3,575 . .

N. Islands, &c ... . 2,711 ..

Saltpetre, . . to Manilla

Java

Cochin China . .

Sumatra

Borneo

Bally

N. Islands, &c .

22,644 ..

102 pis.

607 ..
30 ..

19 ..
25 ..
23 ..

20 ..

826

Sp. drs.

20
235

49,983

195
1,175
5,915

336
1,268
1,894
1,294

12,077

641
4,449
217
107
200
149
180

5,943

Seaweed, to China 3,800 pis.

Segars, .... to Great Britain, . . , 268,000 in No.

For. Europe .... 812,000 .

N. America 115,000 .

N.S.Wales, &c. . 1,856,000 .

Calcutta 5,286,000 .

Madras 874,000 .

Bombay 966,000 .

Ceylon 125,000 .

Java 4,969,000 .

16,100

1,516

2,386

636

11,272

29,550

5,187

5,441

812

27,112

EXPORTS. 331

Segars, (continued,) Sp. dn«

to Borneo 10,000 inNo. 50

N. Islands, &c. . . 269,000 .. 1,518

15,550,000 .. 85,480

Spices, to Great Britain, 1 box and 71 i pis., mace,

233 i plfi. and 1 box nutmegs, 51 kegs
nutmegs and mace, 32 4 pis. wild nut-
megs, 8i pis. cloves, valued 34,939

N. America, 98 pis. wild and 11 pis. 38
ctys. of plantation nutmegs 2,400

Calcutta, 360 ctys. mace, 47 pis. 44 ctys.
nutmegs, and 4 pis. cloves 6,333

Madras, 4| pis. mace 665

Bombay, 87 bottles pounded nutmegs,
32 pis. 65 ctys. cloves, 32 pis. 6 ctys
mace, 135 pis. 35 ctys. nutmegs 17,051

Arabia, 50 ctys. mace, and 19,000 nut-
megs 120

China, 241 pis. 76 ctys. cloves, 432 ctys.
nutmegs, and 60 ctys. mace 11,314

Spelter,

. ... to Rhio

161pls.

Cochin China....

278 ..
439 ..

Sticlac, ,

to Great Britain —

4) pis.

China

4 ..

Java

.. 244 ..

Rhio

3 ..

Sumatra

108 ..

Celebes, &c

63 ..

72,822

1,230
1,528

2,758

3,758

2,127
1,312

332 EXPORTS.

Sticlac, (ecntmuetL) Sp. dn.

to Borneo 23|pl8. 473

N. Islands, &c.... 381 .. ^^

488i .. 8,473

Sugar, to Great Britain Il,348pl8. 62»406

For. Europe 2,128 . . 15,9^

N.America 8,104 .. 38,184

Mauritius 1,152 . . 6,^^25

Madras 14 . . 24

Bombay 5,053 . . 30,489

Arabia 1,002 . . 5,885

Ceylon 226 . . 1,358

Sumatra 136 .. 445

W. S. Penins 12 . . 72

Celebes, &c 15 . . 90

Borneo 37 . . 222

N. Islands, &c ... . ' 143 . . 865

29,370 .. 162,407

Sugar Candy, —

to N. America 9 pis. 117

Mauritius, &c 47 . . 639

Calcutta 64 .. 795

Madras 36 . . 376

Arabia 10 . . 120

Sumatra 1 . . II

Borneo 17 . . 251

184 .. 2,309

Tea to Great Britain, 569

boxes and 1,201 pis. 44,376

For. Europe 0^ . . 15

N.America 33 .. 1,634

Mauritius, &c 105 . . 2,360

Calcutta, 2 bxs. and 75 . 4,510

EXPORTS. 333

Tea, {continued.) 8p. dre.

to Madras 2pl8, 60

Bombay 4 bxs. and — 40

Java, 1500 do. do. 114 .. 14,310

Rhio, 27 do — .. 819

Cochin China, 121

boxes — . . 848

Sumatra, 42 boxes. 25 . . 650

Borneo, 282 do. . H .. 1,602
N. Islands, &c 52

boxes — 274

1,556J .. 71,498

Tin to Great Britain 6,707pls. 101,204

For. Europe 1,601 . . 23,319

N. America 2,931 . . 43,751

Mauritius, &c 798 . . 12,570

Calcutta 4,448 .. 69,045

Madras 3 . . 52

Bombay 2,060 . . 31,015

Arabia 456 .. 6,779

Manilla 47 .. 731

China 7,652 .. 117,386

Java 250 . . 4,000

Rhio 50 . . 723

Sumatra 8 . . 120

Celebes 2 .. 31

Borneo 12 . . 180

27,025 .. 410,906

Tobacco to Mauritius, &c 55 pis. 1,100

Calcutta 43 .. 172

Java, 121 bsks. 102

chests and 18 .. 4,829

Rhio 1 20

Cochin China 110 .. l,ioo

334

EXPORTS.

Tobacco^ (continuetL)

to Sumatra, 943 bsks.

and

£. S. Penins. 6,050

bsks. and

W. S. Penins. 26

cor. 66 bsks. and
Celebes, &c., 38

bsks. and

Borneo, 259 bsks.

and

N. Islands, &c. 290

bsks. and

12 i pis.

377

43
104

Tortoiseshell to Great Britain

For. Europe
N. America. .
China

227 pis.

— . 28ctys.

8 .. 28 ..

20 .. 44 ..

256 ..

Wheat, to Mauritius, &c 4,610 bags

Java 4,877 . .

Siam 2 . .

Siunatra 199 . .

N. Islands, &c 98 . .

9,786

Wines,

to Great Britain, 240. gals. 9 doz. 1 pipe .

Mauritius, &c. 167 doz

Calcutta, 160 dozs. and 375 gallons . . .

Bombay, 23 do. and 162 do

Manilla, 152 do

China, 28 do

Java, 3 do. and 2 hhds

Sp. drR.

1,574

25,599

4,435

7,569

1,796

2,500
50,694

125,101

256

6,784

12,684

144,825

11,017

11,749

462

236

23,470

780
603
805
272
1,098
456
155

EXPORTS.

335

Wines, (continued,)

to Cochin China, 14 dozs.
Borneo, 100 dozs

Wood Garro, to Bombay 29 pis.

Arabia 27 . .

China 115 ..

N. Islands, &c 40 bxs.

171 pis. and 40 boxs.

Wood Sandal, —

to Calcutta 61 pis.

China 1,046 ..

1,107

Wood Booko, —

to Sumatra

10 pis.

Wood Lakkah, —

toChina 3,400plB.

Rhio 40 ..

Siam 352 ..

3,792 ..

Wood Sapan, —

to Great Britain . . .

For. Europe

Calcutta

Madras

Bombay

Arabia

Cochin China . .

2,058 pis

172 .

8,888 .

3 .

314 .

256 .

160 .

11,851 .

Sp. drs.

100

4,337

3,360

4,710

4,680

400

13,150

498
11,143

11,641

10,800
140
938

11,878

4,262

331

18,829

7
628

387
384

24,828

336 EXPORTS.

Sp. Dre.

Woollens. . .. to Calcutta, 41 ps. and 468 yards. 363

Madras, 3 ps. 24

Manilla, 378 ps. and 2,000 yards. 14,620

China, 358 do. and 12,096 do 25,064

Java, 18 do 335

Siam, 644 do 5,085

C. China, 2,634 ps. & 25ps. ladies cloth 28,534

Sumatra, 68 do. and 230 yds 2,271

E. S. Penins., 10 ps 200

W. S. Penins., 4 do 52

Celehes,&c., 770 do 7,547

Borneo, 83 do 1,616

Bally, 51 do 1,574

N. Islands, &c. 3 do. & 273f yards 302

87,587

Spirits, Europe, —

to Mauritius, &c. brandy, 2,020 gals., rum

600 gals 1,218

Calcutta, 4,279 cases 406 gals, gin 17,992

Madras, 542 cases gin 2,168

Bombay, 205 do. and 2 doz. liqueurs 860
Manilla, 128 do. and 800 gallons

brandy 1,584

China, 8 dozen liqueurs and 330 gallons

brandy 370

Java, 1 case liqueurs and 6 doz. brandy . 36

Siam, 100 doz. gin 100

Cochin China, 12 doz. liqueurs 84

Sumatra, valued 120

Borneo, 2 casks 120

N. Islands, &c. 946 cases gin 1,801

26,453

EXPORTS. 337

Spirits, Asiatie, — Sp. dn.

to For. Europe, 2,325 gals 558

Siam, 145 dozs. 60

618

Europe Sundries, —

Great Britain, valued 83

Foreign Europe 5,329

Mauritius, &c 3,216

Calcutta 4,712

Madras 1,794

Bombay 1,200

Ceylon 519

Manilla 4,831

China 2,435

Java 9,231

Rhio 190

Siam 1,820

Cochin China 3,267

Sumatra 167

W. S. Peninsula. 20

Borneo 85

N. Islands, &c 247

39,146

India Sundries, —

to Great Britain 3,106

N. America 255

Mauritius, &c 12

Calcutta 2,084

Madras 241

Bombay 672

Manilla 96

China 1,788

Java 7,308

VOL. I. Z

338 EXPORTS.

India Sundries, (etmtinued.) Sp. dra.

toRhio 197

Siam 820

Sumatra 889

East Side Peninsula 941

Celebes, &c 143

Borneo 201

BaUy 50

Neighbouring Islands 78

18,881

China Sundries,—

toGreat Britain 25,564

North America 323

Mauritius, &c 776

Calcutta 870

Madras 748

Bombay 95

China 120

Java 70,970

Rhio 494

Siam 1,130

Cochin China 361

Sumatra 8,995

E. S. Penins 110

W. S. Penins 9

Celebes, &c 3,556

Borneo 2,309

Bally 495

Neighbouring Islands 1,695

118,620

Java Sundries, —

to Great Britain 7^9g2

North America 506

Mauritius, &c 102

EXPORTS. 389

Java Sundries, (emUmued.) Sp. dn.

Calcutta 8,402

Madras 20

Bombay 1,169

Arabia 800

Cbina 7,785

Java 1,102

Rhio 438

Sumatra 6

Borneo 584

N. Islands 137

29,033

Straits Sundries, —

toGreat Britain 5,943

Foreign Europe 675

Mauritius, &c 1,727

Calcutta 60

Madras 165

Manilla 37,150

Java 4,935

Rhio 1,370

Sumatra 806

E. S. Penins 69

W. S. Penins 70

Celebes 125

Borneo 100

Bally 167

N. Islands, &c 389

53,751

Eastern Sundries,

to Great Britain 59,586

Foreign Europe 327

North America , 1,466

Mauritius, &c 8,739

z 2

340 EXPORTS.

Eastern Sundries, (eonUnued.) Sp. Dra.

Calcutta 5,7121

Madras 2,143

Bombay 2,232

Manilla 860

China 13,531

Java 838

Rhio 365

Siam 1,540

C.China 540

Sumatra 180

W. S. Penins 214

Borneo 1,922

Bally.... 76

N. Islands, &c 243

100,523

American Sundries, —

to Mauritius, &c 926

Calcutta 3,916

Java 2,052

6,894

Spanish Dollars, —

to Calcutta 70,189

Madras 99,758

Bombay 30,437

Arabia 41,000

China , 21,864

Java 7,024

RlJio 84,882

Siam 400

Cochin China 9,500

Sumatra 26,906

E.S. Penins 1,570

W. S. Penins. 12,838

Celebes, &c 8,792

EXPORTS. 341

Spanish Dollars, (etmtinued,) Sp. Drs.

Borneo 9,389

BaUy 200

N. Islands, &c 17,110

441,859

Sicca Rupees, to Calcutta 5,092

Madras, 548 in No. 311

5,403

Bombay Rupees, to Bombay 371

Java Rupees, to Calcutta 1,943

Madras 125

Java 2,000

Rhio 400

Sumatra 1,800

Celebes, &c 4,000

Borneo 4,840

15,108

Sycee Silver, to Calcutta 650

Cowries, to Great Britain 1,086

Calcutta 2,989

Siam ... too

4,175

Copper Coins, to Celebes, &c valued at 12,076

Borneo 100

BaUy 13,339

N. Islands, &c 300

25,815
Grold Coins, to Bombay, 20 92

349 IMPORTS.

Ticals to Calcutta 25,004

Madras 17,000

Bombay 5,896

47,900

Sovereigns, to Great Britain, 20 in No 95

Calcutta 475

570

GtoldMohurs, to Calcutta 93

Doubloons, to Bombay 62

Statement of the Import trade between Singa-
pore, and P. W. Island, and Malacca, for the
year ending 30th April, 1837.

p. W. ISLAND.

Sp. Drs.

Arms, 5 fowling pieces 30

Anchors, 30 cwt. 1 qr. 12 lbs., chain cables 243

Betel-nut, 4,148 piculs 7,981

Bees' wax, 210 piculs 4,822

Benjamin, 472 piculs 18,192

Beche-de-mer, 210 piculs 1,520

Birds' nests, 3 piculs 180

Birds' feathers, 6000 in No 660

Brassware, 1 box and 20 ctys 90

Coffee, 1,110 piculs and 87 ctys 10,739

Copperware, 2 piculs 50

Cordage, 21} piculs 129

Cassia lOU piculs 1,066

DhoU, 69 piculs 169

Earthenware, 1,400 in No 224

Ebony, 1,203 piculs 3,513

IMPORTS. 343

Sp. Drs.

Gram, 859 bags, and 140 picolfl 2,020

Ghee, 52 piculs 773

Gold thread, (China,) 60 boxes 285

Glassware, 100 doz. and 1 box 70

Gunpowder, 14} piculs 500

Gunnies, 250 in No 25

Hides, 154 piculs 709

Ivory, 6 piculs, 55 ctys 730

Iron, 220 piculs 660

Ironware and mongery valued at 485

Indigo, 8 piculs 72

Lead, 100 piculs 500

Opium, 21 chests, and 39 balls 16,117

Oils, 98 piculs 850

Pepper, 4,900 piculs . .,, 32,885

Paddy, 13 piculs 26

Piece goods, Malay, ^ corges 1,096

Ditto India, 950 corges & 13 pieces 1 08,71 9

Ditto China, 88 pieces 176

Ditto British, 465 ps. 7,535 yds. and

150 dozens 3,902

Ditto Foreign Europe, 40 pieces. • 320

Rice, 19,268piculs 24,743

Ratans, 293 piculs, and 1,300 bndls 900

Segars, 122,250 in No. (Madras.) 122

Sugar, 1,429 piculs 6,331

Spices, 79 picids, 63 ctys., and 14 bags

cloves; 31 1 piculs and 2 boxes mace,

and 101 piculs, 65 ctys*, and 1 box nut*

megs 22,662

Spelter, 56 piculs 364

Saltpetre, 591 piculs 3,491

Sticlac, 110 piculs 2,000

Tobacco, 240 piculs, 60 ctys., and 15 bales 1,657

Tm, 5,714 piculs 73,386

Tee, 12i piculs, and 20 boxes 420

344 IMPORTS.

Sp« Dn»

Tortoiseshell, 1 picul, 62 ctys 1,234

Wheat, 3^16 bags, and 75 piculs 8,695

Wood, Garro, 2 picuk 20

Ditto, Lakka, 180 do 360

Ditto, Sandal, 151 picuk 379

Java Sundries 38

Europe ditto 654

India ditto 4,506

China ditto 647

Straits ditto 6,692

Eastern ditto 185

Cowries, 73 piculs 160

Spanish dollars 46,002

Total Imports from Pinang 426,176

MALACCA.

Anns, 100 muskets 340

Beer, 15 dozens 39

Bees'-wax, 70 piculs 1,609

Betel-nut, 473 piculs 1,595

Brassware, 1 picul 52

Coffee, 1,210 piculs 11,723

Copper sheathing, 10 piculs 450

Ebony, 60 piculs 120

Gram, 96 piculs 144

Ghee, 1 picul 14

Hides, 116 piculs 477

Ivory, 260 ctys 204

Iron^ware and mongery, 60 gunlocks, and

40 picuh nails 145

Nankeens, 40 corges 550

OilSySdoiens 215

Opium, 2 chests 1,280

IMPORTS. 345

Sp. drs*
Piece-goods, Malay, 146 cor., and 46 cor.

handkerchiefs 3,145

Piece-goods, India, 1,904 corges 25,465

British, 354 pieces 765

Pepper, 912i piculs 6,850

Ratans, 2,853 piculs 4,535

Raw silk, 1 chest 330

Rice, 2,260 piculs 3,519

Sago, 1,200 bundles 100

Sugar, 10 piculs 15

Spices, li piculs cloves 52

Steel, 5 piculs 40

Tea, 16 boxes 86

Tin, 2,41 1 i piculs 35,041

Tobacco, 150 ctys 20

Wood, Garro, 8 piculs 810

Ditto, Lakka, 547 do 1,219

Wheat, 150 bags 310

Wines, 6 dozens and 4 cases 48

Java Sundries 10

Europe ditto 30

China ditto 384

India ditto 410

Straits ditto 15,175

Spanish dollars 41,882

Java rupees 2,772

Total Imports from Malacca 160,970

346 EXPORTS.

Statement of the Export trade between Singa-
pore, and P. W. Island, and Malacca, for the
year ending 30th April, 1836.

p. W. ISLAND.

Sp. drs.

Ahnn, 110 piculs 220

Anns, 24 fowling-pieces, 3,465 muskets, 12

iron guns, 54 swords, 72 rifles, 1 brass

cannon 14,596

Beer, 32 casks, and 120 dozens 1,305

Beche de Mer, 15 piculs 225

Bees'-wax, 20 piculs 440

Betel-nut, 16 piculs 38

Benjamin, 227 do 5,972

Birds'-nests, 530 ctys 9,875

Brassware, 12 piculs, 45 ctys 554

Camphor, China, 40 piculs 1,400

Ditto, Malay, 70 catties 980

Coffee, 27 piculs 249

Copperware, 47 piculs 730

Copper nails and sheathing, 31 i piculs . . 1,069

Copper, Japan, 60 piculs 1,710

Canvass, 23 pieces 161

Cotton-twist, 36 piculs, and 6 bales 3,278

Cotton, 78 piculs, and 10 bales 840

Chinaware valued at 14,851

Cordage, 85 piculs 590

Dholl, 15 piculs 30

Earthenware, 3,249 dozen, 1 cask, 1 basket 1,370

Gambier, 1300 piculs 2,220

Ghee, 3k piculs 70

Gold-thread, Europe, 15 lbs. and 25 ctys. 2,280

Ditto China, 399 boxes, 67 pkges. 3,063

Glassware, 444 doz., 2 cases, and 25 pairs,

7 cases lamps 991

BXPORT8. 347

Sp. dn.

Gold-dust, 210 buncak 5^10

Gunpowder, 85 pis., 62 ctys., 50 half, and

592 qr. barrels 4,410

Gram, 46 bags 56

Hides, 20 piculs 40

Indigo, 302 do 1,779

Iron, 653 pis. Swedish, 2,937 pis., and 1 ,050

pis. nails, 79 pis. steel 13,792

Iron-ware and mongery, 198 pis, nails, 500

gunlocks, 14,850 pairs, and 3,173 sets

pans, 24 hinges 7t845

Lead, 35 piculs 240

Nankeens, 20 corges 140

Oil, 27 pis. dammer oil, 12 jars and 5 tins

linseed oil, 287 pis. cocoa-nut oil, 270

gallons paint oil 2,402

Opiunn 38 chests, 5 balls 22,825

Paints, 255 kegs 610

Piece-goods, British, 4,463 dozen and 227

corges, 51,921 ps., 99,181 yards 130,958

Ditto, Foreign Europe, 1,292 piculs 6,158

Ditto, India, 1,283 corges 11,482

Ditto, China, 1 case silks, 5 rolls satin . . 560

Ditto, Malay, 2,950 corges 50,661

Raw silk, 7 chests 2,190

Rice, 417 piculs 530

Sago, 1,453 pis. and three boxes 2,482

Salt, 14,485 piculs 6,647

Segars, 198 boxes 1,906

Spirits, Europe, 395 gallons and 20 doien

brandy, 319 oases gin 1,597

Ditto, Asiatic, 3,375 gallons arrack .... 801

Sticlac, 1,011 piculs 17,877

Sugar, 716 piculs 4,645

Sugar-candy, 163 pieub 1^^

Spices, U pis. wild nutmegs 27

348 EXPORTS.

Sp»di8.

Tea, 118 piculs, and 571 boxes ^. 5,325

Tobacco, 595 pis. Bally, 1,720 bsks. Java,

1 box, 207 pis., and 371 baskets China . 33,070

Tortoiseshell, 10 clys 100

Wheat, 150 bags 225

Wines valued at 1,794

Woollens, 31 ps. and 100 yards striped lists 2^152

Wood, Garro, 3 piculs 450

Ditto, Sandal 50 ctys 6

Spelter, 1 picul 10

Europe Sundries 4,290

India ditto . 1,295

China ditto 7,339

Java ditto 5,128

Eastern ditto 3,267

Straits ditto 180

Spanish dollars 121,550

Java rupees 792

Total Exports to Pinang, Sp. drs. 554,640

MALACCA.

Sp. drs.

Arms, 378 muskets 1,223

Beer, 23 casks and 102 dozen 1,068

Brass-ware, 46 locks 16

Copper-ware, 2 piculs 50

Copper nails and sheathing, 37 piculs .... 1,375

Cotton-twist, 5 piculs 145

Cotton, 2 piculs and 37 bales 823

China-ware valued at 185

Earthen-ware do. 565

Gambier, 85 piculs 160

Gold-thread, China, 80 boxes 560

Glass-war^ 42 dosen . 124

EXPORTS. 349

Sp. dn»

Gold-dust, 21 ctys 10^300

Gunpowder, 14 pis. 10 kegs, 100 canisters 448

Gram, 20 bags 50

Indigo, 7 piculs 21

Iron, 867 pis., 10 pis. Swedish, 25 pis. nails 2,504

Iron and mongery, 26 sets, and 220 pans . 512

Nankeens, 14 corges 131

Oil, 1,046 piculs, and 20 piculs paint oil . . 6,006

Opium, 23 chests, 32 balls 15,182

Paints, 4 kegs, white 28

Piece-goods, British, 6,047 ps. and 8,920

handkerchiefs 9,231

Ditto, Foreign Europe, 30 pieces 195

Ditto, India, 567i corges 12,167

Ditto, China, 1 case and 6 pieces Ill

Ditto, Malay, 1,015 corges 22^479

Ratans, 100 bndls 10

Raw Silk, 4 chests 1,360

Rice, 2,449 piculs 3,682

Sago, 1,028 piculs 354

Salt, 7,500 piculs 3,719

Saltpetre, 8| piculs 87

Segars, 116,000 in No 30

Spirits, Europe, 34 cases gin ; 510 galls. 3

kegs brandy 724

Ditto Asiatic, 11,700 galls. Ill casks .... 4,964

Sticlac, 9 piculs 135

Sugar, 463 piculs 2,921

Sugar Candy, 1 1 pis., 18 tubs, and 8 basks. 304

Tea, 331 boxes, 27 piculs 2,313

Tm, 93 piculs 564

Tobacco, 21 basks., 42| pis. (China) ; 1,360

basks., and 10 pis. Java ; 2 pis. Siam ; 3

pis. BaUy 9,639

Wheat, 68 bags 181

Wines valued 407

350 BXPOBTS.

Sp. dn.

Woollens, 15 piculs, and 20 yards 372

Wood, Garro, U piculs 150

Europe, Sundries, 1,476

India, Ditto 1,228

China, Ditto 3,697

Java, Ditto 3,412

Eastern, Ditto 1,805

Straits, Ditto 774

Spanish Dollars 38,200

Copper Coins, 500

Total Exports to Malacca, Sp. Drs. 168,867

The currency in which commercial transactions
are calculated is Spanish dollars, divided into
cents. Most sales can be effected for payment in
cash. Returns for consignments can generally
be made in bills, specie, or gold dust, when pro-
duce is not preferred. Private bills on London,
at six months' sight, average 4^. 6d. or 4^. 7d.
per dollar. On Calcutta, thirty days' sight, from
205 or 206 sicca rupees per 100 dollars. On
Batavia, thirty days sight, guilders 268 per 100 dol-
lars, and on China at par. On Madras, Madras
rupees 222 or 224 per 100 dollars.

What with the advantage of trade-winds,, mon-
soons, &c. on the one hand, and with the improve-
ments in navigation, (thanks to Horsburgh's in-
valuable charts) in our knowledge of the hidden
dangers of the seas on the other, the voyage to

YIBW OF THE TBADE. 351

and from India is now performed with great safety.
The rates of insurance are therefore comparatively
low. On goods to Europe, not north of Great
Britain, to America, and New South Wales, they
do not exceed three per cent. ; to countries north
of Great Britain, and to the Persian Gulph they are
3 J. To the Cape of Good Hope, St. Helena, Cey-
lon, Bourbon, Bencoolen, and Padang (touching at
Batavia), 2^ per cent. To Calcutta, Madras,
Bombay, Mauritius, Rangoon, Amherst Town,
and Moulmein, 2 per cent. — ^to the Red Sea 4 —
to China, Java, and Borneo Proper, 1^ — to Ma-
nilla, 1^ — to Malacca, ^, and to Pinang, 1. The
premium on treasure is one-sixth less than the
above rates. The freights to London and Liver-
pool, in August 1836, were as follows : —

Tin and antimony ore 2/. to 21. 10^. per 20 cwt.

Sugar in bags, 41. per 20 cwt.

Sago in ditto, 3/. per do.

Hides in bulk, 5/. to 51. 10s. per do.

Sapan-wood, in bulk, 31. to 31. 10s. per do.

Gambler, in baskets, ^l. per do.

Coffee, in bags, 41. to 41. 10s. per 18 cwt.

Pepper, do. 51. to 51. 5s. per 16 cwt.

Sago in boxes, 41. to 41. 4s. per 50 cubit feet.

Cassia, 8^. to 9^. per half picul box.

Other measurement, 51. 10s. to &. per 50 feet.

Treasure, one per cent.

352 VIEW OF THB TRADB.

Few of the European merchants at Singapore
transact business on their own account, being
mostly agents for European houses. The ports
principally traded with are those of London,
Liverpool, Hamburgh, Amsterdam, Antwerp,
Bourdeaux, Canton, Calcutta, Batavia, Bombay,
and Madras.

Preparatory to a brief view of the trade, it is
necessary to remind the reader, that Singapore is
a free port, that it produces but little as yet for
exportation, and that it is scarcely more than a
mart, or entrepdt for transhipment of the produce
and merchandise of Asia, Europe, and America :
the imports, with the exception of those for local
consumption, forming the exports. Its great com-
merce is with China, and excluding transhipments,
is principally conducted by a number of junks,
which annually quit the ports of China with the
N.E. monsoon about January; and arriving at
Singapore in from twenty to forty days, return
with the S.W. monsoon, which blows from April
to October. They bring cargoes of tea, nankins,
piece goods, sugar-candy, china and copper ware,
cassia, gold and silver thread, a number of Chinese
emigrants, and a variety of articles for their con*
sumption. The country ships import tobacco,
nankin, raw silk, cassia, and specie. The exports
to China are British cloths, both cotton and

INDIAN PRESIDENCIES. 353

woollen, opium, betel-nut, ebony, edible birds'-
nests, beche-de-mer, sea-weed, cotton, tin, pep-
per, &c.

Next in value to the trade with China stands
that with the Indian presidencies of Calcutta, Ma-
dras, and Bombay, and with the island of Ceylon,
whence the imports are principally opium, rice,
Indian piece-goods, saltpetre, cotton, ebony, cord-
age, arrack, &c. in exchange for tin, gold-dust,
nankin. China-ware, pepper, gambier (catechu),
spices, and Malayan and Chinese piece goods.

The imports from Great Britain are very con-
siderable : woollens, piece-goods, cotton twist,
iron, arms, gunpowder, wines, and a great variety
of manufactured articles. The cloths of Great
Britain have considerably lessened the sale of the
produce of the Indian looms, which was formerly
in great demand. Of late years it is said that In«
dian cloths have met with better sales, in conse-
quence of the Natives beginning to find out that
they are far more durable than the English. The
exports to Great Britain are antimony, tin, tea,
gold-dust, cassia, coffee, catechu, sugar, raw silk,
benjamin (benzoin), bees'-wax, hides, ivory, tor-
toise-shell, mother of pearl shell, and a large pro-
portion of the various produce of China, Siam,
Cochin- China, Cambodia, the Malay Peninsula,
and the Archipelago, under the head of" sundries."

VOL. I. A A

354 PLACES TRADED WITH.

The trade with Java comes next in value. The
staple articles of import^ from this large and fer-
tile island, are European piece-goods (with which
the Batavian market is frequently overstocked),
beche-de-mer, edible birds*-nests, gold-dust, in-
digo, rice, ratans, spices, benjamin, brass and
copper- ware, Banca tin, tobacco, copper, &c. from
Japan, sandal-wood, arrack, and other spirits.
The exports to Java are India, China, and Europe
piece-goods to a large extent, nankin, iron, opium,
raw silk, wheat, china and iron-ware, cordage,
gunnies, and saltpetre.

After Java ranks the Malayan Peninsula. The
imports from its eastern coast are by far the most
considerable. The value of gold-dust shipped
thence, in the year 1835-6, alone amounted to
143,840 Spanish dollars, and that from the western
coast to 1,200 dollars. The other imports are
tin, black and white pepper, silk and cotton Malay
cloths, sugar and ratans ; in return for rice, to-
bacco, opium, salt, salt fish, arms, iron tools and
implements of agriculture, European, Indian, and
Malayan piece-goods, cotton twist, &c. The chief
ports on the east coast are Pahang, Tringanu,
Kalantan, and Sangora. The gold-dust brought
from Pahang is extremely pure, and fetches the
high price of from 28 to 28 J Spanish dollars the
bunkal. The cloths, tin, and pepper, come prin-

PLACES TRADED WITH. 355

cipally from Tringanu and Kalantan, as well as a
fair proportion of gold-dust. The imports from
the west coast are principally tin from Lingie,
Sungie-ujong, the states in the interior of Malacca,
Lukut, Salangore, and Perak ; bees'-wax, ele-
phants' teeth, ebony, hides, ratans, sago, Lakka
woodf specie (dollars), vegetables, fruits, cattle
and poultry from Johore, Pontian, Umbai, Battu
Pahat, Muar, Cassang, Sungie Baru, &c. The
exports to these places are of the same nature as
those to the eastern coast. The trade is carried
on almost entirely by native craft, from one to
eight coyans burthen, and small open boats called
Sampan Pucats. The imports from the east coast
of the Peninsula alone average more than 300,000
Spanish dollars annually, and the exports about
the same sum.

Siam stands next on the list. The imports from
this country have averaged, for the last few years,
upwards of 200,000 Spanish dollars annually,
and the exports a sum little less. The former
consist of rice, sugar, ivory, oil, salt, sticlac, sugar-
candy, iron pans and sapan wood. The trade
is carried on chiefly by junks, leaving Bankok
annually with the N.E. monsoon. These vessels
are commonly the property of, and navigated by
Chinese settlers in Siam. They return with the
S.W. monsoon, taking back British and Indian

A A 2

356 PLACES TRADED WITH.

piece-goods, opium, woollen cloths, cotton twist,
bees*-wax, betel-nut, ebony, steel, iron, lead, ra-
tans, and a quantity of " sundries."

The trade with Cochin- China and Cambodia
is conducted like that with Siam, though on a
smaller scale. The articles of export and import
are much alike. The trade has latterly suffered
some depression, owing, probably, to the rivalry
of the Americans, who have recently been push-
ing their commercial interests in this quarter, and
in Siam, and to the disturbed state of the country.
The principal ports are those of Anam, Kang-
Kao, and Hailam. The number of junks that
imported from these places in 1832-3 was seven-
teen, and amount of tonnage 998 tons.

YEARS. NO. OF JUNKS. TONNAGE.

In 1833-4 49 3,010

1834-5 37 2,887

1835-6 35 2,820

A most extensive and lucrative commerce is
carried on with the countless islands of the Indian
Archipelago. The exports and imports from Bor-
neo and Celebes alone amount to upwards of
800,000 Sp. dollars annually. This trade is prin-
cipally carried on by the Bugis of Waju, in
Celebes, an enterprising and commercial race,
who may be justly called the Phoenicians of this

PLACES TRADED WITH. 367

part of the globe. Their singularly shaped pra-
hus arrive annually at Singapore during the pre-
valence of the eastern monsoon, bringing large
quantities of gold-dust, ebony, ivory, camphor,
tin, mother of pearl shells, pearls, benjamin, tor-
toise-shell, birds' plumes, a few diamonds from
Borneo, birds of Paradise, bees' wax, beche-de-
mer, coffee, kayu putih, camphor, spice. Macassar
and other oils, pepper, paddy, piece-goods, rice,
edible birds' nests, spices, tobacco, lignum-aloes,
sandal, Kayu Baku, Lakka, and sapan woods,
and a considerable quantity of antimony from
Borneo. The exports are principally British, In
dian and Malayan piece-goods, woollens, rice, iron,
brass, earthen and China ware, opium, salt, raw silk,
tobacco, gunpowder, cotton twist, catechu, iron,
steel, iron tools, and implements of agriculture.

From Continental Europe, the imports are
chiefly wines, spirits, liqueurs, beer, British and
French piece-goods, fire-arms, iron, steel, glass-
ware, provisions, salt, and " sundries," in return for
Asiatic produce and cash.

A little ebony and specie (dollars) are imported
from the Mauritius in return for coffee, bees' wax,
and canvass, which are likewise exported to the
Cape and to New South Wales j also cassia,
gold-dust, opium, ratans, cordage, dhoU, gram,
and catechu or gambier.

368 PLACES TRADED WITH,

One or two square-rigged vessels arrive annually
from Arabia, bringing tortoise-shell, salt, gold
thread, sandal-wood, oil, and "sundries," and
taking back benjamin, gold-dust, long pepper,
Indian piece-goods : a small quantity of sago and
spices, and large investments of sugar, tin, sapan-
wood, spices, and lignum aloes.

From 1825 to 1835, vessels from the United
States did not venture to trade openly with Singa-
pore, on account of the seizure of one of their
vessels there, the Governor Endicott, by the com-
mander of His Majesty's ship Lame. It has,
however, been since decided that America is at
perfect liberty to trade with Singapore on the
same footing as other nations. The imports are
principally specie (Spanish dollars), piece-goods,
provisions, and "sundries," in return for tin,
sugar, coffee, pepper, rice, tortoise-shell, gunnies,
cassia, opium, spices, and a small quantity of
betel-nut, catechu, tea, antimony, ratans, &c.

Nearly all the betel-nut, a great proportion of
benzoin, or the benjamin of commerce, coffee,
and gold-dust, imported into Singapore are brought
from Sumatra. The betel-nut is chiefly procured
from the Pedir coast on the northern and eastern
side of this large island. The benjamin is the
inspissated juice of a tree botanically described
by Dryander, (Phil. Trans, xxvii. 307.) It

PLACES TRADED WITH. 359

exudes in the form of a whitish gum, from in-
cisions made into the bark. The tree grows
most abundantly in that part of the island, in-
habited by the Battak tribes. The best pieces of
the benjamin are selected for the European
market, the remainder is sent to Arabia, China,
and Hindostan, where it is used as incense. A
large quantity of cotton, bees'-wax, ratans, tor-
toise-shell, sago, a small quantity of pepper, nut-
megs, and specie are also imported. Singapore,
in return for these articles, exports to Sumatra
a large quantity of European, Indian, and Malayan
piece-goods, opium, raw silk, woollens, salt, to-
bacco, fire-arms, steel, copper sheathing, alum,
china, and ironware. The commerce is carried
on by native craft and country traders. The
principal ports on the east side are those of Achin,
Delli, Battu Bara, Langkat, Bukit Battu, Cam-
par, Siac, Jambi, and Palembang; and on the
western coast Padang, Tappanooly, and Bencoo-
len. The trade fell ofi* a little in 1835-6, -owing
to the increase of piracy, now under suppression,
and to the monopolising efibrts of the Dutch, in
consequence of which, but little of the excellent
camphor and cassia of Sumatra now find their way
to Singapore.

From the neighbouring Dutch port of Rhio, by
far the greatest proportion of the gam bier that is

360 PLACES TRADED WITH.

imported into Singapore, is shipped. It is not
the produce of the small island of Rhio, but of
the neighbouring one of Bintan. It imports tin,
rice, hides, a little sugar, tobacco, pepper, ivory,
bees*-wax, and coffee. The exports to Rhio are
specie, European and Indian piece-goods, China-
ware, fire-arms, spelter, salt, &c.

Rhio is a settlement belonging to Holland, pro-
tected by a small fort built mostly from the
materials of the ruined fortress of Malacca, situate
on a small island near the larger one of Bintan,
about sixty miles S. E. from Singapore. This
fort, though sufficiently strong to repel any attempt
made upon it by the Malays, is not very defensible
against European arms. The Dutch obtained
possession of Rhio in 1785. Ten years after-
wards it fell with Malacca into the hands of the
British government, which not considering it worth
holding, gave it up to the Malays. On Malacca
being restored to Holland in 1818, the Dutch,
apprehensive lest the British should anticipate
them, hastily entered into negotiations with the
Rajah Muda of Rhio for the re-occupation of the
island, which was finally given up for the annual
sum of 48,000 Java rupees, (increased in 1824 it
is said, to 60,000) and a Dutch resident appointed.
It has ever since been a Dutch settlement. The
population amounts to about 24,000 souls, most

PLACES TRADED WITH. 361

of whom are Chinese and Malays. Its revenue
barely covers the expenditure. The total exports
and imports in 1825, amounted to a little more
than 27,000 florins.

I need not, I think, apologize for intruding this
rival settlement upon the notice of my readers,
farther than by shortly stating that, towards the
close of 1818, the Dutch got intimation of our
intentions to establish a settlement at Rhio, in
consequence of the recent loss of Malacca, with
the view of securing a fair participation in the
lucrative trade of the Archipelago, from which we
were then almost completely excluded. When
the English commissioners arrived, they found
they were too late, and that the Dutch, with their
ancient promptitude and eagerness in matters of
this nature, had succeeded in replanting them-
selves firmly upon Rhio. Nothing therefore was
left for the commissioners but the occupation of
some eligible island in the vicinity : Singapore
was the island wisely selected. Thus Rhio has
been the means of giving birth to a rival who has
not only absorbed most of her trade, but who has
totally annihilated the ambitious dreams enter-
tained by Holland of monopolising the rich com-
merce of the Eastern seas. There cannot exist
a stronger contrast than that presented by these
two ports, the benefits of free trade on one side.

362 ARTICLES OP COMMBBCE.

and the deleterious effects of taxation on the other.
The Dutch, latterly finding their harbour almost
deserted, have either taken off or reduced very
materially the heavy exactions.

Singapore imports from the sister residencies,
Malacca and Pinang, tin procured from the native
states in their neighbourhood: pepper, coffee,
piece-goods, cloves, mace, and nutmegs from
Pinang. Live stock, vegetables, &c., from Ma-
lacca, and a variety of other articles of eastern
produce. The exports are for tiie most part
piece-goods, opiiun, tobacco, and gold dust.

The trade with the Tenasserim coast is very
insignificant.

The most valuable articles of trade, are Euro-
pean and Indian piece-goods ; the former con-
sisting chiefly of cambrics, long cloths, chintzes,
Manchester prints, madapoUams, wove sarongs,
and salendongs, imitation Battick and Pulicat
handkerchiefs, ginghams; Turkey red cloths,
Siamese dresses. Among the Indian piece-goods
are curwahs, sannahs, large and small, gurrahs
from Bengal, cambayas, white and blue moories,
brown and blue salampores, white punjums, and
red and white handkerchiefs from Madras. The
total amount of European piece-goods, imported
in 1836-6, in Spanish dollars, was 953,554, of
Indian piece-goods, 288,400. Next in value,

ARTICLES OF COMMERCE. 363

ranks that pernicious drug, opium. The total
value of this article imported in the year 1835-6,
amounted to the enormous sum of upwards of a
million of dollars. Two hundred and fifty two
thousand of which was the value of the quantity
exported to China, most part of the remainder
went to the east coast of the peninsula, to Java,
Borneo, Celebes, Cochin China, and Siam, and
a considerable quantity to America. The opium
trade with China is contraband. The prohibitions
against it have lately been rigidly put in force, con-
sequently the trade is now (1836) nearly at a stand.
The total value annually exported from Calcutta
and Bombay to the Eastward, is supposed to
amount to about 3,000,000/. The Patna opium
is the most prized of the varieties sent from India ;
and sells from 710 to 720 Sp. drs. Benares sells
from 645 to 650 Sp. drs., and Malwa from 680
to 600 Sp. drs. Turkey opium, though disUked
at first, has latterly come into greater request.
A chest of Bengal opium weighs about 140lbs.
avoirdupois.

Tin is the next valuable article of trade. That
imported into Singapore comes from Banca,
(through Java and Rhio), from the Malay Penin-
sula, and the neighbouring islands. The imports
in 1835-6, amounted to 313,368 drs., exported
principally to China, Great Britain, Calcutta^ and

364 ARTICLES OF COMMERCE.

Bombay. The quantity exported to China,
amounted to 117,386 Sp. drs. ; to Great Britain,
101,204. Banca tin is most prized from its
greater purity and less liability to adulteration.
It sells at^ from 20 to 22 Sp.drs. per picul ; while
that of the Straits seldom fetches more than
18 Sp.drs. Several slabs lately imported from
Tringanu were cased, and on being opened, the
centre was discovered to be filled with dross, dirt,
and a quantity of Tringanu spelter, and lead
coins.

Rice, the staple article of food in the East,
ranks next both in value and importance. The
imports in 1835-6, amounted to 226,295 Sp. drs.,
chiefly from Java, Siam, Bali, Bengal, Celebes,
and Cochin China. Most part is consumed in
the Straits, where the produce is very far from
being adequate to the demand. The remainder is
transhipped to China, the Malay islands, Rhio, &c.

The export of birds* nests to China amounts
to 162,852 Sp. drs., and that of beche-de-mer
to 74,773 Sp. drs. These strange articles of
gourmandise are almost exclusively confined to the
Chinese ; who, in addition to the extravagant sums
just mentioned, expend nearly double the amount in
purchasing large quantities of these articles im-
ported direct from Java, and the Sulu Archi-
pelago.

ARTICLES OF COMMERCE. 365

The beche-de-mer, the tripang or sea-slug,
used in the bouillis of the Chinese, is imported
principally from Java, Celebes, and the isles in
the vicinity of Singapore. The most considerable
fisheries for this article of luxury lie between Ce-
lebes and New Guinea. The animal is of a
brownish glutinous substance, from three inches
to two feet in length, and is generally found ad-
hering to coral reefs, from one to six fathoms
below the surface of the water. It is brought up
by divers ; those lying near the surface are caught
by spears. The price varies according to the
quality assigned the different kinds by the Chinese,
who are extremely curious in these dainties, being
sometimes four, and sometimes as high as 50
Spanish dollars the picul.

The birds'-nests of commerce are the produc-
tion of a species of swallow, Hirundo esculenta^
frequenting the rocks and isles of the eastern
seas. The nests resemble in shape those of the
ordinary swallow, and seem to consist principally
of a gluten, secreted by the bird itself, like that
of the white ant* They are of two sorts, the
black and the white. The latter, which is the
recent nest, is by far the most esteemed, and
bears the highest price ; fetching from 800 to
4,000 Sp. drs. the picul ; while the former, which
is the old nest, soiled by the young ones, and

366 ARTICLES OF COMMERCE.

often intermixed with feathers, seldom sells for
more than 30 to 100 Sp. drs. the picul. The
Chinese, who are almost the sole purchasers of
this expensive luxury, whiah enters largely into
the soups and dishes of the wealthy, subdivide
these two classes into a number of minute dis-
tinctions.

The gambier is the inspissated juice of the
Nauclea Gambir,* and used largely by most of the

* The Nauclea Gambir is placed by Jussieu under the natural
order Rubiaces ; it is a shrub, attaining the height of six to eight
feet, branchy ; the leaves are ovate, pointed, smooth, waving, dis-
tinctly veined transversely, underneath of dark green 'colour, and
when chewed, they have a bitter astringent taste, leaving, however,
afterwards, a sweetish taste in the mouth, not unlike liquorice : the
flowers are aggregate, globular, composed of numerous florets,
crowded on a globular, naked receptacle ; tubes of the corc^la of a
pinkish colour ; the upper part of the corolla fine, cleft, and of a
greenish yellow colour; the stamina are five in number, and short;
the pistil is longer than the corolla; the flowers are destitute of
fragrance; the capsules (as correctly stated by Mr. Hunter,) are
stalked, oblong, incrusted, and crowned with a calyx, tapering to a
point below; two-celled, two valved, the valves adhering at the
apex, splitting at the sides; seeds very numerous, oblong, very
small, compressed, fumbhed at both ends with a membranous
pappus.

** From observations made at Singapore, I am induced to consider
the tree as dioecious, from observing numerous trees, among which
some were in full flower, of which the corolla falls ofl*, leaving the
calyx, which withers without any appearance of the ovarium becom-
ing perfect; others were covered with immature and mature capsules,
but the fertile appearance of the stigma in the specimens I collected,
would cause me, in some degree, to doubt the fact of its being

ARTICLES OF COMMERCE. 367

nations of the East with their betel, and by the
Chinese for tanning leather. It has been sub-

dioecious. I, however, mentioo the circumstance, for future in-
vestigation. The shrubs also, I obserred at Singapore, were not
climbing.

" The shrub yields the gambir, terra japonica, or catechu * of
commerce, and is an extract prepared from the leaves; a catechu is
also prepared in India from a species of acacia, (acatechu) which is
found growing plentifully in Hindostan, on the mountain of Kah-
nana ; and there are also two kinds said to be produced from the
nut of the Areka palm, named in India, Cattacamboo and Cashcutti,
and both are used by the Indian practitioners.f

** Its medicinal properties are astringent, and it is considered use*
ful in diarrhoea and dysentery, in gleet, catarrhal affections, &c.
Alkaline salts destroy its astringent powers, and metallic salts and
solution of isinglass are incompatibles. The dose is usually from
twelve grains to one drachm.

** The gambier shrub is propagated either by seeds or cuttings, but
the latter are preferred. It was formerly cultivated to some exteni
at Singapore, (where I had an opportunity of observing it in No-
vember, 1830,) but the cultivation of the shrub, and preparation
of the extract is now neglected ; the reason assigned for which was,
that the gambier can be imported cheaper from the islands in the
vicinity, more especially at the Dutch settlement at Rhio; a smaller
quantity, however, is grown by some of the Chinese settlers, for their
own immediate consumption, but not so extensively as to form an
article of commerce.

'* The extract is used extensively by the natives of India, Eastern
Archipelago, Cochin China, and Cambodia, as a masticatory, wrapped
up with the betel.

''There are different qualities of extract; the first and best is
white, brittle, and has an earthy appearance when rubbed between

* Kate signifies a tree, and Cbu, juice, in the Oriental language,
f Tliompson's Dispensatory, page 1*20.

368 ARTICLES OF COMMERCE.

jeeted to chemical analysis, and found to contain
the largest proportion of tannin of all known

the fingers, (which earthy appearance gave it the name of Terra
Japonica, being supposed, at first, also to come from Japan), and is
formed into very small round cakes. This is the dearest kind, and
most refined, but it is not unfrequently adulterated with sago: this
kind is brought in the greatest quantity from the island of Sumatra.
The second quality is of a brownish yellow colour, is formed into
oblong cakes, and when broken, has a light brown earthy appear-
ance; it is also made into a solid cube form ; it is sold in the bazars
in small packets, each containing five or six. The third quality con-
tains more impurities than the preceding, is formed in small circular
cakes, and is sold in packages of five or six, in the bazar.

** The method employed in preparing the extract is thus correctly
related by Finlayson : 'The leaves are collected three or four times
a-year; ,they are thrown into a large caldron, the bottom of which is
formed of iron, the upper part of bark, and boiled for five or six
hours, until a strong decoction is obtained ; the leaves are then with-
drawn, and allowed to strain over the vessel, which is kept boiling
for as many hours more, until the decoction is inspissated ; it is then
allowed to cool when the catechu subsides. The water is drawn off;
a soft, soapy substance remains, which is cut into large masses; these
are further divided by a knife into small cubes, about an inch square,
or into still smaller pieces, which are laid in frames to dry. This
catechu has more of a granular uniform appearance than that of
Bengal ; it is, perhaps, also less pure.'

" Agambier manufactory is usually observed near a pepper planta-
tion, as the pepper-vine does not thrive in the soil of Singapore unless
well manured: the refuse of the leaves, &c. used in the manufacture
of the extract, is found excellent for the purpose of manuring the
vines.

'' The younger leaves of the shrub are said to produce the whitest
and best gambler; the older, a brown and inferior sort. There are
other species of Nauclea indigenous to Singapore, but tliey do not
produce any extract."

ARTICLES OF COMMERCE.

369

astringent substances. One pound is equivalent,
for tanning leather, to seven or eight of oak-bark.
The Rhio gambier is often adulterated with sago,
and rendered heavier by the Chinese purposely
packing it in baskets lined with wet cajangs,
occasioning a loss to the purchaser of about
30 per cent.

The following statement affords a view of the
rapid progressive increase of commerce of Singa-
pore from 1822 to 1835.

STATEMENT OF NUMBER AND TONNAGE OF SQUARE-
RIGGED VESSELS AND NATIVE CRAFT IMPORTING
INTO SINGAPORE.

SQUARE-mOOED.

NATIVE CRAFT.

Nos.

Tonnage.

N08.

Tonnage.

1822

139

51,076

1,454

15,892

18*23

166

56,740

1,519

20,193

1824

168

48,749

1,459

27,076

1825

190

58,810

1,886

32,522

1826

234

72,172

1,614

36,653

i 1827-28

370

101,878

2,856

45,082

1828-29

378

121,717

2,149

41,437i

1829-30

367

117,527

1,705

37,921i

1830-31

406

120,676

1,743

38,887

1831-32

413

124,835

1,466

32,372

1832-33

420

120,443

1,566

28,714

1833-34

475

137,298

1,599

34,927

1834-35

517

156,518

1.484

37,521

Scarcely any vessels belong to the port, conse-
quently the tonnage of exports is nearly identical
with that of imports.

VOL. I.

B B

QUANTITY AND VALUE OF IMPOSTS.

B P

§i^Sdfe*ic2'So,S„ SS S^

2 s'a-'a" -ssrias^'ta - -s^bs's"

: S : : : : :
: S : : : : ij
: :« : : : : :«
i :?■-■: :?

^ -1.

■SI
li i spiJ slilltll ill iNll

QUANTITY AND VALUE OF IMPORTS.

371

Id.

,5=

*l Is

^.3

372

QUANTITY AND VALUE OP IMPORTS.

^5 S Q CO go ^*

— ^ ift o*^ CO o o /

<^«r> »rt OD o "itCtCJ

50 -^ ^ -^ CO — ^ CO <

CO
CO

a P4

t^ ^

-a

-8

N«0 00 M« gj

^ •^ O »-^ "^

N^— ^ ^ O

C^ ^^ ^^ 00*'^

1-9

P*
03

COOOOOOOO

«^ 0^ •« V^ ^^

SgSSSS

28 9J 55 22 5R 12 55 1^ JS Sa 3! JQ S^ P S ^ S?
_ _^ - ^ CO »oq5 "^ Q 3 o t>cD ^ CO QC K.|>co — r^

000Dl>»0*^ClO»ft >>«COC^»-^ CO CO coco »0 O ^ CO "^O

§.

^ lo t>*

co'*i'-i

»-^ o

»f5

^C0»O(N^^C0C<l'-^Oi"^Cf

: s

ce'

^00

00
P4

2192

GOdScd

QUANTITY AND VALUE OF IMPORTS.

373

D P
► CO

00 ^ p-N

s*ss?!8a"s*

liiiii

^ ^ •% v» •%

S3 £

•^

M I

o •

r o
tooo

2ja

is5

.00 ""o
o t>

M
U

•<

•c

||S5pSSS

""« « 6 8

g*4(SSooS^

374

QDANTITY AND VALUE OF EXPORTS.

P rH
S S

-■5 s"Sa Ksas" 2S •''-■•'^sss-

JBTT'iT^d'SO c=n^toi-.o.ni-.Q Miocccim?*^

rj^siSEK* aS2iS5gsS ESSSlSt

I, : :Z ^■3. ■ ■ ■ ■ -i : ■ :a

.,55.g5-i.

■s

J51

liiistilislillfslNllilfili

<: -fl < m m pa 01 CQ CO

BOOU 00 OOOOOOQQ

QUANTITY AND VALUE OF EXPORTS.

( 05 ■rs.'rf intcooirit^o?! *to fl as ft c^ a « o — -♦ o en co —

■-■3

3 :j-3
.£ 3 ^^

feasa I- « E2 sS

2 K2:*m-5-.-

iigs

sill ISl^il^gi

3IIJ

I fifes

S-fllfL Sails III

376

QUANTITY AND VALUE OF EXPORTS.

00 g

0>»fiC>

^.s

",SS

*^»*S85

•X3

rs '^ ^

c
ce

9S!

•^$S?2

»ooo
o

S?»"

:=8S

«^^„ S???aSSS!?Ss£5lS S

U9
W

CO ; . . , .

S S S w c<5 9 '* -< « e^

, ce

Sgg

Oil^^

28^

: ; B'^% :

22S

4^ 4^ -^

QUANTITY AND VALUE OP EXPORTS.

377

•i &

► CO

t>* 00 *-« O CO lO 00 CO>-i< o^

^ ^ 0^ •« «% fk •»

»o

& p

► CO

QCO)

^ ^ Vk ^ «^ ^^^ »

J5co(Ni)

«« •% iM •«

•k

:iN.

eo-

CO —

CO
CO

So
COCO

•s

•H 'S "p^

•5 -222222 2

(3 ,^ S IS ♦- *3 ^•w ^

•S-3 S2'| is S

378

TONNAQB.

NUMBEB AND TONNAGE OF 8QUABE-B1G0BD TBS8BLB WHICH
IMPOBTED INTO 81NGAP0BB DUBINO THE OFFICIAL TEAS
1835-36, COMPABED WITH THE FBECEDING YEAB.

l*M-35.

1835-36.

.»„...

DUCREASB.

•"»"""-™-

No.

Tonnage.

No.

Tonnage

No.

Tonnage

ronnagt

Great Britain , .
Continental Europe

America

IsleofPwice ,...

Bourbon

China

Manilla

Calcutta

Madras and Coast
Bombay and Coast

Arabia

Moulmein

16
3
3

1
1
62
22
79
13
45
I

5
54
47
S9
15
10

5,316
9G1

894

51)8

120

29,.T5l

5,668

30,965

4,079

26.770

448

203

1,021

6.335

7,703

19,013

2,652

2,409

1,984

1,662

2,737

3,013

988
1,423

19
3
2

1
1
88
27
8?
18
31
1
3
4
53
57

14
3
9
4

7
10

5,596

83G

709

150

286

40.5?P2

fi,379

38,013

10,237

15,081

254

300

665

5,812

10,157

16.677

3,417

304

3,050

997

1,657

2,484

646
1,764

5
8
5

I
3

280

'i6G

11,231

711

7,048

6.158

"97

2,454

765
1,066

.341

i
3

185
448

U,689

U^ca

723

Java

Sumatra

Hhio

Siam

Cochin China ...
New South Wales
Cape of Good Hope

Borneo

Trin^nu and other

netghb. porta . ,

Bally and e! Islands

2.336

2.105

665
1.060

529

342

517

156,513

539

166,053

30,317

20,777

ABSTRACT COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF THE NUMBER AND TONNAGE OF 8QUAKS-
RIOOED VESSELS WHICH IMPORTED DOBING THE TWO LAST VBARS.

1834-.35 Vessels 517 Tons 156,513

1835-36 539 166,053

Increase

9,540

379

NUHBEB AND TONNAGE OP SQUARE-SIOQED VESSELS WHICH
EXPOBTED FROM SINGAPORE DUBING THE OFFICIAL YEAB
1835-36, COMPABED WITH THE PRECEDING YEAB.

Great Britnin .
Continental Europe

America

Isle of France . ,
Bourbon

Manilla

Calcutta

Madras and Coast .
Bombay and Coast.

Arabia

Moulmein

Ceylon

Malacca

Finang ,

Sumatra

Hhio

Cochin China .
New South Wales .
Cape Good Hope, .

Borneo

Tringanuand other

neighb. Ports .
Bal]yand£, islands

61,302

2,754
18,10^
'2.513

510

530

3,945

7,618

17,0-25

3.439

3,219

1,G83

250

357

506

214

C6,023

l,8.'M

17.131

5,771

18,704

1,378

2.214

147

5,390

8,566

11,082

2,759

2,009

2,862

l,6d6

394

3,258

2,385

474

1,704

517 155,974 533

,417 67 21,975 51

5,943
660
1,310

177
13,532

ABSTRACT COHPABATIVE STATEMENT OP THE HUMBSB AND TONNAOE OF laUARB-
RIGCED VESSELS WHICB EXPOBTED DUBING THE LAST TWO lEABS.

1834-35 Vessels, 517 Tons, 155,974

380 REVENUE.

Notwithstanding the many drawbacks, it is gra-
tifying to observe, that the imports for 1836-7
exhibit an increase in the trade of nearly one mil-
lion of dollars, occasioned mostly by the great
demand for the cotton manufactures of England,
Calcutta, and Madras; woollens, opium, salt-
petre, sail canvass, and ebony. The total of im-
ports and exports for 1 836-7) including Malacca
and Pinang, amounts to

Imports Sp. drs. 8,243,629

Exports 7,806,965

There are no export nor import duties, nor any
anchorage, harbour, nor light-house fees at Sin-
gapore, to swell the revenue ; which, compared
with the extent of trade, will appear trifling. It
is principally derived from an excise on the con-
sumption of opium, pork and home-made spi-
rits, quit-rents, rents of houses, and markets, pro-
perty of Government; fees and fines of pro-
visional courts, and post-office dues. The
Gambling-farm was introduced by Mr. Craw-
furd, and formed one of the principal sources
of revenue until the year 1829-30, when it was
abolished.

The following is a comparative statement of
the amount realized from these sources, from
1823 to 1827 :—

REVENUE.

381

CO
cx)

CI
I

CO
CX)

N
PS
O

N
D

»k
O

H
H

N
H

•ze-9g8i

•9e-se8i

•5e-f€Cl

Te-es8i

Es-eesi

•ec-ieei

le-oesi

•oc-6^i

•6S-8C81

'8S-iC8l

7^-9^81

•9C-S^8l

•fiC-tC8l

fZ-^ZSl

2 :§§

§»oo

s ^

82S

lis

8C*50 »o

e
p

§ :|| K

P
c/5

coo

e
p

0(N

2 . S

e
p

iQO(

w-<

= 3§R .

-^oeo •

e
p

8^ •

S2S3®

CO ^( m^

cf-;-

c5 J::

* • • i • A • • • "TS •

• : : f : S : j^ • • g •

(2 :«

382 REVENUE.

The disbursements are principally on account
of the Civil and Military Establishments, convicts,
and the King's Court of Judicature, of the ex-
penses of which, and of the Governor's salary, it
bears one-third with the sister settlements, Ma-
lacca and Pinang. In 1820, according to Sir
Stamford Raffles,* the whole of the expenses of
the establishments at Singapore, civil, military,
and political, did not exceed 5000 dollars a month.
In 1834-5,f for the year, they amounted to
87,208 Sp. dollars, and its revenue to 87,262 Sp.
dollars, leaving a small surplus of fifty-four dol-
lars ; but it must be borne in mind that this
surplus existed before Singapore contributed a
third to defray the heavy cost of a court of judi-
cature. The average expense of Singapore to
the State for the last three years, 1834-5, and 6,
has been upwards of 86,000 rupees annually, in-
clusive of judicial and military establishments, and
expenses of convicts from the Indian Presidencies,
a great part of which ought not, however, in strict
justice, to be placed to the account of Singapore.
The disbursements and receipts may be said to
be bona fide nearly at par.

* Memoirs, p. 446.

t Paper in Singapore Chronicle of June 23, 1825, supposed from
Mr. Crawfurd's pen.

REVENUE. 383

The following is an exhibition of the total
Receipts and Disbursements of Singapore, during
the years 1833-34—1834-35—1835-36.

384

Dr.

STATEMENT OF BEVENUE AND EXPENDITURE OF SINOAPI

RBCBIPTS.

1833-34.

1834-35.

1835-36.

TOTAL

OBNERAL.

Fees for Local Passes,
granted to ships and
vessels

Rent of the house on
Goyemment Hill

Postage collected in the
Post Office

892 2 10

505 3 3

1,946 4

84 9

505 3 3

1,674 2

505 3 3

2,358 6

Rs.

3,343 10 1

2,263 14 3

2,882 9 3

8,^0 1

JUDICIAL.

Fees collected in the
Court of Judicature. .

Ditto ditto Court of
Requests

Fines and Fees collected
in the Magistrates*
Court

9,022 1
6,377 9 2

3,527 8 7

10,889 2 2
7,363 1 3

2,469 3 4

14,468 11 1
6,219 6 9

2,141 12

Rs.

18,927 1 10

20,721 6 9

22,829 13 10

62,«8 6

REVENUE.

Amount of Excise Farms
Ditto of Quit Rent..

Mortgage and Transfer
Fees, collected in the
Land Office

187,940 11 3
12,492 3 8

4,145 8 3

223,479 6 8
12,500 1 11

1,543 10 4

228,022 4
12,470 15 5

1,062 12 1

Rs.

204,578 7 2

237,523 2 11

241,555 11 10

683,657 5

PROFIT AND LOSS.

Amount premium on
Bills gruited on Ben-
gal and Madras

1,056 2 10

2,328 10 8

6,910 4 8

10,295 2

Carried over..

1 •

764,921

385

8IDENCY DURING THE TEABS 1833-34 — 1834-35 — 1835-36. Cr.

DISBURSEMENTS.

1833-34.

1834-35.

1835-36.

' tf"

T&TAL.

GENERAL.

iremor's Salary

lident Councillor

listant Resident

dor Surgeon

istant Surgeon ....

ab. Resident's Office

Medical Depart

itical Pensions

al Pensions

itingencies

17,872 5 7

24,771 4 2

9,568 15 . .

4,593*1 7
4,907 7 2
722 7 7
41,679
2,134 1
9,531 5 7

28,706 i4 1
9,568 15

4,593" 1 7

4,954 13

745 6 5

19,687
2,134 1

38,102 9 1

49,681 7 1
28,706 14 1
9,568 15
9,951 11 3
4,593 1 7
4,954 13
861 3 3
8,841
2,134 1
8,155 1 3

Rs.

115,779 15 8

108,492 12 2

127,448 3 6

351,720 15 4

iplain*s Salary

irch Establishment .
itingencies

8,420 8 11

698 10 11

2,727 9 8

9,186 1 2
789 1 10
279 4 9

3,827 9 4

803 12 8

9,024 7 1

Rs.

JUDICIAL.

jordcr's Salary

urt Establishment . .

triflTs Ditto

x)ner's Ditto

ice & Crt. of Requests
it of the Court House
ab. of Convict Dept.
nese Poor House . .
Itingencies

11,846 13 6

10,254 7 9

13,655 13 1

35,757 2 4

12,630

13,027 4 7
4,200
1,320

10,747 14
3,789
4,707 15
9,106 9 5

14,893 8 4

3,157 8

12,597 5 1

4,200

1,320

10,747 14

3,789

4,851 7 6

8,931 7 4

27,069

15,787 8

12,005 9
4,774 2
1,320

10,747 14
3,789
5^282 1
8,762 5 9

21,328 3 5

Rs.

vft 19 vr w %T r 1 V9

74,422 3 4

76,663 9 11

83,796 11 2

234,882 8 5

HEVENuE*

ab. Land Office

Itingencies

3,941 7 10
205 3 5

6,545 3
1,759 9 1

6,545 3
124 11 7

Rs.

4,146 11 3

8,304 12 1

6,669 14 7

19,121 5 11

CUSTOMS.

yoTt & Export Office
itingencies

2,746 4 8
94 12 2

3,789 5
136 13 3

3,789 5

72 8 8

Rs.

2,841 10

3,926 2 3

3,861 13 8

10,629 9

Carried over .

652,111 9

VOL. I.

C C

386

RECEIPTS AND

RECEIPTS.

Brought over

1833-34.

ADD, ON ACCOUNT OP
OTHER PRESIDENCIES.

Amount hire of convicts
from Bengal, Madras,
and Bombay

1834-35.

1835-36.

TOTi

7H921

1,028

764,921

Total Receipts, Sicca Rupees

To Balance, Deing excess of Disbursements

1,028

765,949
258,058

1,024,007

387

DISBURSEMENTS {cotUirvued.)

DISBURSEMENTS.

i Brought over

MARINE.

Estab. of Harbour-Mas-
ter and Post-Office . .
Do. of Schooner Zephyr

Do. of Gun-boat

Contingencies

Rs.

MILITARY.

Station Staff

Signal Establishment . .

Magazine

Contingencies

Rs.

PROFIT AND LOSS.

Interest on Government
Promissory Notes of
the 4 and 5 per cent.
Loan

ADD, ON ACCOUNT OF
OTHER PRESIDENCIES.

Advances on account of
pay and allowances to
me Troops

Amount purchase of sup-
plies, &c. for the use
of ditto

Amount of expenses in-
curred on account of
the convicts from Ben-
gal,Madras, & Bombay

1833-34.

5,428 13 3

7,539

2,288 3 9

3,257 7

1834-35.

18,513 1 7

1,722 6 3

238 3 1

1,659 4

5,466 14 5

4,514 7
6,462
2,282 13 11
1,798 9

1835-36.

15,057 5 8

1,722 6 3

229 10

1,659 4

5,354 12 11

4,168 3

7,539

2,279 11 7

1,318 10 4

TOTAL.

652,111

15,305 8 11

9,086 11 9

8,966 1 2

611 6 10

534 2

229 10

1,764 8

5,927 3 3

8,455 5 5

96,125 9 4

23,669 10 7

12,838 15 5

132,634 3 4

1,566 8

48,876

26,508 2

2,177 14 1(

729,673 2

43,466 14 2

9,433 14 11

14,128 9 2

67,029 6 3

61,924 9 4*

32,746 4 10

94,670 14 2

Total Disbursements Sicca Rupees

294,334 7

1,024,007 9

* Independent of family money drawn at Madras, and provisions, &c.

c c 2

388

RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS.

•J

<
D
H

H
GO

H
c»

M CO

a E9 ^

H CO

2 ? 00

^ ^^

S ® Q
5 J2; 5

" S ^

CO
£ CO

H CO
00 CO

S CO

-< rH

S S5?
5 rt o

O ^J 00

^ ^^

o ^ w
« '^ w

H O >H
U

S =

3 «

•

i.a

'" CO

111
O CO

^ l>» l>»
1^ c^ o

s s s

c«

o»

o o

<0 CO

00
00

00
(0

CONCLUDING REMARKS. 389

Singapore is garrisoned by a wing of the Ma-
dras Native Regiment, the head quarters of
which are stationed at Malacca, and by a small
detachment of artillery. The former are cantoned
at about a mile inland from the town ; the latter
occupy barracks situated on a point of land form-
ing the end of the right bank of the river of Sin-
gapore. There are no fortifications.

We have seen, that the almost unparalleled rise
and prosperity of the settlement at Singapore
were at least contemporary with, if not mainly
owing to the fact of its port being opened, free
from all charges and duties, to nearly the whole
commerce of the globe. Yet it has latterly, I un-
derstand, been meditated by the Indian Govern-
ment, to impose a tax upon the trade of the island,
for the alleged object of defraying the expenses
incidental to the suppression of piracy in the
Straits. It should be recollected, that the port of
Singapore is a mere entrepdt for goods of Europe
and Asia. To levy duties on these would be
equivalent to the policy of imposing a duty on
foreign goods, not admissible for home consump-
tion, but warehoused in England for re-shipment.
The merchants of Singapore have naturally peti-
tioned Parliament against such an impost, in the
hope of rescuing their commerce from the threat-
ened incubus, and in no little alarm lest their pre-

390 CONCLUDING REMARKS.

sent prosperity and prospects should transfer
themselves to the neighbouring Dutch port of
Rhio. Indeed, the establishment of a custom-
house, and the salaries of persons employed to
collect the dues when imposed, would probably
swallow up the greater portion of the revenue thus
obtained.*

The prohibitions of the import of opium into
I China, and the export of sycee silver by the

I Chinese Government, will not affect the trade of

I Singapore so much as is generally expected, as

the loss will fall principally on the merchants of
I Bengal.

I Affairs in China still (1836) wear a gloomy

; aspect ; and should the authorities of that nation at

last put their often repeated menaces into execu-
tion, and exclude our shipping from their ports, Sin-
gapore will prove a station of incalculable value to
retire upon. The produce of China will then be
imported on China bottoms into Singapore, as
plentifully, perhaps, and nearly as cheaply as it
now is from Canton on English bottoms, the

* Intelligence ha^ just reached India, that the India Board, fully
convinced of the impolicy of levying duties at Singapore, have ex-
pressed their desire that despatches should be immediately forwarded
to India, directing Government to suspend, if not already enacted^
and to repeal, if enacted, the proposed imposts. The promptness
and decision evinced by the Board on this occasion are highly to its
credit.

CONCLUDING Rl^MARKS. 391

charges of an expensive establishment in China
will be saved to the nation, as well as the insults
and petty annoyances of a petulant and vain Go-
vernment. It is not meant here to argue that it
would be politic to give up our present footing in
China, under a proper system of regulation, but
to affirm, that to carry on an honourable and dig-
nified intercourse with her in our own ports is far
preferable to the existing state of things at Macao
and Canton. In the event of war, Singapore will
prove an excellent naval station to protect our
commerce in the China seas.

A Chamber of Commerce has lately been esta-
blished at Singapore, in February, 1837, com-
posed of the principal European and Native mer-
chants. The Committee comprises British, Ame-
rican, Arab, Armenian, and Chinese individuals.
The avowed objects of the Chamber are,* to pro-

* At a meeting held at the Reading Rooms, 20th February, 1837>

A. L. Johnston, Esq. in the Chair.
The following Regulations for the government of the Chamber of
Commerce of Singapore, were unanimously adopted.

1. That the Singapore Chamber of Commerce is formed for the
protection of the general interests of the Trade of the Settlement, for
the collecting and classifying mercantile information, for establishing
a Court of Arbitration, to adjust commercial differences which may
be referred to it, and for communicating with the public authorities
on all subjects affecting the common good.

2. That all merchants, agents, traders, shipowners, commanders of
vessels, and others interested in the trade of Singapore, be eligible
to become members.

392 CONCLUDING REMARKS.

tect the general interests of the trade of the Set-
tlements : to collect and classify mercantile in-
formation : to establish a Court of Arbitration

Candidates (subsequent to the general meeting) to be admitted on
being proposed by one member of the Committee, and seconded by
another.

3. That the entrance fee shall be —

For each Firm .... Sp. drs. 15
For each individual ... 10

and that the annual subscription (payable in advance) shall be
For each Firm .... Sp. drs. 12
For each individu^ ... 9

4. That all visitors to Singapore, interested in trade, may become
honorary members for three months, on being proposed by one of the
committee and seconded by another ; honorary members to have no
vote.

5. That the affairs of the Chamber be managed by a committee of
eleven members, six of whom shall form a quorum. That all ques-
tions before the committee shall be decided by a majority, the chair-
man, deputy-chairman, or president (where the votes are equal)
having a casting vote ; that no two members of the same firm shall
belong to the committee.

6. That the members of the committee be chosen by ballot at the
first general meeting to be holden the first Wednesday in February ;
each firm to have two voles, and each individual one vote on this
and all other matters submitted to a general meeting ; five members
to go out annually by lot, but to be eligible to be re-elected. A
chairman and deputy-chairman shall be chosen by ballot by the com-
mittee from amongst their own number, and in the absence of the
chairman or deputy-chairman^ a president for that meeting shall be
chosen from among the members present.

7. That members shall not be allowed to vote by proxy ; nor if
their subscriptions, fines, &c. are in arrear.

8. That it shall be imperative on parties elected, to serve on the
committee under a penalty of 50 Sp. drs., in case of refusal.

CONCLUDING REMARKS. 393

for the adjustment of commercial differences; and
to communicate with the public authorities on all
subjects affecting the common good.

9. That the affairs and funds of the Chamber be under direction
of the general committee, which shall meet at eleven o'clock, a.m., on
the 6rst and third Tuesday of every month, and at such other times
as occasion may require. The chairman or deputy shall have the
power of calling a meeting of tlie committee, and it shall be impera-
tive on him to do so, on a requisition being made by any two mem-
bers of the committee, who shall intimate in writing three days
previously, (except in cases of emergency,) the business to be brought
before the meeting.

10. That all orders for payments out of the funds of the Chamber
be countersigned by the chairman or deputy, or by three members of
the committee, and that all accounts shall be audited annually, and
submitted to the inspection of the members of the Chamber.

V, 11. That the committee be authorized to provide a convenient
place for the meetings of the Chamber, appoint a secretary, and de-
termine the amount of his salary ; appoint a treasurer, pay all the
expenses of the establishment, and control the management gene-
rally of the Chamber.

12. That it shall be imperative on the members of the committee
in rotation, to meet, (or provide a substitute), in order to constitute a
quorum^ under a penalty of five Sp. drs., for each case of non-
attendance.

1 3. That on all occasions a minority on a division in committee
shall have the right to state their reasons of dissent in the record of
the day*s proceedings, provided the same be done within forty-eight
hours of the closing of the meeting, and a certified copy of the
proceedings of such meeting shall be granted the dissentients if
required.

14. That in case of vacancy in the committee, it shall be filled up
pro tempore by the committee until the next general meeting, and that
they have the power to appoint a sub-committee from their own
number for any purpose whatever.

394 CONCLUDING REMARKS.

The liberality of sentiment displayed by the
British merchants, in opening the doors of the
Chamber to the Natives, and m enrolling them in

15. That the office be open daily from eleven to one o'clock, where
the secretary or his clerk shall attend ; that be keep a journal of all
proceedings, and be ready to communicate with any member requir-
ing information, or access to the records of the office ; and that he
attend to such other duties as may be required by the committee.

16. That all other commercial associations, together with the
houses of business at places where no associations are established,
be invited to correspond with, and communicate information to the
chamber.

17. That the chairman or deputy, or any three members of the
committee, or any six members of the chamber, shall be empowered
to convene a general meeting, on notifying in writing to the secretary
the purpose for which such meeting is called, three days previously.

18. That the committee appoint by ballot, monthly, three from
their own number, to decide on all cases submitted for the arbitration
of tlie chamber ; that their power shall continue so long as any busi-
ness, brought before them during their period of service, is undecided.
They shall not proceed in any case until an arbitration bond has
been signed by both parties, binding themselves to abide by and fulfil
their decision.

19. That funds to provide a suitable establishment, and to defray
requisite expenses, shall be raised in the following manner: — By
entrance-fees and subscriptions, by fines levied, by fees on arbitration
and references, as the committee may hereafter determine; by volun-
tary gifts and contributions, either in money, maps, books, or any
thing which may be useful to the institution ; and by fees for certified
copies of the records and other documents of the chamber, granted
by the secretary.

20. That in special cases the chamber reserve to itself the power
of expelling any of its members, by a majority of two-thirds, at any
general meeting convened for the purpose ; fourteen days' previous
notice being given by the secretary of the object of the meeting.

CONCLUDING REMARKS. 395

the first Committee, is proof of a good and ho-
nourable feeling, which will no doubt be recipro-
cated, and tend to the best results. Early in
1837, the attention of the Committee was drawn
to an infringement of the Treaty with Holland
by a prohibition of the introduction of British
piece goods into certain dependencies of the
Dutch, contained in a Resolution of the Nether-
lands Government, dated 14th November, 1834,
which virtually forbids the importation of British
cottons and woollens from Singapore into any of

21. That the general committee shall make such by-laws and rules
as they may deem expedient.

22. That these regulations may be altered by a majority of two-
thirdsy at any general meeting convened for the purpose, fourteen
days* previous notice being given by the secretary of the alteration
intended to be proposed.

23. That in the event of any question arising as to the construction
or application of the foregoing regulations, the committee shall be
empowered to decide the same.

After this, the committee for the ensuing year was chosen, consist-
ing of the following gentlemen, who were balloted for separately :

A. L. Johnston, J. Zechareah,

J. Macmicking, L. Baustead,

R. C. Healy, J. Balestier,

£. J. Gilman, Gwanchuan,
Seyd Abubaker, and

Kirogwan, A. Guthrie.

The objects of the meeting having been carried into effect, thanks
were voted to the chairman, and the meeting closed.

A. L. JouNSTON, Chairman.
£. J. Gilman, Secretary, pro tem.

396 CONCLUDING REMARKS.

the possessions or dependencies of the Nether-
lands Government in the Eastern Archipelago,
saving only the three principal ports of Batavia,
Samarang, and Surabaya, in the island of Java.
This, it will be seen by reference, is a direct vio-
lation of Art. 1st of the said treaty, by which it is
provided, that the subjects of the two nations,
England and Holland, shall be admitted to trade
with their respective possessions in the Eastern
Archipelago, and on the continent of India, and
in Ceylon, upon the footing of the most favoured
nation. It is likewise provided by the 2nd Article,
that the subjects and vessels of one nation shall
not pay upon importation or exportation, at the
ports of the other in the eastern seas, any duty at
a rate beyond double of that at which the sub-
jects and vessels of the nation to which the port
belongs are charged ; and that in regard to any
article upon which no duty is imposed, when im-
ported or exported by the subjects, or in the ves-
sels of the nation to which the port belongs, the
duty charged upon the subjects or vessels of the
other shall in no case exceed six per cent. So far
the treaty. Now in the commencement of 1834,
the Batavian Government took upon itself to in-
crease the duty of 35 per cent, (also illegal) im-
posed since February 1824, upon all imported
cotton and woollen goods of British manufacture

CONCLUDING REMARKS. 397

from Singapore, to the exorbitant height of 70
per cent. And not satisfied with this, towards the
close of the same year, it actually passed a resolu-
tion, dated 14th November, prohibiting, in effect,
the importation from Singapore of these articles
into any of the Dutch possessions and dependen-
cies in the Eastern Archipelago, saving only the
three principal ports of Batavia, Samarang, and
Surabaya, as before said, by enacting that importa-
tion should not take place into any other than the
said three ports, unless the goods were accom-
panied with a certificate from the Comptroller of
Customs at Batavia, Samarang, and Surabaya,
that they had been first imported into and re-ex-
ported from one of these ports. This act has not
only blighted the profitable commerce of Singa-
pore in these articles with all the ports of Suma-
tra, Banca, and the vast islands of Borneo and
Celebes, which are under the control of the
Dutch, but has driven away much of the native
craft that used to frequent the harbour of Singa-
pore into Dutch ports; thus infringing also the
4th Article of the same treaty, which stipulates,
that nothing shall be done to impede a free com-
munication of the Natives of the Eastern Archi-
pelago with the ports of the two Governments
respectively, or of the subjects of the two Govern-
ments with the ports belonging to Native Powers.

398 CONCLUDING REMARKS.

Both the duties of 35 and 70 per cent, are unjus-
tifiable. A petition to Council, setting forth the
grounds of complaint, and praying that measures
may be taken by ministers to secure full effect
being given by His Netherlands Majesty to the
commercial stipulations of the treaty, has already
been forwarded.

The Dutch Government, one would suppose,
might rest content with adhering to the strict let^
ter and spirit of a treaty ; the provisions of which
were evidently so advantageous to their interests,
without further encroachments. I am convinced
that Her Majesty's Ministers, on being put in full
possession of the facts, will make such arrange-
ments with the Netherlands Government as will
satisfy the mercantile community of this flourish-
ing emporium of the East, that their rights and
interests, and the liberal principles of international
free trade, are very far from being neglected or
regarded with an apathetic eye.

399

CHAPTER VII.

General View OF the Malayan Peninsula — Comprising Geo-
graphical Position — Physical Aspect and Geology — Area —
Population — Exports and Imports — ^Tin — Gold — Iron — Zoo-
logy — Vegetable Kingdom.

The Malayan Peninsula, properly so called, ex-
tends from lat. N. 8° 9' to lat. 1° 22^' N. where it
terminates at Point " Romania," or, more cor-
rectly speaking, Ram^nia; the most southerly
land of Continental Asia. To the north it is
connected with the great continent of India, by
the isthmus of Kraw, which, according to Forrest,
in its narrowest part does not exceed ninety-seven
miles across from sea to sea. He states, that by
this isthmus an overland intercourse for the con-
veyance of letters to and from China might be
established, which would obviate the necessity of
going round Point Ramunia, by the Straits of
Malacca and Smgapore ; there being a navigable
river on the west side, where the postage is but
six hours from another river, called the Tomf6ng,
which falls into the gulf of Siam, near the Larchin
Islands. Natives of this part affirm, that a canal

400 THE MALAYAN PENINSULA.

might easily be made across the Peninsula con-
necting the Bay of Bengal with the China seas,
by joining the two rivers. This is a subject well
worth the attention of Government. The portion
of the Peninsula actually under Malayan sway is
that which lies between Point Ramunia and the
sixth degree of North latitude, where its political
power is bounded by the T'hay, or Siamese Em-
pire. Its eastern shore is washed by the China
sea, and its western side is separated from the
large island of Sumatra, by the Straits of Malacca,
through which, and the Straits of Sunda, flow the
great tide of commerce between the eastern and
western extremes of the globe. The breadth of
the Peninsula is from 50 to 150 miles; its IjBngth
450. Its direction south by east.

The surface of the Malayan Peninsula, on each
side of the primitive mountains, which run down
its centre, is undulating towards the coasts. It is
shaded by primeval forests, that abound with trea-
sures for the naturalist and botanist, and a profu-
sion of tropical verdure marks every where the
moisture with which the atmosphere and soil are
charged. Small plains, covered with long grasses,
occur in positions which naturally drain off* the
moisture, while the flats, that wind among the low
hills, are swampy, and frequently immersed in
water to a considerable depth. Where these flats

PHYSICAL ASPECT AND GEOLOGY. 401

lie, in the course of a river, lakes are formed,
sometimes of considerable extent ; as that of
Braugh, near the centre of the Peninsula, between
Malacca and Pahang. There are numerous rivulets
and springs. A few large rivers, which have
their sources in the mountain-chain above men-
tioned, descend thence into the sea, taking an
eastern or a western direction. Their banks are
low, swampy, and covered with mangrove, nipah,
nibong, and other trees. Their channels are, for
the most part, muddy, except at short distances
from the estuaries, where sand-banks and coral-
reefs are often met with. Their mouths are fre-
quently obstructed by bars, augmenting or decreas-
ing according to the operation of tides, freshes,
and of currents in the ocean. The principal
rivers on the west coast are those of Quedah,
Perak, Singie, Muar, and Battu Pahat, or Rio
Formoso ; that of Johore, at the southern extre-
mity, and those of Pahang, Basut, Tringanu, and
Patani, on the eastern shore. A number of ver-
dant islets stud the coasts, among which are the
Lancavi, the Pinang, the Dinding, the Sambilan,
the Arae, the Aguada, the Singapore, and Ting-
hie clusters. The southern part of the Malay
Peninsula and Banca resemble each other in geo-
logical formation. Dr. Horsfield, in his observa-
tions on the mineralogical constitution of Banca,

VOL. 1. D D

402 PHYSICAL ASPECT AND GEOLOGT.

remarks, that ^^ the direction of the island being
from north-west to south-east, it follows not only
the direction of Sumatra and the Malayan Penin-
sula, but of the large chain of Asiatic mountains,
one of the many branches of which terminates in
Ceylon ; while another, traversing Arracan, Pegu,
the Malayan Peninsula, and probably Sumatra,
sends oif an inferior range through Banca and
Billiton, where it may be considered to disappear.**
This chain of mountains may be viewed as the
termination of one of those beams or pillars of
lofty hills spoken of by M. de Guignes, in his
work on the Huns, as supporting the stupendous
edifice to which he compares the elevated regions
of Tartary, comprehending the mighty ranges of
Imaiis and Caucasus, and the dome of which is
represented as one prodigious mountain, distin-
guished by the Chinese with the epithet " celes-
tial,*' down whose vasty steeps numerous broad
and rapid rivers pour their waters. The Malayan
chain, as far as has been hitherto explored, is of
primitive formation, principally a grey stanniferous
granite and clay slate. As it approaches the
equator, it diminishes in height : the highest part
of the Rumbowe and Johore ranges, not exceed-
ing, probably, 3,000 feet above the level of
the sea ; while many points north of Que-
dah are said to be upwards of 6,000. Mount

PHYSICAL A8PBCT AND GEOLOGY. 403

Ophir, a detached mountain^ between thirty and
forty miles to the eastward of Malacca, I calcu*
lated roughly (by means of the thermometer and
boiling water) to be 5,693^feet above the level of
the sea : its summit is of grey granite. Gold-
dust and crystals of quartz are found in consider-
able quantities around its base. It is confessedly
the highest mountain in this part of the Peninsula.
In the gold countries of Tringanu, Pahang, Go-
minchi, &c. quartz rocks and crystals of the same
mineral are met with. At the southern extremity
of the Peninsula, and in some parts of Salangore,
porphyry occurs associated with granite. The
elephant-rock in Quedah is a mass of cavernous,
limestone and calcareous breccia, containing fossil
shells. About sixteen miles inland runs a range
of small hills, of a fine-grained sandstone.

According to Dr. Ward, " the small hills in the
neighbourhood of Malacca are formed of a con-
glomerate, the base of which is clay iron-stone»
containing imbedded portions of felspar, in a state
of decomposition (having all the properties of
yellow-ochre), and small grains of quartz and iron-
glance scattered through its substance. The spe«
cific gravity of the rock is 2*536 ; when recently
dug, it is soft, can be easily cut, and readily stains
the fingers ; but after exposure to the air for some
time, it acquires such a degree of hardness as to

D D 2

404 PHYSICAL ASPECT AND GEOLOGY.

be broken with difficulty ; and its durability is
shewn by the present state of the ancient build-
ings, which have stood unimpaired for nearly 300
years. In its dry state it is porous, from the
destruction of the ochreous particles, by moisture
and exposure to the air, resembling old lava in
its external appearance. In all its properties, it
agrees exactly with the rock common on the Ma-
labar coast, and described by Dr. Buchanan un-
der the name of Laterite." The laterite forma-
tion is of great extent on the west coast of the
Peninsula. It is found at Province Wellesley.
I have seen it on the coast of Salangore, and on
some of the islets in the vicinity ; also at Malacca
and Muar. It occurs likewise at the extremity of
the Peninsula, and at Singapore. The external
conformation of the low hills into which this rock
rises resembles that of the ranges lying between
the foot of the Western Ghats and the coast of
Malabar and Canara ; smooth in outline, with
long, flat, or mammillary summits, never attaining
any considerable height. This formation appears
to commence at Fort Victoria, on the western
Coast of India, partially belting the shores of the
Bay of Bengal, and running down the western side
of the Malayan Peninsula. It probably extends
also along its eastern coast, the geology of which
is still a desideratum. Hornblende rock is found

PHYSICAL ASPECT AND GEOLOGY. 405

at a little distance to the south of Malacca, pro-
bably as a dyke in the granite ; but this I had not
an opportunity of ascertaining. Some of the
islets in the vicinity of Pinang are of a bluish grey
limestone, containing pelagic fossil remains, as at
Pulo Ledah, and resting on an argillaceous schist,
both in strata, dipping at a considerable angle.
This limestone has not hitherto been found in the
southern part of the Peninsula. I have seen
traces of clay-slate in the tin mines of Naning, and
it is seen again in situ at the extremity of the
Peninsula. The matrix of the tin ore will be pro-
bably found at no great distance from the line of
superposition, that is, where the clay-slate rests
upon the granite. The islands in the neighbour-
hood of Malacca, and many of those off the east-
em limit of the Salangore coast, consist of granite,
and sienitic granite, in some situations overlaid by
laterite.

The following notes on the geology of the
southern extremity of the Peninsula and islets
around Singapore are deduced partly from a paper
in the Singapore Chronicle, and from another*
by Dr. Bland, and partly from my own observa-
tion. The hill of Johore on the main is 400 or 500
feet high, and consists of modifications of granite

* Journal As. Soc. Bengal, vol. ▼. p. .575.

406 PHYSICAL ASPECT AND OBOLOOT.

and hornstone, with beds of jasper. From this
to Point Ramfinia (twenty miles) is a dreary
forest. Along the shore of a tongue of land,
called Delhi Point, for the space of two or three
miles, are strewed large masses of hard and yesi-
cular scoriae, many feet thick, imbedding masses
of silicious matter, in juxta-position with indurated
clay-slate, in vertical strata. Dr. Bland found
here a remarkable nucleus, which presented an
appearance as if lava, in a liquid form, had been
forced up from below with a gyrating motion ;
circular layers having different shades of colour
becoming wider and more extended, and edging
away into straight lines, parallel to the other strata.
At the N.E. point of a reef stood a fossil-tree,
fifteen feet high, on a mass of a rock of argiUa-
ceous schist. Masses of coral, madrepore, bear-
ing indications of igneous action, were seen scat-
tered around, and imbedded in the scoriae. Obin
isle, about six miles long, is of a small grained
granite. At Arab, on the Main, the granite for-
mation ceases, and sand-stone and clay-iron ore
(laterite ?) occur. At Arab are large masses
of decomposed felspar, suited for the manufacture
of the best porcelain. From the point of Arah
to the point of Pandas, on the Main, about six
miles, is a trace of sandstone, but at the latter
place a small-grained blue granite appears, or

PHYSICAL ASPECT AND GEOLOGY. 407

sienite. The corresponding coast of Singapore
is also sandstone and clay iron-ore (laterite), un-
til we come to Pulo Pergam, where blue granite
again occurs. Beyond Pulo Pergam again the
formation of Singapore is red clay-slate. Pulo
Marambang is a small island^ chiefly composed of
granite, with overlying sandstone and clay iron-
stone. The formation of the Carimons, exte-
riorly, is chert, or homstone. Interiorly, near the
tin mines, granite, with veins of white quartz.
The general formation, granite, with homstone
overlying. The coast rocky, and precipitous.
Pulo Takung is composed of clay-iron, or sand-
stone, and clay-slate under the saqdstone, soft
and unfit for roofing, only found here and at Pulo
Saler. The Rabbit and Coney rocks are two
masses of sandstone. Pulo Tinghi, on the east
coast, has a remarkably volcanic appearance.

From information hitherto collected, and from
diligent enquiry made among the Natives of the
Peninsula, I cannot discover that any volcano ex-
ists in the interior ; though the circumstance of
numerous thermal springs, scattered over the face
of the country, sufficiently testify the activity of
subterraneous heat at no great distance below the
surface. Severe shocks of earthquakes have been
felt from time to time ; but whether caused by
violent eruptions from any volcano on the oppo-

408 PHYSICAL ASPECT AND GEOLOGY.

site coast of Sumatra, or by under-ground explo-
sions, either there or in the Peninsula itself, which
is near the line of one of the great volcanic belts,
is uncertain. It has been already observed, that
large masses of scoriae, many feet thick, exist at
Delhi Point. Natives have traditions of the sud-
den sinking of mountains in the interior, and their
sites being occupied by lakes.

There are thermal springs in the vicinity of
Malacca ; at Ayer-pannas, near Sabang, and at
Lundi, in the Naning district. I have visited the
two first places, and found the temperature of the
water at noon, of the springs at Ayer-pannas, to
be 120° Fahrenheit, and at 6 a. m. 113J°. The
temperature of the hot springs at Sabang was
found at 6 a. m. to be 110°. The variation in the
former instance is accounted for by the different
temperature of the atmosphere at the time of
ascertaining the heat. The temperature of the
springs, in both cases, I found in several compa-
rative trials, to exceed that of the atmosphere by
an average of 35° Fahrenheit. At the wells near
Sabang, when the bulb of the thermometer was
pushed into the soft vegetable mould at the bot-
tom of the spring, the thermometer rose to 130^.
The springs at both places are situated in swampy
flats ; the nearest hills are of laterite and granite.
They average from one to two and a half feet in

PHYSICAL ASPECT AND QEOLOGT. 409

depth, and are discoverable at a distance by the
steam and odour that escape. The water is of a
pale bluish-green tinge ; from the bottom bubbles
of air (probably sulphurated hydrogen gas) ever
and anon find their way to the surface, where they
burst. Dr. Ward analyzed a portion of the water
from the springs at Ayer-pannas, and found that,
on slow evaporation in a sand-bath, 1,000 grains
of the water left a residuum of eight grains of
saline matter, principally muriate of soda, with a
slightly bitter taste, indicating the presence of sul-
phate of magnesia.

The superposition of the rocks of the Malayan
Peninsula follows the order marked by European
geologists. Uplifted masses of granite occur in
contact both with primary and secondary forma-
tions ; on it is found resting in strata, highly in-
clined, clay-slate, which has hitherto presented no
traces of organic remains ; also laterite and
sandstone. The period at which the igneous rocks
were upheaved, if, following Elie de Beaumont, we
may be permitted to form an estimate, by paral-
lelism of elevation, is contemporaneous with that
of rocks of the same class, forming the Ghats in
Peninsular India, and the principal ranges of Ar-
racan, Pegu, Ceylon, and Sumatra. Over the
clay-slate and grey-wacke lies blue limestone in
conformable beds, as in some of the islets in the

410 Physical aspect and obologt.

vicinity of Pinang, and sandstone as at Singapore.
Overlying the sandstone, and sometimes reposing
immediately on granite, we find that singular rock,
the laterite, in which I have not hitherto been
able to discover any marks of stratification. Jasper
and homstone are found in beds in the granite ;
porphyry and sienitic granite, interposed in un-
stratified masses. The trap will be probably found
in dykes cutting the granite. The strike of the
argillaceous schist, as observed at Saddle Island^
followed the general direction of the Peninsula,
viz. south by east. Both the clay slate and lime-
stone dip at an angle, from 45° to 65° from the
protruded or Plutonian rocks, as shewn in Dr.
Ward's section of Pinang, Saddle and Kha
Islands, indicating an origin prior to the convul-
sion by which the granite was upheaved. The
foregoing will, I fear, prove a most unsatisfactory
sketch to the geological reader; much remains
to be done by carefril observation and collection
of facts, both here and in our other Asiatic pos-
sessions, before an attempt can be successfully
made to classify the formations of India with those
of Europe. In the Malay Peninsula especially,
great impediments exist to connected geological
survey, from the density of forest, and closeness of
vegetation. I will conclude by pointing out a few
desiderata to the geological observer. First, the

PHYSICAL ASPECT AND QBOLOOT. 411

careful examination of that singular mass of lime-
stone the Elephant rock, in the Quedah territory,
with a view to the discovery of fossil remains. It
was visited by Dr. Ward, who found resting on
the base of the limestone, a bed of reddish, yellow,
cellular, calcareous breccia, containing, with shells
and pieces of coral, small angular portions of a
deep red argillaceous substance, resembling that
composing an island, in the neighbourhood called
Pulo Sonsong. This substance is probably red
earth, or clay, resulting from the decomposition
of the limestone; for it is noticed by M. de Cris-
tol, in his Observcttions Oenerales sur les Breches
OssetiseSj that in all cases where the red cement
occurs, the cleft is in limestone, or where matter
may be washed from Umestone. A fragment from
this bed bore the distinct impression of a fossil
shell, supposed by Dr. Ward to be a species of
cirrus.* At the foot of a detached piece of the
limestone rock he found elevated, about eight or
ten feet above the level of the surrounding plain,
a quantity of shells, chiefly cockles, oysters, and a
larger kind of muscle, which he describes to have
been cemented together, in one compact mass,

^ The Secretary of the Asiatic Society, Mr. Prinsep, seems to
think this supposed impression of a cirrus might be that of one of
Dr. Bland's species of Pterocyclos, found on Pulo Susson, an island
opposite Quedah.— (As. Journal, December, 1836, p. 784.)

412 PHYSICAL ASPECT AND OBOLOGY.

by calcareous matter, the interstices being filled
with soft earth, containing numerous smaller shells.
The mass was of irregular shape, between three
and four feet square, and about the same in thick-
ness, perfectly superficial, and not connected in
any way with the rocks near it. No appearance
of shelly strata was discovered in the neighbour-
hood.

The rock itself is an insulated mass of lime-
stone, close-grained, and of a dark smoky grey
colour, perforated by stalactitic caverns of consi-
derable size. It is situated about six miles from
the coast, in an immense plain, bounded to the
east by a small ridge of hills, about sixteen miles
inland, supposed to be composed of a fine-grained
sandstone. The soil of the plain is a whitish clay,
mixed with sand. From its general appearance,
the low nature of the surrounding country, the
existence of the shells in the breccia, and local
tradition. Dr. Ward thinks that it was at one time
surrounded by the sea, and at no very distant pe-
riod. The nature of the fossils, when discovered,
must determine this point. It does not appear
that the stalagmitic flooring of the caves was
broken up by Dr. Ward : this should be done in
order to get at the silt, sand, gravel, or mud, in
which organic remains have been usually found
imbedded in the ossiferous caverns of Europe.

PHYSICAL ASPECT AND GEOLOGY. 413

The bottom of the numerous caverns in the islets,
frequented by the adventurous birds'-nest gather-
ers, might, with advantage, be subjected to a simi-
lar process. Pulo Ledah-dedarat, and the whole
Lancavi cluster, merit a more careful examination.
The island (Pulo Ledah), as described by Dr.
Bland, lies off the Quedah coast, in sight of the
main land, and forms one of the Lancavi group.
It is about a mile and a half in circumference, and
rises to the height of 400 or 500 feet, crowned by
a castellated looking rock, with perpendicular
strata : the whole appears composed of limestone,
having a considerable proportion of silicious mat-
ter deposited in it, with veins of quartz a few
inches in breadth occasionally intersecting it. The
rocks are found generally stratified, the strata
being from one to three or four feet in thickness,
dipping at an angle of about 45^ eastward ; the
surface, wherever exposed, is rough and uneven,
though there are numerous caverns whose roofs,
not being exposed, are smoother, and they have
evidently been formed by the action of waves,
which is still producing similar effects in certain
situations. On the north side of the island are
seen large masses of the same rock, from twenty
to thirty feet in length and breadth, and ten feet
in thickness, lying in juxtaposition, and no doubt
originally deposited en masse^ but which, having

414 PHYSICAL ASPECT AND OBOLOGT.

been raised unequally, have been brok^i into their
present form and appearance. These masses
contain numerous fossil remains ; quantities of
testaceous deposits appear in all directions,
partly above the general surface, undergoing dis-
integration along with the matrix in which they
are imbedded. Of the fossil nautilus, many were
observed by Dr. Bland, some thought to be ammo-
nites : silicious cylinders, also a fossil spine, which,
from the round cup-like appearance of the verte-
brae, was probably that of a fish.

The next point to which I would call attention
is the careful observation of the laterite, at its
line of junction with the rocks on whidi it is found
resting, viz. granite at Malacca, and sandstone at
Singapore, Arab, and Pulo Takung; — ^whether
the strata of the latter rocks are horizontal or in-
cUned, and whether there be any appearance of
stratification or fossil remains in the laterite, or if
it ever occurs in the form of dykes in its assodated
rocks. The origin of this rock, igneous or detri-
tal, whether it burst up from beneath the crust of
our planet like the salses or mud-eruptions of
South America, overflowing the surface in the
manner of basalt, and other varieties of trap or
lava, or whether it was formed from the disinters-
tions of subjacent rocks, or from the detritus of
elevated plutonic rocks, over the base of which it

PHYSICAL ASPECT AND GEOLOGY. 416

is generally found, are questions still undecided
in Indian geology. Mud volcanoes are known to
exist in Pegu. In the Reports of the British
Association for 1831-12 is the following passage
in the Report on Geology, by the Rev. W. D.
Conybeare : — " We learn that primitive forma-
tions, in which granitic rocks bear the principal
proportion, occupy not only the great Himalayan
northern chain, but also three-fourths of the entire
Peninsula, from the vale of the Ganges below
Patna to Cape Comorin; although these rocks
are frequently overlaid by a thin crust of laterite
(a ferruginous clay, considered as associated with
the trap formation)." This opinion of Mr. Cony-
beare, in regard to the igneous origin of laterite,
is evidently founded on that of Voysey, a name
well known in Indian geology, who believed late-
rite to have a common origin with greenstone,
basalt, and wacke, from the insensible degrees by
which, he says, they pass into one another, differ-
ing only as to the degree of pressure to which they
were subjected when under fusion.

The opinion of some later Indian geologists is
in favour of its having resulted from the decom-
position of granite, sienite, hornblende, and other
crystalline rocks. I have little doubt, however,
that essentially different rocks have been described
under the name of laterite. The true laterite first

416 PHYSICAL ASPECT AND GEOLOGY.

described and named by Buchanan is that of Ma-
labar and Canara, which I have seen between the
western Ghats or Cordilleras, and the coast, oc-
curring like overlying basalt, in tabular and dome-
shaped masses, as also at Malacca. — (I have be-
fore mentioned a specimen of sandstone from
Singapore, penetrated and shattered by the late-
rite), — but whether it rises through the associated
rocks by dykes or fissures, I have not hitherto had
an opportunity of witnessing. As far as my own
observations extend, no marks of true stratification,
no traces of organic remains have been detected.
The exterior of greenstone in detached weather-
beaten blocks of the Western Ghats decomposes
into a thin ferruginous crust, which might easily
be taken for laterite at first sight, and I have seen
veins and thin beds of a cellular hematitic iron ore
traversing the gneiss of Mysore, which closely
resembles some varieties of the true laterite.
Dykes and organic remains should be diligently
searched for, in order to set the question at rest ;
the non-appearance of such evidence hitherto, is
by no means the same thing, with the non-exist-
ence of it. It must not be understood, from what
has been said above, that laterite exists ordy as a
thin crust covering the granite, and other rocks
near the coast. I have seen it in the middle of
both the Malayan and Indian Peninsulas, compos-

PHYSICAL ASPECT AND GEOLOGY. 4l7

ing entire hills, rising to the apparent height of
400 feel. The observatory at Trevandrum is said
to be erected on a hill composed of a solid mass
of it. At Beder it is found on granite, and passes
into both wacken and basalt, (Voysey.) The late-
rite of the red hills, near Madras, is supposed, by
Mr. Cole, to be of detrital origin. That of the
Malay Peninsula, and contiguous islets, resembles,
in mineralogical character, the rock of the Mala-
bar coast, is quarried in a similar manner, and was
extensively employed by the Dutch and Portu-
guese in the construction of their forts, and for
other architectural purposes, to which it is ad-
mirably suited, from the ease with which it is cut
and shaped, its durability, and its little liability to
splinter from shot.

The next points that demand the attention of
the geologist are the strike, dip, cleavage, and
dislocations of the stratified rocks, and their rela-
tive conformable or unconformable state of su-
perposition. He should carefully note whether
the laterite ever rests immediately on the lime-
stone, and take drawings and specimens of both
rocks at the line of junction. Trap is supposed
to exist in dykes among the granitic rocks, but has
not yet been seen in situ. The sea has been ob-
served to recede from the western coast of the
Peninsula ; has it advanced upon the opposite

VOL. I. E E

418 AREA AND POPULATION.

coast of Sumatra, or are the lines of forecoast
produced for the most part, by the deposit of mud
and detritus brought down by the numerous streams
from the interior ? An examination of the west
coast of the Peninsula, and approximating coast
line of Sumatra, might be made to ascertain whe-
ther there be any grounds for an old tradition of
their once having been united. Observations on
the influence of currents, freshes, and the tidal
wave, can be made on the coast of the Peninsula
with great advantage. Accounts of the tin and
gold-mines will be found under the head of Sun-
gie-ujong, Johole, and Mount Ophir.

The Peninsula contains an area of about 45,000
square miles, and its population is roughly esti-
mated as follows — at 374,266 ; consisting in the
states bordering upon Siam, of Malays, Sam-
sams, and Siamese ; and in the more southerly
states, of Malays interspersed with small colonies
of Chinese, Chuliahs, and Klings.

EXTERIOR NATIVE STATES.

Quedah and Ligore 60,000 corrected .

Perak 35,000

Salangore and Calang 1 2,000

Johore (including Sejamet

andMuar) 25,000

Pahang 40,000

POPULATION. 419

Kemaman 1,000 corrected.

Kalantan 50,000

Tringanu 30,000

Patani 10,000

INTERIOR NATIVE STATES.

Rumbowe 9,000

Sungie-ujong 3,600 /

Johole 3,080

Jompole 2,000

Jellabu 2,000

Srimenanti 8,000 ^

Aborigines scattered over the

Peninsula 9,000

BRITISH POSSESSIONS.

Malacca and Naning 37,706 census 1 836

Province Wellesley 46,880 census 1835

Total 374,266

This does not include the population of Pinang,
Singapore, and other islands off the coast. The
population of Quedab, before the Siamese inva-
sion, was estimated by Captain Glasse at 100,000,
and that of Patani at 90,000. These fine pro-
vinces now contain little more than one-eighth of
their former inhabitants, and this remnant in a

B E 2

420 POPULATION.

wretched state. The Samsams are a race of Ma-
lays who have adopted the religion and language
of the Siamese. The Siamese are supposed to
occupy that part of the Peninsula which extends
from the gulf down to 7° north from Trang on one
side to Sangora on the other, where the Malay
population commences ; but of late years they
have encroached much farther south, driving the
Malays from Quedah on the west coast, and from
Patani on the east, the most fertile of the Malayan
states. The Siamese, it is well known, are fol-
lowers of Buddha. They are divided into two
races, the T'hay and the T*hay J*hay. Their na-
tional name is Shan, corrupted into Siam. They
are a busy vain people, deceitful and cruel, though
industrious and enterprising. In Salangore a co-
lony of Bugis, from the great island of Celebes
is found. Those enterprising mariners are Mo-
hammedans, like the Malays, and are said to have
established themselves here and at Lingie, on the
Malacca frontier, towards the commencement of
last century. Along the coasts and adjacent
islets is thinly scattered a race of Icthyophagi,
possibly identical with those mentioned by Hero-
dotus, Diodorus, and Pliny, and termed by
the Malays Akkyse, or " Rayet Laut,*' subjects of
the sea ; and among the forests and mountains
of the interior are found several barbarous tribes>

POPULATION. 421

the Aborigines of the country, who subsist chiefly
by hunting and by shooting game with poisoned
arrows. Of these the Natives enumerate several,
viz. the Semangs, Sakkye, or Orang Bukit, men
of the hills ; the Udai, Jakuns, or Rayet Utan,
denizens of the woods; and the Halas. The
Semang and Udai are met with in Quedah and
Perak ; the Jakuns are found scattered over the
interior. If credit be allowed to Native informa-
tion, the Halas are a tattooed race, dwelling in
the fastnesses of Perak. The Semang and Udai
are said to resemble the Papiian in colour, fea-
tures, and hair, but, I must say, among all the
tribes of these Aborigines that have fallen under
my notice, I have never met with the peculiar
features that distinguish the negro of Papda. The
Jakuns do not difier materially from the Malay in
colour or physiognomy, but struck me as being
slightly lower in stature. Many well informed
Natives corroborate my belief that most of the
present race of Malays who, at this day, inhabit
the Peninsula, are the descendants of Jakun fe-
males, and the early colonists from Sumatra, with
a subsequent sprinkling of Arab blood. The dif-
ferent tribes sometimes pass under the general
denomination Orang Benua, men of the soil.
None of them possess any written records, nor am
I aware that they know the use of letters, with the

422 POPULATION.

exception of the Semangs of Perak, who^ the
Natives assure me, write on the leaves of the
Stebbal. Some of a tribe from Salangore, who
visited me at the mouth of the Lingie river, sang
rude songs, and had, along with their usual
paraphernalia of blow-pipes, or sumpitans, and
poisoned arrows, a rude species of flute, made of
the appa bambii. The tribes frequenting Rum-
bowe and the Malacca frontier are somewhat more
civilized. Many of them have been converted
to Islam, and blended with the Malays; from
whom, when similarly dressed, they are scarcely
distinguishable. The languages of the several
tribes slightly differ ; but all that I have had an
opportunity of examining, bear an affinity to the
purely Malayan. The Malays are supposed
to be of Tartar stock : both their features, and
those of the Aborigines in the Native states
around Malacca, are decidedly characterized by
the Mongol stamp. To the philologist may I
suggest a comparative examination of the lan-
guage of the older Tartar hordes, and the dialects
of these nomadic tribes ? The Malay language
is well known to be a mixture of Pracrit, or Sans-
crit, Arabic, and a language which, I partly coin-
cide with Mr. Crawfurd, in calling Polynesian,
some Persian, and a dialect purely Malayan, which
constitutes a little more than one-fourth of the

POPULATION. 423

language written and spoken at the present day.
Some of the Malays believe in the existence of
two tribes, called the Mawa and Biliang ; the for-
mer of which is represented to have an arm of
iron serving as a chopper, and the latter to be en-
tirely covered with long hair. Both are represented
to be highly malignant in disposition, and devour-
ers of men. These stories are derided by Malays
of information, as some very curious tales of Sir J.
Mandeville are by ourselves ; they are not, how-
ever, confined to the Peninsula. Mr. Marsden
(Hist, of Sumatra, page 41) describes two races
of wild people inhabiting the interior of Sumatra,
called the Orang Kubu, and Orang G6gu, of simi-
lar appearance and propensities.

The four interior states of Rumbowe, Sungie,
Ujong, Johole, and Srimen&nti, as also the pro-
vince of Naning, are peopled by the Malay des-
cendants of a colony direct from the ancient em-
pire of Menangkabowe, in Sumatra. For further
information regarding the origin, manners, and
customs of the Malays of the Peninsula, and the
singular law of inheritance prevailing among the
Menangkabowe colonists, the reader is referred to
my accounts of Naning, Rumbowe, Malacca, and
Sungie-djong.

There are a few Battaks and Cafires on the
Peninsula. The former are chiefly slaves, or slave

^ 424 ARTICLES OF EXPORT AND IMPORT.

debtors, imported from the opposite shores of
Sumatra ; and the latter slaves brought over by
Malay Hajis, or Arab Nakhodas, from Arabia
and the eastern coast of Africa. The Chinese,
Chuliahs, and Klings, have been already described
in the first chapter.

The principal articles of export and produce
/ are tin from Perak, Salangore, Lingie, Malacca,
Tringanu, and Kemaman ; gold-dust from Pahang,
Gominchi, Mt. Ophir, Kemaman, and Tringanu ;
spices, elephants' teeth, pepper, sago, sugar, canes,
timber for ship and house-building, dammer,
ebony, bees'-wax, betel-nut, aguilla and sapan
^ woods, hogs, poultry, bufialoes, tiles, and an im-
mense variety of fruits. The chief imports are
opium, salt, cotton, cloths, tobacco, and rice.

The following is a rough estimate of the aver-
age annual produce of tin in the Malayan Pe-
ninsula and Junk Ceylon, obtained from Natives
under every possible check : —

MIMES. PRODUCE IN PICDLS.*

Sungie-ujong 7,000

Perak 7,500

Quedah 600

Junk Ceylon 1,500

Pungah 1,500

* Picul 1331 lbs. avoirdupoise.

TIN. 425

Salangore, (including Calangand

Langkal) 2,000

Lukut (in Salangore) 1,600

States in the interior of Malacca 900 \y'

Pahang 1,000

Kemaman and Tringanu 7,000

Kalantan 3,000

Patani 1,000

Total in piculs 34,600

The tin of the Peninsula and the Eastern Is-
lands, (particularly those of Junk Ceylon, Ling-
ga, and Banca, which may be styled the Eastern
Cassiterides,) is difiused over a comparatively
great geographical extent. Mr. Crawfurd justly
observes that tin, wherever found, has a limited
geographical distribution, but where it does exist
it is always in great abundance. The tin of the
Indian Islands has, however, a much wider range
of distribution than that of any other country,
being found in considerable quantity from 98^ to
lO?"" of east longitude, and from %"" to 3'' of
south latitude. Mr. Anderson since states that
tin has been discovered in considerable quantities
much farther north, viz., in the interior of Tavoy,
in latitude 12^ 40' north ; the mines are situated
at a place called Sakana, about four days' journey

426 TIN.

from the city of Tavoy. It is said that it exists
as high as 14^ north in Siam.

The date of the discovery of this metal in the
Peninsula cannot be ascertained, but it is as-
suredly ancient. Part of Perak is said to be the
Temala or land of tin, of Ptolemy. Tema is
the common Malay term for the metal. Caiang^
another place noted for its mines, is supposed to
be the Malaion Colon of the same author, and
the Malaya Calam of the Hindoos. CcUang is
likewise a Malay word for tin. The Banca mine
was only recently discovered, as Mr. Marsden in-
forms us, in 1710, by the burning of a house.
The ore of the Malay Peninsula is extremely pure,
being that which is called stream. I am not aware
that it has ever been obtained directly from its
matrix, the granite in which it is supposed either to
exist disseminated or in the form of veins or lodes.
The ore of Sungie-ujong, Naning, and Perak, is
said by Malays to be the purest, yielding upwards
of seventy-six per cent. In 1835, Mr. J. Prinsep,
Secretary of the Asiatic Society of Calcutta,
obligingly tested for me the purity of several cast
blocks of tin, (prepared for sale,) produce of the
principal mines of the Peninsula, the specific
gravity of which was as follows: pure tin at
the same temperature, 84° 5', being about
7-290.

TIN.

427

No. 1. from Naning 7-317

No. 2. Srimenanti 7-262

No. 3. Jamp61e 7-287

No. 4. Sungie-djong 7-223

No. 5. Liikut(inSalangore)... 7*349

No. 6. Rumbowe 7'256

No. 7. Jellabti 7-314

No. 8. P6rak 7-299

Two specimens of the ore from Lukut and
Srimenanti were also tested. The former is a fine-
graintsd black oxide of tin; specific gravity 6*74, and
yielded a produce of seventy per cent, of very
good metal, on simple fusion with black flux.
That from Srimenanti is in much larger grains or
lumps. It weighed only 6*64, and yielded only
52^ (?) per cent, of metal, ^ving off" some
sulphur in the fire. It is therefore inferior to the
former, but probably not to the extent stated in
the above single reduction. The stream ore of
Cornwall, with all the advantages of European
science and ingenuity employed in its reduction,
does not yield more on an average than 75 per
cent. That of Banca is said to give only from
55 to 60. That of Junk Ceylon 64^.

There is considerable variation in the value of
the metal produced, arising from some diflerence
in the ore ; or, what is more probable, from

428 TIN.

adulteration, or from difference in the mode of
smelting. The tin from Chinese furnaces is pre-
ferred to that smelted by Malays. The tin of
Banca for instance, fetches from 16 to 16^ drs.
the picul, while that of the Peninsula, principally
worked by Malays, sells from 14^ to 15. The
tin of Perak ranks the lowest. In consequence
of a supposed adulteration in Peninsular or Straits'
tin, some specimens of ingots of this metal, re-
jected at Canton, were sent from Singapore to be
assayed at Calcutta in 1831. This was done at
the Calcutta Assay Office ; where, after examina-
tion, the metal was pronounced to be of good
quality and perfectly good in a mercantile sense.
The ingots of tin are sometimes adulterated with
lead, a cheaper and heavier metal, the presence of
which may be detected by ascertaining the differ-
ence of the specific gravity ; that of pure tin being
at 84° Fahrenheit, about 7-29 and of lead 11-35,
or it may be found approximatively by casting
two bullets or ingots, one of the suspected metal,
the other of pure tin, and weighing both sepa-
rately ; the greater weight of the former will
serve to show the extent of adulteration —
care must be taken that the two ingots are exactly
the same size. Another mode of adulterating tin
is resorted to which it is right to put the merchant
on his guard against ; viz. of filling a cavity in the

TIN. 429

middle of the ingot with dross, lead, or Malay
pice. The shell of the ingot is of pure tin,
consequently the fraud cannot be detected by
examining a piece merely cut off. A case
of this sort was recently discovered at Singa-
pore. The fumes of sulphur are resorted to
in order to give the tin the colour of that of
Banca.

" Great Britain,'* says Dr. Lardner, (Cabinet
Cyclopaedia, No. 54,) "notwithstanding the pro-
ductiveness of her own mines, imports upwards of
700 tons per annum of Oriental, or as it is more
commonly called, Banca Tin, from the name of
one of the islands where it is chiefly obtained.
The Malay countries are reckoned the richest
depositories of this metal in the world ; and from
them, China, Hindostan, and many European
markets are chiefly supplied." The total pro-
duce of the tin of the Peninsula is a little more than
half that of England, which is estimated at from
3,000 to 4,000 tons annually. The yearly ex-
ports amount to about 2,000 tons, including 400
or 500 tons of that received from the Straits and
Banca. It appears from tables in McCulloch's
Dictionary of Commerce, that Malay tin is now
very extensively employed for warehousing in
England at the same time that large quantities,
probably from Banca, are carried direct into

430 TIN. GOLD.

Holland, where this has affected the export of
British tin to a considerable degree.

With regard to the produce of gold, it may be
remarked that the Peninsula of the present day,
although auriferous, does not merit the appellation
of " Aurea Chersonesus " so much as its neigh-
bour, the island of Sumatra, to which there is a
tradition mentioned by one of the early Portu-
guese historians, that it was formerly given. Su-
matra by some has been supposed to be the
Taprobdna of the ancient geographers ; this, Mr.
Marsden with his usual acumen denies, ascribing
the name rather to Ceylon, the Serendib of Mo-
hammedan writers, and the Lanca of the Hindoos ;
and affirms that Sumatra was unknown to them,
denouncing the descriptions given by Strabo,
Pomponius Mela, Pliny, and Ptolemy as obscure
and contradictory. Admitting the tradition of
the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra having once
formed one large undivided tract to be founded
on fact, we might both account for the circum-
stance of so extensive an island as Sumatra, so
rich in gold and spices having, as seems to be the
case, escaped the notice of ancient geographers ;
and strengthen the opinion which has applied the
term of " Aurea Chersonesus *' to this part of the
continent of Asia. How far geological observa-
tions will corroborate this supposition remains to

GOLD. 431

be shewn. The quantity of gold-dust exported
annually from the south-west coast of Sumatra
and Achin alone, according to Marsden and
Hamilton, amounts to 26,400 oz. The former
states that there are no fewer than twelve hundred
gold mines in the dominions of Menangk&bowe,
(in the interior of Sumatra,) alone ; a considera-
ble portion of the produce of which (perhaps
one-half) never comes into the hands of Euro-
peans.

The annual produce of gold from the Malayan
Peninsula, on a rough estimate, amounts to 19} 800
ounces. It is chiefly got at Ulu Pahang, Trin-
ganu, Kalantan, Johole, Gominchi, and Jellye, at
Reccan and Battan Moring, and other places at
the foot of Mount Ophir. It occurs disseminated,
and in thin granular veins, in quartz ; and in allu-
vial deposits, such as beds of streams. It has
been found near beds of tin ore.

A small quantity of iron is found in the interior
of Quedah. Siam, and Billiton, produce this
metal in abundance.

I do not find that silver is obtained in any part
of the Peninsula; although P6rak, from its name^
which in Malay signifies silver, and which is con-
jectured by Marsden to have been the Apyvao
of Ptolemy, seems to have derived its appellation
from the presence of this metal ; for which pos-

432 ZOOLOGY.

sibly, however, the tin might have been at first
mistaken.

ZOOLOGY.— Mammalia.

Quadrumana. — In this cursory sketch of the
zoology of the Peninsula, a few only of the most
remarkable animals will be mentioned. Begin-
ning with the Mammalia, the order Quadrumana
ranks first. It has been stated that the great
Orang Utan is found there, but I much question
whether this has been ascertained by naturalists.
It is far from improbable that the Pongo Wormbii,
a variety of Simia, has been mistaken for it. Of
the genus Hylobates are the Siamang, or the
Simia Syndactyla of Raffles ; the Black Unka, or
Simia Lar, of Vigors ; the White Unka, or Hy-
lobates agilis of F. Cuvier ; the Chimpanse, or
Simia Troglodytes, of Linnaeus. Of the genus
Semnopithecus are the Chingkou, or Simia cris-
tata, of Raffles ; the Lotong, or Semnopithecus
Maurus, of F. Cuvier ; the Kra, or Simia fas-
cicularis; and of the genus Macacus, the Broh,
or Simia carpolegus. Of the genus Loris are
two species, the Kukang, or Lemur turdigradus,
and the Nycticebus Javanicus, the latter of which,
however, I have not seen. The former of these
animals is termed by the Malays Kamalasan, from

ZOOLOGY. 433

its supposed bashfulness in tiiding its face, or
rather screening its eyes from light, its habits being
nocturnal.

Cheiroptera. — Among the Cheiropterous, or
Bat family, are the Vampire bat, the Vespertilio
vampyrus, or the Kulowang of the Malays. The
Pteropus edulis, or edible russette, is said to be
found in the islands.

Plantigrada. — Of the Plantigrada tribe are the
Malayan Bear, called the Bruang by Malays, dis-
covered by Sir Stamford Raffles, in Sumatra, and
first described by him in a paper read before the
Linnsean Society in 1820. A specimen was sent by
him to the Museum at the India House. The
hams of this animal are held in great estimation
by the Chinese. There is another species exist-
ing in the interior of Malacca, called the Bruang-
anging, or Bear-dog of the Malays.

Digiiigrada. — Of the Digitigrada there are the
Lutra Leptonyx, or " Dog of the Water," the
Anging Ayer, or Otter of the Malays, and several
of the genus Viverra, viz. the Musang, the Mus-
ang Jebbat, or civet cat, and the Musang Akkar
or Climbing Musang. Of the genus Felis, we
have the royal tiger, the tiger cat, the spotted

VOL. I. F F

{

434 ZOOLOGY.

black tiger, or the Rimou Ar^ng of the Malays,
a singularly untameable beast ; the Rimou Dahan,
or Felis Macroscelis of Horsfield, that lives among
the boughs of trees, and the Java Cat, or Felis
Javanensis. Besides these, are the Rimou Kum-
bang, and Lalat, said to be species of leopard, by
Marsden ; the Rimou Bulu, or Felis Sumatrana,
and the Rimou Jumpak and Akkar. There is
said to be a sort of wild dog in Naning, called by
Malays Anjing Uttan, or Dog of the Woods.

Insectivora. — Of the tribe Insectivora is the
Gymnura Rafflesii, an animal of which I have not
seen a specimen, called by the Malays, Tikus
Ambang Bdlan. Sir S. Raffles found it in Su-
matra : the native name was given to an animal
brought to Colonel Farquhar from the interior of
Malacca, believed by Sir Stamford to be the same
exactly as that which he afterwards described.
There are several varieties of the genera Tupaia
and Sciurus, or Squirrel Family.

Edentata. — Of the tribe Edentata, are the
hairy and scaly Pangolins, the Penggoling Rambut
and Penggoling Sisik, or the short-tailed Manis,
(M. Pentadactyla of Linnaeus,) called Penggo-
lings, from the faculty they possess of rolling
themselves up.

ZOOLOGY. 435

Pachydermata. — Of the thick-skinned family,
Pachydermata, is the elephant, Elephas maximus,
in great abundance ; the Badak or Sumatran
Rhinoceros; the Malayan Tapir, the Maiba of
F. Cuvier, rare ; and the wild hog. Specimens
of the Malayan Tapir have been sent to Europe
by Duvaucel and Sir S. Raffles: a female up-
wards of four feet in height has lately been pre-
sented by Lieut. Mackenzie to the Asiatic Society
of Bengal. The remark of pur secretary Mr.
Cole, on a drawing of the animal just mentioned,
(Journal M. A. S. No. 16. p. 146.) viz. that the
figure in the English edition of Cuvier represents
a comparatively light and agile animal, quite de-
void of the heavy look, cumbrous figure and
rugous skin delineated in ' the drawing, perfectly
coincides with my observations of living specimens
of the Malayan Tapir. Drawings of the animal
should always specify the age or approximate
age ; as both the colour and texture of its coat,
I have seen to vary as the animal grows older.
The Seladang is supposed by some zoologists to
be identical with the Tapir. The Malays, how-
ever, make a difference, distinguishing the true
Tapir by the name of Tennok. This is a point
desirable to ascertain. The Seladang may pro-
bably be a variety.

p p 2

436 ZOOLOGY.

Ruminanlia. — In the genus Moschus, we have
those elegant deer in miniature, the Plandok
(Moschus pygmeus) the Chevrotin of Bufibn, or
moose-deer; the Napu or Moschus Javanicusy
of Pallas ; and the Kanchil or Moschus Kanchil
of Raffles. The Malays dry and preserve the
flesh of these animals, which tastes a little like
that of the hare. They pine away in confinement.
I attempted in vain to send a living specimen of
each to England. The Plandok is a favourite
animal among the Malays, and frequently alluded
to both in their prose compositions and poems.
Of the genus Cervus, are the Kijang or Cervus
Muntjac, the Rdsa or Cervus Hippelaphus, and
the Cambing Utan, goat of the woods, or Ante-
lope Sumatrensis. The Cervus Axis, or spotted
deer, has been imported to Pinang from Bengal.
It is indigenous in Sumatra. The Bos arni, or
buffalo, exists in a domestic state on that part of
the peninsula occupied by Malays. It occurs, I
believe, wild in Birmah, and at the southern base
of the Himalayas. There are two kinds of Bison
found in the forests,* though rare. Neither the
horse, ass, camel, cow, hare, rabbit nor fox,
are, I believe, indigenous in the peninsula ; nor
the Singh or lion, although Singhapura or Singa-

* The horns of a Bison found in the Naning district, are now in
possession of Brigadier General Wilson, C. B.

ZOOLOGY. 437

pore, is stated in the Malay annals, to have been
so called from the appearance there of an animal
of that species. Among the Hystricidae family
is the Landok, or Hystrix longicauda, the Malay
porcupine. Those that have fallen under my
observation, appear to be larger than the Indian
porcupine.

Cetacea. — The last order of Mammalia is that
of Cetacea, connecting as it were the inhabitants
of the land with those of the watery deep. Of
the genus Halicore, stands first the supposed
Mermaid of the eastern seas, the Duyong, im-
properly termed Dugong. Skeletons of this
singular production of nature have been sent to
Europe by Mr. Crawfurd, Sir S. Raffles, and
Messrs. Diard and Duvaucel. In 1830, a Du-
yong, preserved in spirits, was forwarded by Mr.
G. Swinton, to the Royal Society of Edinburgh,
and delivered over to Dr. Knox for dissection.*

* The following description of the Duyong is from the Ed. Cab.
Library, No. viii. p. 76. ** The Halicore, or daughter of the sea,
is called Douyong by the Malays, and has hence acquired the name
of Dugong in our books of uatural history. There is only a single
species as yet ascertained. It inhabits the Indian seas, especially
the Sumatran coasts, and has been confounded by several yoyagers
with the lamantins, which belong to the African and American shores.
It measures seven or eight feet long, and is covered by a thick hide,
of a pale-blue colour, with whitish marks on the abdomen. The
head somewhat resembles that of a young elephant deprived of its

438 ZOOLOGY.

But it had been unfortunately divided into three
portions, which incalculably diminished its value.
It is to be hoped that this deficiency will be
shortly supplied, through the zeal of some of our
countrymen' in the Straits.

AYES.

Among birds, the Falcon tribe is classed first
by naturalists. Birds of this kind are generally
known to the Malays under the name of Lang ;
there is the Aquila Pondiceriana, and the Lang-
laut or sea-falcon, — the Falco dimidiatus of
Raffles ; — besides many others too numerous to
mention. Among the StrigidcB or Owl family,
called by Malays Burong Hantu, or Spectre birds ;
in other words, the "flabber ghaists," of our
northern counties; the woodpeckers, and the
Lanii, or butcher birds (of the last genus is
the Baru Baru, an elegant singing bird,) are
several varieties. There are four or five kinds
of Buceros, or rhinoceros hornbills. One or two

proboscis. The body is Bsh-shaped ; the anterior extremities are
contained within an undivided membrane, in the form of a fin. The
rudiments of a pelvis are observable^ and the caudal extremity is
horizontally sloped, or cut like the arch of a circle. The flesh of this
animal is held in great estimation, and is usually reserved for the
tables of the Sultan and rajahs. Its own food is said to consist of
afga,Jvci, and other marine productions of the vegetable kind/'

ZOOLOGY. 439

of storks, among which is the Bangu, or Ciconia
Javanica. Of parrots, kingfishers, flycatchers,
pigeons, and doves, there is an endless variety.
The Hirundo esculenta, or Swallow, that builds
the edible bird's nest, frequents the islands. The
yellow caruncled, black Mina, or Gracula religiosa
of Linnaeus, enlivens the forests. Those superb
creatures the crimson-feathered Pergam, the Ar-
gus pheasant, the Phasianus Nycthemerus, or
pencilled pheasant, the peacock-pheasant, the
common peacock, the blue pheasant-partridge,
the jungle fowl, birds of Paradise, (Paradisea
Regia, and Paradisea Gularis,) and humming
birds dazzle the eye by the beautiful brilliance of
their plumage. The Murei or Dial bird, the
Gracula Saularis of Linnaeus, is a native of the
peninsula.

Snipes, common and painted ; wild ducks ;
teal ; the common, grey, and whistling plover ;
rails ; bitterns ; red, black and green quails,
abound in the plains, marshes, and banks of
rivers. The red-legged partridge is said to exist,
though I never met with it. The common spar-
row and crows are to be found \ as they are in
every quarter of the globe. The latter, however,
in small numbers.

440 ZOOLOGY.

RBPTILIA.

Of the class Reptiles, order Testudinata, are the
river, sea, and the hawk's-bill turtle. Of Lori-
cata, the crocodile is said to exist. Of the
order Sauria are many varieties, among which is
the common alligator, abundantly, and the ele-
gant monitor lizard ; in the genus Draco, the
flying dragon of Linnaeus. Among Ophidians
is the Boa Phrygia, the Python of Cuvier. Of
the Coluber genus are the tiger snake, so called
from its stripes; the whip snake, and many others.
I once shot a variety of the cobra di capello,
perfectly black except the belly, which was of a
dark silvery hue. There are also some interest-
ing descriptions of the genera Leptophis, Hurria,
Cophias, and of the Hydrus or water-snake.

PISCES.

Among the fishes we* have the sword-fish, the
electrical skate, the ray, the fasciated ray, the
shark, the zebra shark, the hammer-headed
shark, (Zygaena vulgaris) which may be seen
almost daily in the fish bazars ; the Chsetodon
rostratum, that kills its prey by the accurate and
forcible propulsion of a drop of water from its
tubular mouth ; two other varieties, and the Chel-
mon. The Ikan Layer is a fish about eight or

ZOOLOGY. 441

ten feet long, that erects its dorsal fin like a sail
above the water ; whole shoals may be seen pass-
ing up and down the Straits like a small fleet of
sailing boats. Excellent fish for the table abound,
among which are the black and white Pomfret,
the Indian sole, and seer fish.

Of the Exuviae of Testacea, or shell fish, there
is not so great a variety thrown on the coasts of
the Peninsula as one would expect. Among the
Cephalopodous molluscs is the Sepia tuberculata
or cuttle fish, several of the Nautili, the Muri-
ces Turbinellde, and many others. Among the
bivalves are various Pectens, Spondyli and Mal-
lei ; the Monoculos cy clops, which is eaten by the
natives, oysters, cockles and muscles.

Grabs are found both of the land and sea kinds,
also great quantities of shrimps ; of which, and a
kind of small fish, the Caviar of the east, the
odoriferous Blachang is composed.

There is a vast number of insects chiefly of
the orders Cpleoptera, Lepideptera and Orthop-
tera. The depths of the forest resound with the
whirrings and wheetlings of families of the Grylli,
Cicada and Scarabaei ; and by night its dark re-
cesses are often illuminated by the brilliance of
the glittering fire-fly.

442 VEQETABLB KINGDOM.

VEOETABLB KINGDOM.

This comprises an immense yariety of trees
and plants, many of which are still unknown, and
present great scope to the botanist. French
naturalists have occasionally penetrated the forests^
but for most of what is known of the botany
of the peninsula we are indebted to the labours of
Waliich, Jack, and Ward, to whose publications I
must refer the reader, contenting myself with
a notice of what is most interesting generally.
The trees chiefly in use for purposes of house
and ship building are the Chingei, the Dammer
Laut, the red and white Meranti for planks, the
Bintangor, Galophyllum inoj^yllum for the masts
and spars of vessels, the Murbowe, Metrosideros
Amboinensis, a large fine tree of hardish wood ;
the Kranji, used for posts and masts; the Rungas,
Anacardium encardium, for furniture ; the Medang
Ketanaahan, and other Medang trees. The Kayu
Kam6ning is a beauti^ly veined hard wood, tak-
ing a high polish, and used principally for the.
handles of Malay knives and daggers. £bony,
Sapan, Lakkar, and Aguila woods also form
articles of commerce.

The fruit trees of the Straits are too weU
known to require a particular description here.
The Durian, Mangostin, Duku Tamarind, Lang-

VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 443

sehy the Rambye, Rambutan, the Cashew or
Cajuy the Jambu Ayer and Jambu Kling, the
Custard apple, Papaya, the Nam Nam, a fruit
with a fine acid, and flavour not unlike that of an
apple, the Plantain, Pine-apple, Cocoa-nut, Lime,
Guava, Mango, Pulassan, Tampui, Jack, Tam-
puni, and a long list of others.

While the forests abound with bamboos, canes,
ratans, parasitical plants, timber and fruit trees,
the shores and marshy banks of the rivers are
fringed with the Mangrove, the Api Api, or
Pyrrhanthus Littareus, Nibong and Nipah trees.
The two last are Palmites, and of great utility to
the natives — of the tough elastic stem of the
former, (the Areca tigillaria of Jack,) bows and
spears are constructed, also the posts and laths,
which almost universally constitute the lantei or
flooring of Malay houses. The little buckets in
common use in the Straits called Timba for carry*
ing water are made from the leaf-like sheath that
covers the fruit. Of the leaves of the latter -—
the Nipa fruticans, — the thatch is made called
Atap. From this tree a sort of sweet toddy is
extracted. Among the Palmee are also the graceful
Areca or betel-nut palm ; the true Sago palm, the
Metroxylon Sagu, or the Rambiya of the Malays,
and the Borassus Gomutus, or Anou palm, from
which is produced but little farina, and that of an

444 VEGETABLE KINGDOM.

inferior description. The Malays obtain from the
Anou fruit excellent nira, or toddy, and a sort of
coarse sugar ; also the hard black spikes used by
them for caltrops and pens for writing, which are
found enveloped in a black fibrous substance re-
sembling in texture, coir, but stronger. This is
used for the thatch of the Mosques and better
sort of houses in the interior, and for cordage.
The Teak tree, it is asserted by Mr. Crawfiird,
is not indigenous in the peninsula, but the Malays
of the inland parts of the country affirm that it is
sometimes found wild under the name of Jdti.
The Upas tree of the Javanese, or the Ipoh of
the Malays, is found though rarely in the forests.
It is described to be a tolerably large tree with an
ash-white bark. The aborigines extract a poison
also called ipoh from a parasitical plant.

The catechu shrub, Nauclea Gambir, is pro-
duced on the rising grounds. The India rubber
plant, or Urceola elastica, is found encircling the
trees at Pinang. The Rami Rami, or Urtica
tenacissima of Roxburgh, the fibres of which the
Malays twist into fishing lines, cordage, &c.,
flourishes on the peninsula. The Chinese aflirm
that the Rami Rami is the identical plant used in
China for the manufacture of the famed grass
cloth. The cocoa-nut of the Straits, I am in-
formed, contains a silicious concretion, somewhat

VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 445

resembling that of the Tabashir found in the
joints of the bamboo.

On the higher zones of the hills are found
Rhododendrons, the cypress, fir, and a variety of
beautiful ferns. Some specimens which I brought
from the summit of Mount Ophir in 1833 were
examined by Dr. Wallich, who furnished the fol-
lowing note upon them. (Journal As. Soc. for
January, 1834, p. 48.) "The specimens from
Mount Ophir, with which I was favoured the day
before yesterday, consist of two ferns, three
Lycopodineae, and two Phaenogamous plants.
They are not in a good state of preservation,
and only one has any fructification, but they are
nevertheless very valuable, and I feel greatly
obliged to Lieut. Newbold for them. The most
interesting among them is a specimen full of
good sori of Matonia pectinata. Brown, published
in 1830, in Plantae Asiaticse Rariores, vol. i. p. 16,
tab. 16, from a specimen unique in Europe, which
was gathered in the identical locality by Colonel
Farquhar. The individual now before me beauti-
fully confirms the generic character and general
observations relative to this remarkable fern,
which were politely supplied for the above work
by Mr. Brown; in shape it differs in having a
bifid frond, the pinnae being unilateral towards
the bifurcation. The other fern may perhaps be

446 VEGETABLB KINGDOM.

a Blechnum. The Lycopod'mefle are very curious,
and belong seemingly to a new species. Of the
Phaenogamous plants, one is exceedingly remark-
able. It has the habit of some members of the
coniferous as well as the myriceous tribe ; the
structure of the wood obviously brings it under the
former; the leaves are acerose, opposite, and
gland- dotted. Perhaps it is a Dacrydium. The
other plant belongs perhaps to the family of
EriceaB."

Of spices, the wild nutmeg is indigenous. The
true nutmeg, cinnamon and cloves, have been
long introduced and thrive well. The tobacco
plant, cotton, coffee, sugar-cane, the pepper, vine,
and the true indigo plant. Indigo fera tinctoria,
are cultivated with much success. The Marsdenia
tinctoria, the Tarum Akkar of Malays, a climb-
ing species of indigo, grows wild.

END OP VOL. I.

LONDON : STEWART AND MURRAY, OLD BAILBY

APPENDIX

VOL. I.

VOL. I. GO

APPENDIX.

No. I.

TREATY WITH HOLLAND, 1824.

Copy of the Treaty concluded betiveen Great Britain

and Holland^ 1824.

In the name of the most Holy and undivided Trinity,
His Majesty the King of the Netheriands, and his
Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Ireland, desiring to place, upon a footing
mutually beneficial, their respective possessions, and
the commerce of the subjects in the East Indies, so
that the welfare and prosperity of both nations may
be promoted in all time to come, without those dif-
ferences and jealousies which have in former times
interrupted the harmony which ought always to
subsist between them; and being anxious that all
occasions of misunderstanding between the respec-
tive Agents, may be, as much as possible, prevented,
and in order to determine certain questions which

og2

450 APPENDIX, NO. I.

have occurred in the execution of the convention
made at London, on the 13th August 1814; in so
far as it respects the possessions of His Netherlands
Majesty in the East, have nominated their Plenipo-
tentiaries; that is to say —

Ilis Majesty the King of the Netherlands ; Baron
Henry Fagel, Member of the Equestrian Corps of
the Province of Holland, Councillor of State, Knight
Grand Cross of the Royal Order of the Belgic Lion,
and of the Royal Guelphic Order, and Ambassador
Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of his said Ma-
jesty to his Majesty the King of Great Britain; and,
Anton Reinhard Falch, Commander of the Rojal
Order of the Belgic Lion, and his said Majesty^s
Minister of the Department of Public Instruction,
National Industry and Colonies. And, His Majesty
the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Ireland, the Right Honourable George Canning,
a member of his said Majesty's Most Honourable
Privy Council, a Member of Parliament, and his
said Majesty's Principal Secretary of State for Foreign
Affairs; and, the Right Honourable Charles Watkin
Wynn, a Member of his said Majesty's Most Honour-
able Privy Council, a Member of Parliament, Lieu-
tenant-Colonel Commandant of the Montgomeryshire
Regiment of Yeomanry Cavalry, and President of
his said Majesty's Board of Commissioners for the
Affairs of India.

Who, after having mutually communicated their
full powers found in good and due form, have agreed
on the following articles : —

TREATY WITH HOLLAND. 451

Article 1. The high contracting parties engage
to admit the subjects of each other to trade with
their respective possessions in the Eastern Archipe-
lago, and on the continent of India, and in Ceylon,
upon the footing of the most favoured nations, their
respective subjects conforming themselves to the local
regulations of each settlement.

Art. 2. The subjects and vessels of one nation
shall not pay, upon importation or exportation, at
the ports of the other, in the Eastern Seas, any duty
at a rate beyond the double of that at which the
subjects and vessels of the nation to which the port
belongs, are charged.

The duties paid on exports or imports, at a British
port on the Continent of India, or in Ceylon, on
Dutch bottoms, shall be arranged so as in no case to
be charged at more than double the amount of the
duties paid by British subjects and on British bot-
toms.

In regard to any article upon which no duty is
imposed, when imported or exported by the subjects,
or on the vessels of the nation to which the port
belongs, the duty charged upon the subjects or vessels
of the other, shall in no case exceed six per cent

Art 3. The high contracting parties engage, that
no treaty hereafter made by either with any native
power in the Eastern Seas, shall contain any article
tending, either expressly, or by the imposition of
unequal duties, to exclude the trade of the other
party from the ports of such native power ; and that,
if in any treaty now existing on either part, any

452 APPENDIX, NO. I.

article to that effect has been admitted, such article
shall be abrogated upon the conclusion of the present
treaty.

It is understood that before the conclusion of the
present treaty, communication has been made by
each of the contracting parties to the other, of all
treaties or engagements subsisting between each of
them respectively, and any native power in the
Eastern Seas, and that the like communication shall
be made of all such treaties concluded by them
respectively hereafter.

Art 4. Their Netherlands and Britannic Majesties
engage to give strict orders, as well to their civil and
military authorities as to their ships of war, to respect
the freedom of trade, established by Articles 1, 2, and
3, and in no case to impede a free communication of
the natiyes in the Eastern Archipeli^, yfith the ports
of the two Governments respectively, or to the
subjects of the two Governments, vidth the ports
belonging to native powers.

Art 5. Their Netherlands and Britannic Majesties
in like manner engage to concur e£fectually in re-
pressing piracy in those seas. They will not grant
either asylum or protection to vessels engaged in
piracy, and they will, in no case, permit the ships or
merchandises, captured by such vessels, to be intro-
duced, de}K)sited, or sold in any of their possessions.

Art 6. It is agreed, that orders shall be given by
the two Governments to their oflBcers and agents in
the East, not to form any new settlement on any of

TREATY WITH HOLLAND, 1824. 463

the islands in the Eastern Seas, without previous
authority firom their respective Governments in
Europe.

Art 7. The Molucca Islands, and especially Am-
boyna, Banda, Temate, and their immediate depen-
dencies are excepted from the operation of the 1st,
2d, 3d, and 4th Articles, until the Netherlands Go-
vernment shall think fit to abandon the monopoly of
spices; but if the said Government shall at any
time, previous to such abandonment of the monopoly,
allow the subjects of any power, or of any native
Asiatic power, to carry on any commercial inter-
course with the said islands, the subjects of His Bri-
tannic Majesty shall be admitted to such intercourse,
upon a footing precisely similar.

Art. 8. His Netherlands Majesty cedes to His Bri-
tannic Majesty all establishments on the Continent
of India, and renounces all privileges and exemptions
enjoyed or claimed, in virtue of those establish-
ments.

Art. 9. The factory of Fort Marlborough, and all
the English possessions on the island of Sumatra, are
hereby ceded to His Netherlands Majesty, and His
Britannic Majesty further engages, that no British
settlement shall be formed on that island, nor any
treaty concluded by British authority, with any native
prince, chief, or state therein.

Art 10. The town and fort of Malacca, and its
dependencies, are hereby ceded to His Britannic
Majesty, and His Netherlands Majesty engages for

454 APPENDIX, NO. I.

himself and his subjects, never to form any establish*
ment on any part of the Peninsula of Malacca, or to
conclude any treaty with any native prince, chiei^ or
state therein.

Art 11. His Britannic Majesty withdrav^s the
objections which have been made to the occupation
of the Island of Billiton and its dependencies by
the Agent of the Netherlands Government.

12. His Netherlands Majesty withdraws the objec-
tions which have been made to the occupation of the
Island of Singapore by the subjects of His Britannic
Majesty.

His Britannic Majesty, however, engages that no
British establishment shall be made on the Carimon
Isles, or on the Islands of Battam, Bintang, Lingin,
or on any of the other Islands, south of the Straits of
Singapore, nor any treaty concluded by British au-
thority, with the chiefs of those islands.

Art 13. All the colonies, possessions, and estab-
lishments, w^hich are ceded by the preceding articles,
shall be delivered up to the officers of the respective
sovereigns, on the 1st of March 1825. The fortifi-
cations shall remain in the state in which they shall
be at the period of the notification of this treaty in
India ; but no claims shall be made, on either side,
for ordnance, or stores of any description, either left
or removed by the ceding power, nor for any arrears
of revenue, or any charge of administration what-
ever.

Art. 14. All the inhabitants of the territories,
hereby ceded, shall enjoy, for a period of six years.

TREATY WITH HOLLAND, 1824. 455

from the date of the ratification of the present treaty,
the liberty of disposing as they please of their pro-
perty, and of transporting themselves without let or
hindrance, to any country to which they may wish to
remove.

Art 15. The high contracting parties agree, that
none of the territories or establishments mentioned in
Articles 8, 9, 10, 1 1, or 12, shall be, at any time, trans-
ferred to any other power. In case of any of the said
possessions being abandoned by one of the present
contracting parties, the right of occupation thereof
shall immediately pass to the other.

Art. 16. It is agreed, that all accounts and recla-
mations, arising out of the restoration of Java and
other possessions to the officers of His Netherlands
Majesty in the East Indies, as well those which were
the subject of a Convention, made at Java, on the
24th of June, 1817, between the Commissioners of
the two nations, as all others, shall be finally and
completely closed and satisfied, on the payment of
the sum of one hundred thousand pounds, sterling
money, to be made in London, on the part of the
Nethei lands, before the expiration of the year
1825.

Art. 17. The present treaty shall be ratified, and
the ratifications exchanged at London, within three
months from the date hereof, or sooner if possible.

In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries
have signed the same, and affixed thereunto the seals
of their arms.

Done at London, the seventeenth day of March,

456

APPENDIX, NO. II.

in the Year of our Lord, One Thousand Elight
Hundred and Twenty-Four.

(Signed)

George Canning.

Charles William Watkin Wynn.

No. LL

TREATY WITH QUEDAH.

Translation of a Treaty of peace, fiiendship, and
alliance, entered into between Sir George L^eith^
Baronet, Lieutenant-Governor of Prince of Wales
Island, on the part of the British Government, and
the Bang of Quedah Tleaoodeen.

Seal of Tleaoodeen, Sultan Mooda, Son
of Ma-alum Shah, King of Quedah.

In the year of the Hejirat of the Prophet, (the peace
of the most high God be upon him) One thousand
two hundred and fifteen, the year Ha, on the
twelfth day of the month Mahamim, Wednesday.
Whereas this day this writing sheweth that Sir
Geoige Leith, Baronet, Lieutenant-Governor of Pulo
Pinang, (on the part of the English Company) has
agreed on and concluded a Treaty with His Majesty
the Kajali Mooda of Purlis and Quedah, and all tlie
officers of state and chiefs of the two countries, to be
on friendly terms by sea and land, as long as the

TREATY WITH QUEDAH. 45?

sun and moon retain their motion and splendour, the
articles of which Treaty are as follow: —

Article 1. The English Company are to pay an-
nually to His Majesty of Purlis and Quedah, Ten
Thousand Dollars, as long as the English shall con-
tinue in possession of Pulo Pinang and the country
on the opposite coast hereafter mentioned : —

Art. 2. His Majesty agrees to give to the English
Company, for ever, all that part of the sea-coast that
is between Kwala Krian and the river side of Kwala
Mooda, and measuring inland from the searside sixty
orlongs, the whole length above mentioned to be
measured by people appointed by His Majesty and
the Company's people. The English Company are
to protect this coast from all enemies, robbers, and
pirates, that may attack it by sea from north or
south.

Art 3. His Majesty agrees that all kinds of pro-
visions wanted for Pulo Pinang, the ships of war, and
Company's ships, may be bought at Purlis and Que-
dah without impediment, or being subject to any
duty or custom: and all boats going fix)m Pulo
Pinang to Purlis and Quedah, for the purpose of
purchasing provisions, are to be furnished with pro-
per passports for that purpose to prevent impositions.

Art 4. All slaves running away from Purlis and
Quedah to Pulo Pinang, or from Pulo Pinang to
Purlis and Quedah shall be returned to their owners.

Art 5. All debtors running from their creditors
from Purlis and Quedah to Pulo Pinang, or from
Pulo Pinang to Purlis and Quedah, if they do not

458 APPEND IX, NO. 11.

pay their debts, their persons shall be delivered up
to their creditors.

Art. 6. His Majesty shall not permit Europeans of
any other nation to settle in any part of his do-
minions.

Art 7. The Company are not to receive any such
people as may be proved to have committed rebellion
or high treason against His Majesty.

Art 8. All persons guilty of murder, running from
Purlis and Quedah to Pulo Pinang, or from Pulo
Pinang to Purlis and Quedah, shall be apprehended
and returned in bonds.

Art. 9. All persons stealing chops (forgery) to be
given up likewise.

Art. 10. All those who are, or may become ene-
mies to the Company, His Majesty shall not assist
with provisions.

Art 11. All persons belonging to His Majesty
bringing the produce of the countries down the
rivers, are not to be molested, or impeded by the
Company's people.

Art 12. Such articles as His Majesty may stand
in need of from Pulo Pinang, are to be procured by
the Company's agents, and the amount to be de-
ducted from the gratuity.

Art 13. As soon as possible after the ratification
of this Treaty, the arrears of gratuity now due
agreeable to the former treaty and agreement to
His Majesty of Purlis and Quedah, are to be
paid off.

Art 14. On the ratification of this Treaty, all

TREATY WITH QUEDAH. 459

former treaties and agreements between the two
governments to be null and void.

These fourteen articles being settled and con-
cluded between His Majesty and the English Com-
pany, the countries of Pulis and Quedah, and Pulo
Pinang shall be as one country, and whoever shall
depart, or deviate from any part of this agreement,
the Almighty punish and destroy him, he shall not
prosper.

This done and completed, and two treaties of the
same tenor and date interchangeably given between
His Majesty and the Governor of Pulo Pinang, and
sealed with the seals of the state officers, immediately
officiating under His Majesty, in order to prevent
disputes hereafter.

Written by Hakim Ibrahim, son of Sri Rajah
Mooda, by order of His Majesty of exalted dig-
nity.

(Seal of Hakim Ibrahim,)

Originally translated by J. Swaine,

Malay translator.

Revised from the Original by

John Anderson,
Malay translator to Government

460 APPENDIX, NO. III.

No. HL

TREATY WITH SIAM.

Treaty between the Honourable East India Campania

and the King of Siam.

The powerful Lord who is in possession of every
good and every dignity, the god Boodh, who dwells
over every head in the city of the sacred and great
kingdom of Si-a-yoo-tha-ya, (titles of the kingdom
of Siam) incomprehensible to the head and brain —
The sacred beauty of the royal palace, serene and
injGsdUblc there, (titles of Wangna, or second King of
Siam) have bestowed their commands upon the heads
of their excellencies the Ministers of high rank, be-
longing to the sacred and great kingdom of Si-a-yoo-
tha-ya, to assemble and frame a treaty with Captain
Henry Bumey, the English Envoy on the part of
the English Government, the Honourable East India
Company, who govern the countries in India belong-
ing to the English, under the authority of the King
and Parliament of England ; and the Right Honour-
able Lord Amherst, Governor of Bengal, and other
English officers of high rank, have deputed Captain
Bumey as an Envoy to represent them, and to frame
a treaty with their excellencies, the Ministers of high
rank, belonging to the sacred and great kingdom of
Si-a-yoo-tha-ya, in view that the Siamese and Eng-
lish nations may become great and true friends, con-
nected in love and affection with genuine candour.

TREATY WITH SIAM. 461

and sincerity on both sides. The Siamese and Eng-
lish firamc two uniform copies of the Treaty, in order
that one copy may be placed in the kingdom of
Siam, and that it may become known throughout
every great and small province subject to Siam, and
in order that one copy may be placed in Bengal, and
that it may become known throughout every great
and small provmce subject to the English Govern-
ment Both copies of the Treaty will be attested
by the royal seal, by the seals of their excellencies,
the Ministers of high rank in the city of the sacred
and great kingdom of Si-a-yoo-tha-ya, and by the
seals of the Right Honourable Lord Amherst, Gover-
nor of Bengal, and of the other English officers of
high rank.

Art 1. The English and Siamese engage in friend-
ship, love, and affection, with mutual truth, sincerity,
and candour. The Siamese must not meditate or
commit evil so as to molest the English in any man-
ner. The English must not meditate or commit evil
so as to molest the Siamese in any manner. The
Siamese must not go and molest, attack, disturb,
seize, or take any place, territory, or boundary, be-
longing to the English, in any country subject to the
English. The English must not go and molest,
attack, disturb, seize, or take any place, territory, or
boundary belonging to the Siamese, in any country
subject to the Siamese.

The Siamese shall settle every matter within the
Siamese boundaries according to their own will and
customs.

462 APPENDIX, NO. III.

Art 2. Should any place or country, subject to the
English, do anything that may offend the Siamese,
the Siamese shall not go and injure such place or
country, but first report the matter to the English,
who will examine into it with tnith and sincerity,
and if the fault lie with the English, the English
shall punish according to the fault Should any
place or country, subject to the Siamese, do anything
that may offend the English, the EngUsh shall not
go and injure such place or country, but first report
the matter to the Siamese who will examine into it
with truth and sincerity, and if the fault lie with the
Siamese, the Siamese shall punish according to the
fault. Should any Siamese place or country, that
is near an English country, collect at any time an
army, or a fleet of boats, if the Chief of the English
country enquire the object of such force, the Chief
of the Siamese country must declare it Should any
English place or country, that is near a Siamese
country, collect at any time an army, or a fleet of
boats, if the Chief of the Siamese country enquire
the object of such force, the Chief of the English
country must declare it

Art. 3. In places and countries belonging to the
Siamese and English, lying near their mutual borders,
whether to the east, west, north, or south, if the Eng-
lish entertain a doubt as to any boundary that has not
been ascertained, the Chief, on the side of the English,
must send a letter, with some men and people firom
his frontier posts, to go and enquire from the nearest
Siamese Chief, who shall depute some of his officers

TREATY WITH SIAM. 463

and people from his frontier posts, to go with the men
belonging to the English Chief, and point out and
settle the mutual boundaries, so that they may be
ascertained on both sides in a friendly manner. If a
Siamese Chief entertain a doubt as to any boundary
that has not been ascertained, the Chief, on the side
of the Siamese, must send a letter, with some men
and people, from his frontier posts, to go and enquire
from the nearest English Chief, who shall depute some
of his officers and people, from his frontier posts, to
go with the men belonging to the Siamese Chief,
and point out and settle the mutual boundaries, so
that they may be ascertained on both sides in a friendly
manner.

Art 4. Should any Siamese subject go and live
within the boundaries of the English, the Siamese
must not intrude, enter, seize, or take such person
within the English boundaries, but must report and
ask for him in a proper manner, and the English shall
be at liberty to deliver the party or not. Should any
English subject remove, and go and live within the
boundaries of the Siamese, the English must not
intrude, enter, seize, or take such person within the
Siamese boundaries, but must report and ask for him
in a proper manner, and the Siamese shall be at liberty
to deliver the party or not.

Art 5. The English and Siamese having con-
cluded a treaty, establishing a sincere friendship
between them, merchants, subjects to the English,
and their ships Junks, and boats may have intercourse
and trade with any Siamese country, which has much

VOL. I. H H

464 APPENDIX, NO. III.

merchandise, and the Siamese will aid and protect
them, and permit them to buy and sell with facility.
Merchants, subject to the Siamese, and their boats^
junks, and ships, may have intercourse and trade widi
any English country, and the English will aid and
protect them, and permit them to buy and sell with
&cility. The Siamese desiring to go to an English
country, or the English desiring to go to a Siamese
country, must conform to the customs of the place or
country, on either side : should they be ignorant of
the customs, the Siamese or Englbh officers must
explain them. Siamese subjects, who visit an English
country, must conduct themselves according to the
established laws of the English country in every
particular. English subjects, who visit a Siamese
country, must conduct themselves according to the
established laws of the Siamese country in every
particular.

Art 6. Merchants, subject to the Siamese or
English, going to trade either in Bengal, or any
country subject to the English, or at Bankok, or in
any country subject to the Siamese, must pay the
duties upon commerce, according to the customs of
the place or country, on either side, and such mer->
chants, and the inhabitants of the country, shall be
allowed to buy and sell without the intervention of
other persons in such countries. Should a Siamese
or English merchant have any complaint or suit, he
must complain to the officers and governors on either
side, and they will examine and settle the same^
according to the established laws of the place or

TREATY WITH SIAM. 465

country, on either side. If a Siamese, or English
merchant buy or sell, without enquiring and ascer-
taining whether the seller or buyer be of a bad or
good character, and if he meet with a bad man, who
takes the property and absconds, the rulers and
officers must make search and produce the person of
the absconder, and investigate the matter with sin-
cerity. If the party possess money or property, he
can be made to pay ; but if they do not possess any,
or if they cannot be apprehended, it will be the
merchant's own fault

Art. 7. A merchant, subject to the Siamese or
English, going to trade in any English or Siamese
country, and applying to build godowns or houses^
or to buy or hire shops or houses, in which to place
his merchandise, the Siamese or English officers and
rulers shall be at liberty to deny him permission to
stay. If they permit him to stay, he shall land and
take up his residence according to such terms as may
be mutually agreed on ; and the Siamese or English
officers and rulers will assist and take proper care of
him, preventing the inhabitants of the country from
oppressing him, and preventing him from oppressing
the inhabitants of the country. Whenever a Siamese
or English merchant or subject, who has nothing to
detain him, requests permission to leave the country,
and to embark with his property on board of any
vessel, he shall be allowed to do so with facility.

Art. 8. If a merchant desire to go and trade in
any place or country, belonging to the English or
Siamese, and his ship, boat, or junk, meet ^th any

H H 2

466 APPENDIX, NO. III.

injury whatever, the English or Siamese officers shall
afford adequate assistance and protection ; should any
vessel, belonging to the Siamese or English, be
wrecked in any place or country, where the English
or Siamese may collect any of the property belonging
to such vessel, the English or Siamese officers shall
make proper enquiry, and cause the property to be
restored to its owner, or in case of his death, to his
heirs, &c., the owner or heir will give a proper
remuneration to persons who may have collected
the property. If any Siamese or English subject die
in any English or Siamese country, whatever pro-
perty he may leave shall be delivered to his heir ; if
the heir be not living in the same country, and unable
to come, he may appoint a person by letter to receive
the property, and the whole of it shall be delivered
to such person.

Art 9. Merchants, subject to the English, desiring
to come and trade in any Siamese country, with
which it has not been the custom to have trade and
intercourse, must first go and enquire of the Gover-
nor of the country : should any country have no
merchandise the Governor shall inform the ship that
has come to trade, that there is none. Should any
country have merchandise sufficient for a ship, the
Governor shall allow her to come and trade.

Art. 10. The English and Siamese mutually agree,
that there shall be an unrestricted trade between
them, in the English countries of Prince of Wales
Island, Malacca, and Singapore, and the Siamese
countries of Ligore, Merdilous, Singora, Patani, Junk-

TREATY WITH SI AM. 467

cejlon, Quedah, and other Siamese provinces. Asiatic
merchants of the English countries, not being Bur-
mese Peguers, or descendants of Europeans, shall be
allowed to trade freely, over land, and by means of
rivers. Asiatic merchants not being Burmese Pe-
guers, or descendants of Europeans, desiring to enter
into, and trade with the Siamese dominions, from the
countries of Mei^i, Tavoy, Tenasserim, and Ye,
which are now subject to the English, will be allowed
to do so finely, over land, and by water, upon the
English frimishing them with proper certificates.
But merchants are forbidden to bring opium, which
is positively a contraband article in the territories of
Siam; and should a merchant introduce any, the
Governor shall seize him, and destroy the whole of it.

Art. 11. If any Englishman desire to transmit a
letter to any person in a Siamese, or other country,
such person only and no other shall open and look
into the letter.

Art. 12. Siam shall not go and obstruct, or inter-
rupt commerce in the states of Tringanu and Calan-
tan; English merchants and subjects shall have trade
and intercourse in future with the same facility and
freedom, as they have heretofore had, and the Eng-
lish shall not go and molest, attack, or disturb those
states upon any pretence whatever.

Art. 13. The Siamese engage to the English, that
the Siamese shall remain in Quedah, and take proper
care of that country and of its people; the inhabi-
tants of Prince of Wales Island and of Quedah shall
have trade and intercourse as heretofore; the Siamese

468

APPENDIX, NO. 111.

shall levy no duty upon stock and provisions;, such
as cattle, bujBPaloes, poultry, fish, paddy, and rice,
which the inhabitants of Prince of Wales Island, or
ships there, may have occasion to purchase in Quedah,
and the Siamese shall not farm the mouths of rivers,
or any streams in Quedah, but shall levy £Edr and
proper import and export duties. The Siamese fur-
ther engage, that when Chow Phya, of Ligore^ returns
from Bankok, he shall release the slaves, personal
servants, family and kindred, belonging to the former
Governor of Quedah, and permit them to gq and
live wherever they please. The English engage to
the Siamese that the English do not desire to take
possession of Quedah, that they will not attack, or
disturb it, nor permit the former Governor of Quedah,
or any of his followers to attack, disturb, or injure,
in any manner, the territory of Quedah, or any other
territory subject to Siam. The English engage that
they will make arrangements for the former Governor
of Quedah, to go and live in some other countiy, and
not at Prince of Wales Island, or Prye, or in Perak,
Salangore, or any Burmese country. K the English
do not let the former Governor of Quedah go and
live in some other country as here engaged, the Sia-
mese may continue to levy an export duty upon
paddy and rice in Quedah. The English vrill not
prevent any Siamese, Chinese, or other Asiatics at
Prince of Wales Island, from going to reside in
Quedah if they desire it.

Art 14. The Siamese and English mutually engage,
that the Rajah of Perak shall govern his country

TBEATY WITH SIAM. 469

cording to his own will; should he desire to send the
gold and silver flowers to Siam, as heretofore, the
English will not prevent his doing as he may desire.
If Chow Phya, of Ligore, desire to send down to
Perak, with friendly intentions, forty or fifty men,
whether Siamese, Chinese, or other Asiatic subjects
of Siam, or if the Rajah of Perak, desire to send any
of his ministers or ofiicers to seek Chow Phya, of
Ligore, the English shall not forbid them. The Sia-
mese or English shall not send any force, to go and
molest, attack, or disturb Perak. The English will
not allow the state of Salangore to attack or disturb
Perak, and the Siamese shall not go and attack or
disturb Salangore. The arrangements stipulated in
these two last articles respecting Perak and Quedah,
Chow Phya, of Ligore, shall execute as soon as he
returns home from Bankok. The fourteen articles
for this Treaty, let the great and subordinate Siamese
and English officers, together with every great and
small province, hear, receive, and obey without fail.
Their excellencies the Ministers of high rank at Ban-
kok, and Captain Bumey, whom the Right Honour-
able Lord Amherst, Governor of Bengal, deputed as
an envoy to represent His Lordship, framed this
Treaty together, in the presence of Prince Krom
Menu Loorin Therakas, in the city of the sacred
and great kingdom of Si-a-yoo-tha-ya. The treaty
written in the Siamese, Malayan, and English lan-
guages was concluded on Tuesday, on the first day
of the seventh decreasing moon, 1188 year. Dog 8,
according to the Siamese era, corresponding with

470

APPENDIX, NO. III.

the twentieth day of June, I8265 of the European
era. Both copies of the treaty are sealed and at-
tested by their ExceUencies the Ministers, and by
Captain Bumey. One copy Captain Burney will
take for the ratification of the Governor of Bengal,
and one copy, bearing the Royal seal. Chow Phya,
of Ligore, will take and place at Quedah. Captain
Bumey appoints to return to Prince of Wales Island,
in seven months, in the second moon of the year
Dog 8, and to exchange the ratification of this treaty
with Phra Phrakdi-bori-rak at Quedah. The Siamese
and English will form a friendship that shall be per-
petuated, that shall know no end or interruption, as
long as heaven and earth endure.

Their Excellencies the Ministers and Captain Bur-
ney, having settled a treaty of fiiendship consisting
of fourteen articles, now frame the following agree-
ment, with respect to English vessels, desiring to
come and trade in the city of the sacred and great
kingdom of Si-a-yoo-tha-ya (Bankok).

Article 1. Vessels belonging to the subjects of the
English Government, whether Europeans or Asiatics,
desiring to come and trade at Bankok, must conform
to the established laws of Siam in every particular.
Merchants coming to Bankok, are prohibited from
purcliasing paddy or rice, for the purpose of export-
ing the same as merchandise, and if they import fire-
arms, shot, or gunpowder, they are prohibited from
selling them to any party, but to the Government,
Should the Government not require such fire-arms,
shot, or gun-powder, the merchants must re-export

TREATY WITH SI AM. 471

the whole of them. With exception of such warlike
stores^ and paddy, and rice, merchants, subjects of the
English and merchants at Bankok, may buy and sell
without the intervention of any other person, and
with freedom and facility. Merchants, coming to
trade, shall pay at once the whole of the duties and
charges, consolidated according to the breadth of the
vessel.

If the vessel bring an import cargo, she shall be
charged seventeen hundred (1700) Ticals for each
Siamese fathom in breadth.

If the vessel bring no import cargo, she shall be
charged fifteen hundred (1500) Ticals for each
Siamese fathom in breadth.

No import, export, or other duty shall be levied
upon the buyers or sellers, from or to English sub-
jects.

Art. 2. Merchant vessels, the property of English
subjects, arriving off the bar, must first anchor and
stop there, and the commander of the vessel must
despatch a person, with an account of the cargo, and
a return of the people, guns, shot, and powder on
board the vessel, for the information of the Governor
at the mouth of the river, who will send a pilot and
interpreter to convey the established regulations to
the commander of the vessel. Upon the pilot bring-
ing the vessel over the bar, she must anchor and stop
below the chokey, which the interpreter will point
out.

Art. 3. The proper oflScer will go on board the
vessel and examine her thoroughly, and after the

472 APPENDIX, NO. III.

guns, shot, and powder, have been removed and
deposited at Paknam (Post at the mouth of the
Meenam), the Governor of Paknam will permit the
vessel to pass up to Bankok.

Art. 4. Upon the vessel's arriving at Bankok, the
officers of the customs will go on board and examine
her, open the hold, and take an account of whatever
cargo may be on board, and after the breadth of the
vessel has been measured and ascertained^ the mer-
chants will be allowed to buy and sell according to
the first article of this agreement Should a vessel,
upon receiving an export cargo, find that she cannot
cross the bar with the whole, and that she must hire
cai^o-boats to take down a portion of the cai^go, the
officers of the customs and chokeys shall not chai^
any fiirther duty upon such cargo boats.

Art. 5. Whenever a vessel or cargo-boat completes
her lading, the commander of the vessel must go and
ask Chow Phya Phra Khlang for a port-clearance,
and if there be no cause for detention Chow Phya
Phra Khlang shall deliver the port-clearance without
delay. When the vessel, upon her departure, arrives
at Paknam, she must anchor and stop at the usual
Chokey, and after the proper officers have gone on
board and examined her, the vessel may receive her
guns, shot, and powder, and take her departure.

Art 6. Merchants being subjects of the English
Government, whether Europeans or Asiatics, the
commanders, officers, lascars, and the whole of the
crews of vessels must conform to the establbhed laws
of Siam, and to the stipulations of this treaty in

TREATY WITH 8IAM. 473

every particular. If merchants of every class do not
observe the articles of this treaty, and oppress the
inhabitants of this country, become thieves or bad
men, kill men, speak offensively of, or treat disrespect-
fully any great or subordinate officers of the country,
and the case become important in any way whatever,
the proper officers shall take jiuisdiction of it, and
punish the offender. If the offence be homicide, and
the officers, upon investigation, see that it proceeded
from evil intention, they shall punish vrith death. If
it be any other offence, and the party be commander
or officer of a vessel, or a merchant, he shall be fined;
if he be of a lower rank, he shall be whipped or im-
prisoned, according to the established laws of Siam.
The Governor of Bengal will prohibit English sub-
jects, desiring to come and trade at Bankok, speak-
ing disrespectfully or offensively to or of the great
officers of Siam. If any person at Bankok oppress
any English subjects, he shall be punished according
to the offence in the same manner.

The six articles of this agreement, let the officers
at Bankok, and merchants, subject to the English,
fulfil and obey in every particular.

474 APPENDIX, NO. IV,

No. IV.

TREATY WITH PERAK.

Treaty of the Commercial Alliance between the
Honourable English East India Company^ and His
Majesty the Rajah of Perak, settled by Mr. Walter
Sewell Cracroft, in virtue of powers delegated to him
by the Honourable John Alexander Bannermann,
Governor of Prince of Wales Island, and its depen-
dencies. Done on the 27th Ramadhan^ 1233,
(answering to the evening of 30th July, 1818.)

Article 1st. The peace and friendship now subsist-
ing between the Honourable English East India
Company, and His Majesty the Rajah of Perak, shall
be perpetual.

Art 2. The vessels and merchandise belonging to
British subjects, or persons being under the protec-
tion of the Honourable East India Company, shall
always enjoy in the ports and dominions subject to
His Majesty the Rajah of Perak, all the privileges
and advantages which are now, or may at any time
hereafter be, granted to the subjects of the most
favoured nations.

Art 3. The vessels and merchandise belonging to
the subjects of His Majesty the Rajah of Perak, shall
always receive similar advantages and privileges with
those in the preceding article, as long as they are in
the harbour of Fort Comwallis; and in all other

TREATY WITH PERAK. 475

places dependent on the British Government of Prince
of Wales Island.

Art 4. His Majesty of Perak agrees that he will
not renew any obsolete and interrupted treaties with
other nations^ public bodies^ or individuals, the pro-
visions of which may in any degree tend to exclude
or obstruct the trade of British subjects, who further
shall not be burdened with any impositions or duties
not levied on the subjects of other states.

Art. 5. His Majesty, the Rajah of Perak, further
engages that he will, upon no pretence whatever,
grant a monopoly of any articles of trade or commo-
dities, the produce of his territories to any person,
or persons, European, American, or the natives of
any other country, but that he will allow British sub-
jects to come and buy all sorts of merchandise, the
same as other people.

Art. 6. The Honourable East India Company en-
gage, that they will not form any treaties or engage-
ments which may exclude or obstruct the merchan-
dise of the subjects of the Rajah of Perak, who come
to trade at Pinang, nor will they grant a monopoly of
any sort of merchandise to any description of per-
sons, only as is specified in the 5th Article, but will
allow the natives of Perak to come and buy all sorts
of merchandise, the same as other people.

Art 7. His Majesty the Rajah of Perak, engages
that if any persons bring subjects of the Company
from Pinang and its dependencies for sale, he will
not allow of their sale in the country of Perak, and
the Honourable Company vdll be bound by a similar

476 APPENDIX, NO. V.

agreement with respect to the subjects of Perak, for
the laws of England on no account allow of such
proceedings in any of the countries subject to British
authorities.

Art. 8. This Treaty according to the foregoing
articles is made for the purpose of promoting the
peace and friendship of the two states, and securing
the liberty of commerce and navigation between their
respective subjects, to the mutual advantage of both,
and of it one draft is retained by His Majesty the
Rajah of Perak, and one by Mr. Walter Sewell Cra-
croft, agent of the Honourable the Governor of Pin-
ang. To this is affixed the seal of His Majesty the
Rajah of Perak, to ratify it to the Honourable Eng-
lish East India Company, so that no disputes may
hereafter arise concerning it, but that it may be per-
manent and last for ever.

(Signed) W. S. Cracroft,

(A true copy.) Commissioner.

John Anderson,
Malay translator to Government.

No. V.

TREATY WITH SALANGORE.

A treaty precisely similar to that of Perak, (mutatis
mutandis) was concluded with the Chief of Salangore
by Mr. Cracroft, on the 23rd August of the same
year, viz. 1818.

AMERICAN TREATY WITH SIAM. 477

No. VL

AMERICAN TREATY WITH SIAM, OF 1833.

Treaty of Amity and Commerce, between His
Majesty the Magnificent King of Siam and the
United States of America.

His Majesty the Sovereign and Magnificent King,
in the City of Sia-Yuthia, has appointed the Chow
Phya Praklang, one of the first Ministers of State, to
treat with Edmund Roberts, Minister of the United
States of America, who has been sent by the Govern-
ment thereof, on its behalf, to form a treaty of sincere
friendship and entire good faith between the two
nations. For this purpose the Siamese, and the
Citizens of the United States of America shall, with
sincerity, hold commercial intercourse, in the ports
of their respective nations as long as heaven and
earth shall endure.

This treaty is concluded on Wednesday, the last
of the fourth month, of the year 1194, called Pima-
rong Chattowasok (or the year of the dragon) cor-
responding to the twentieth day of March, in the
year of our Lord 1833. One original is written in
Siamese, the other in English ; but as the Siamese
are ignorant of English, and the Americans of the
Siamese, a Portuguese, and a Chinese translation are
annexed to serve as testimony to the contents of the
treaty. The writing is of the same tenor and date,
in all the languages aforesaid : it is signed, on the one

478 APPENDIX, NO. VI.

part, with the name of the Chow Phya Praklang, and
sealed with the seal of the Lotus Flower of glass ; on
the other part, it is signed with the name of Eximund
Roberts, and sealed with a seal containing an eagle
and stars.

One copy will be kept in Siam, and another will
be taken by Edmund Roberts to the United States.
If the Government of the United States shall ratify
the said treaty, and attach the seal of the Govern-
ment, then Siam will also ratify it on its part, and
attach the seal of its Government

Art. 1. There shall be a perpetual peace between
the United States of America and the Magnificent
King of Siam.

Art 2. The citizens of the United States shall have
free liberty to enter all the ports of the kingdom of
Siam with their cargoes, of whatever kind the said
cargoes may consist, and they shall be at Uberty to
sell the same to any of the subjects of the king, or
others who may wish to purchase the same, or to
barter the same for any produce or manufactures of
the kingdom, or other articles that may be found
there.

No prices shall be fixed by the officers of the king
on the articles to be sold by the merchants of the
United States, of the merchandise they may wish to
buy ; but the trade shall be free on both sides, to sell,
or buy, or exchange, on the terms and for the prices
the owners may think fit Whenever the said citizens
of the United States shall be ready to depart, they

AMERICAN TREATY WITH SIAM. 479

shall be at liberty to do so, and the proper oflScers
shall furnish them with passports, provided, always,
there be no legal impediment to the contrary.

Nothing contained in this article shall be under-
stood as granting permission to import opium, which
is contraband, or to export rice, which cannot be
embarked as an article of commerce. These only
are prohibited.

Art 3. Vessels of the United States, entering any
port within His Majesty's dominions, and selling and
purchasing cargoes of merchandise, shall pay, in lieu
of import and export duties, tonnage, license to trade,
or any other charge whatever, a measurement duty,
as follows : — The measurement shall be made from
side to side, in the middle of the vessel's length, and
if a single-decked vessel, on such single deck ; if
otherwise, on the lower deck. On every vessel,
selling merchandise, the sum of one thousand seven
hundred ticals or hatSy shall be paid for every Siamese
fathom in breadth, so measured, the said fathom
being computed to contain seventy-eight English
or American inches, corresponding to ninety-six
Siamese inches. But if the said vessel should come
without merchandise, and purchase a cargo with
specie, she shall then pay the sum of fifteen hundred
ticals or bats, for each and every fathom before de-
scribed. Furthermore, neither the aforesaid measure-
ment, or any other charge whatever, shall be paid by
any vessel of the United States, that enters a Siamese
port for the purpose of refitting, or for refreshments,
or to enquire the state of the market

VOL. I. II

480 APPENDIX, NO. vr.

Art 4. If hereafter the duties payable by foreign
vessels be diminished in &vour of any other nation,
the same diminution shall be made in favour of the
vessels of the United States.

Art. 5. If any vessel of the United States shall
suffer shipwreck on any part of the Magnificent
King's dominions, the persons escaping from the
wreck, shall be taken care of, and hospitably enter-
tained at the expense of the king, until they shall
find an opportunity to be returned to their country,
and the property saved fi*om such wreck shall be
carefully preserved, and restored to its owners, and
the United States will repay all expenses incurred
by His Majesty on account of such wreck.

Art 6. If any citizens of the United States^ coming
to Siam for the purpose of trade, shall contract debts
to any individual of Siam, or if any individual of Siam
shall contract debts to any citizen of the United
States, tlie debtor shall be obliged to bring forward,
and sell all his goods to pay his debts therewith.
When the product of such bond fde sale shall not
suffice, he shall be no longer liable for the remainder^
nor shall the creditor be able to retain him as a slave,
imprison, flog, or otherwise punish him to compel
the payment of any balance remaining due, but shall
leave him at perfect liberty.

Art. 7. Merchants of the United States coming to
trade in the kingdom of Siam, and wishing to rent
houses therein, shall rent the King's fiurtories, and
shall pay the customary rent of the countiy. If the

AMERICAN TREATY WITH SIAM. 481

said merchants bring their goods on shore, the Eong's
officers shall take account thereof, but shall not levy
duty thereupon.

Art 8. If any citizens of the United States, or
their vessels, or other property, shall be taken by
pirates, and brought within the dominions of the
Magnificent King, the persons shall be set at liberty
and the property restored to its owners.

Art. 9. Merchants of the United States trading in
the kingdom of Siam, shall respect and follow the
laws and customs of the country in all points.

Art. 10. If hereafter any foreign nation, other than
the Portuguese, shall request and obtain his Majesty's
consent to the appointment of Consuls to reside in
Siam, the United States shall be at liberty to appoint
Consuls to reside in Siam, equally with such other
foreign nations.

(Here are annexed the seals and signatures of the
Praklang and the Envoy, leaving space for the seal
of His Majesty to be hereafter attached. Below them
is the following certificate): —

Whereas the undersigned Edmund Roberts, a citi-
zen of Portsmouth, in the State of New Hampshire,
in the United States of America, being duly ap-
pointed an Envoy by letters patent, under the signa-
ture of the President and seal of the United States
of America, bearing date at the City of Washington,
the twenty-sixth day of January, a.d. 1832, for ne-
gotiating and concluding a Treaty of Amity and
Commerce between the United States of America

I I 2

482

APPENDIXi NO. VII.

and His Majesty the King of Siam ; now know je>
that I, Edmund Roberts, Envoy as aforesaid, do con-
clude the foregoing treaty of Amity and Commerce,
and every article and clause therein contained, rc^serv-
ing the same nevertheless for the ratification of the
President of the United States of America, by and
with the advice and consent of the Senate of the said
United States.

Done at the Royal City of Sia^Yuthia (commonly
called Bankok) on the twentieth day of March, in
the year of our Lord, One thousand eight hundred
and thirty-three, and of the Independence of the
United States of America, the Fifty-seventh.

(Signed) Edmund Roberts.

No.VIL

TREATY WITH JOHORE.

Cohnrl Farquhars Treaty with Abdul Rackman Shaw,

the Kinff ofJohore, 1818.

Treaty of Commercial Alliance between the Honour-
able the Englisli East India Company and his Ma-
jesty Sri Sultan Abdul Rachman Shaw, ^uig of
Johore, Paliang, and Dependencies, setded on the
part of the Honourable the East India Companv,
by Major William Farquhar, Resident at Malacca,

TREATY WITH JOHORE. 483

by virtue of powers delegated to him by the Honour-
able John Alexander Bannermann^ Governor of
Prince of Wales Island^ and its dependencies, and
on the part of his Majesty the Sultan of Johore,
Pahang, &c by his Highness Jaffir Rajah Muda
of Rhio, in virtue of similar powers granted to him
by his said Majesty, Sri Sultan Abdul Rachman
Shaw.

Article 1. The peace and friendship now happily
subsisting between the Honourable English East India
Company, and his Majesty Sri Sultan Abdul Rach-
man Shaw, King of Johore, Pahang, &c. shall be
perpetual

Art 2. The vessels and merchandise belonging to
British subjects, or persons being imder the protection
of the Honourable East India Company, shall always
enjoy in the ports and dominions of Johore, Pahang,
Lingin, Rhio, and others subject to his said Majesty,
Sri Sultan Abdul Rachman Shaw, all the privileges
and advantages which are now, or may at any time
hereafter be granted to the subjects of the most favored
nations.

Art 3. The vessels and merchandise belonging to
the subjects of his said Majesty, Sri Sultan Abdul
Rachman Shaw, shall always receive similar advan-
tages and privileges in the harbour of Fort Com-
wallis, and in all other places dependent on the
British Government of Prince of Wales Island.

Art 4. His said Majesty Sri Sultan Abdul Rach-
man Shaw, shall not renew any obsolete and interrupted

484 APPENDIX, NO. VII.

treaties with other nations, public bodies, or indivi-
duals, the provisions of which may in any degree tend
to exclude or obstruct the trade of British subjects, who
further shall not be burdened with any impositions;,
or duties not levied on the subjects of other states.

Art 5. His said Majesty, Sri Sultan Abdul Rach-
man Shaw fiulher engages, that he will, upon no
pretence whatever, grant a monopoly of any articles
of trade or commodities, the produce of his territo-
ries, to any person or persons, European, American,
or Native.

Art 6. It is finally declared, that this treaty which,
according to the foregoing articles, is meant for pro-
moting the peace and friendship, and securing the
liberty of commerce and navigation between their
respective subjects, to the mutual advantage of both,
shall last for ever.

In token of truth, and for the satisfaction of both
parties, we have hereunto affixed our signatures and
seals in Rhio, this nineteenth day of August, a. d.
1818, answering to the 16th day of the month Sawal,
in the year of the Hejira, 1233.

The Chop of the Rajah Mooda,

Or Heir Apparent of Rhio.
(Seal of Major Farquhar.)
(Signed) Wm. Farquhar,
Resident of Malacca, and Commissioner on the
part of the British Government

(A true Copy,)

John Anderson,
Malay Translator to Government

OCCUPATION OF SINGAPORE. 485

No. VIIL

Original Agreement between Sir Stamford Riiffles and
Sultan Htissain Mahomed Shah^ for the occupation
of Singapore y in June 1819.

No. L

Be it known to all men, that we, the Sultan Hussain
Mahomed Shah, UngkoTumungong Abdool Rahman,
Governor Raffles, and Major William Farquhar, have
hereby entered into the following arrangements and
regulations for the better guidance of the people of
this settlement, pointing out where all the different
castes are severally to reside, with their &milics and
captains, or heads of their Campongs.

Article 1. The boundaries of the lands under the
control of the English are as follows : from Tanjong
Malang, on the west, to Tanjong Kattang, on the
east, and on the land side, as far as the range of
cannon shot, all round from the factory. As many
persons as reside within the aforesaid boundary, and
not within the campongs of the Sultan and Tumun-
gong are all to be under the control of the Resident,
and with respect to the gardens and plantations that
now are, or may hereafter be made, they are to be
at the disposal of the Tumungong, as heretofore ; but
it is understood, that he wiU always acquaint the
Resident of the same.

Art. 2. It is directed, that all the Chinese move

486 APPENDIX, NO. VIII.

over to the other side of the river, forming a campongy
firom the site of the large bridge down the river,
towards the mouth, and all Malays, people belonging
to the Tumungong and others, are also to remoye to
the other side of the river, forming their campong,
from the site of the large bridge up to the river, towards
the source.

Art. 3. All cases which may occur, requiring
council in this settlement, they shall in the first
instance be conferred and deliberated upon by the
three aforesaid, and when they shall have been
decided upon, they shall be made known to the
inhabitants, either by beat of gong or by proclamation*

Art 4. Every Monday morning, at 10 o'clock,
the Sultan, the Tumungong, and the Resident shall
meet at the Rooma Bitchdra; but should either of
the two former be incapable of attending, they may
send a deputy there.

Art. 5. Every captain, or head of caste, and all
Panghtilus of Campongs and villages, shall attend at
the Rooma Bitchdra, and make a report or statement
f such occurrences as may have taken place in the
settlement, and represent any grievance or complaint
that they may have to bring before the council, for
its consideration on each Monday.

Art 6. If the captains, or heads of castes, or the
Panghfilus of Campongs, do not act justly towards
their constituents, they are permitted to come and
state their grievance themselves to the Resident at the
Rooma Bitch&ra, who is hereby authorized to examine
and decide thereon.

OCCUPATION OF SINGAPORE. 487

Art 7. No duties or customs can be exacted or
farms established^ in this settlement, without the
consent of the Sultan, the Tumungong, and Major
WilUam Farquhar, and without the consent of these
three nothing can be arranged.

In confirmation of the aforesaid articles, we, the
undersigned, have put our seals and signatures, at
Singapore, this 2d day of the month of Ramazan, 1234,
answering to 26th June, 1819.

Seal of the Sultan.

Seal of the Tumungong.
(L. S. Signed) T. S. Raffles.
(L. S. Signed) W. Farquhar.

(True Translation.)

(Signed) W. Farquhar,

Late Resident

No. 2.

Their Highnesses the Sultan and Tumungong having
solicited that the Lieutenant Governor would, pre-
vious to his departure, lay down such general rules
for their guidance as may be most conducive to the
general interests of Singapore, and at the same time
serve to define the rights of all parties, that there
may be no dispute hereafter: The following rules
are laid down by the Lieutenant Governor^ and con-

488 APPENDIX, NO. VIII.

coired in by their Highnesses, to form the basis of
the good understanding to be maintained in future: —
1st. In order to contribute to the pessonal comfort
and respectability of their Highnesses, and at the same
time to afford them an ample and Uberal compensa-
tion for any advantage either expected or foregone
by them, on account of port duties, tribute, or profits
on monopoUes, which are foimd to be inconsistent,
and at variance with the principles maintained by the
British Government. Their Highnesses are from the
1st instant to receive a monthly payment. His High-
ness the Sultan of 1 500 dollars, and His Highness
the Tumungong 800 dollars per month, on the fol-
lowing conditions : —

2nd. Their Highnesses to forego all right and
claim to the monopoly of Kranjee and Baloo wood
within Singapore, and the islets immediately adja^
cent, as well as all claims to presents and customs
upon Chinese jimks and Chinese generally coming
and going.

3rd. With the exception of the land appropriated
to their Highnesses for their respective establish-
ments, all land within the island of Singapore, and
islands immediately adjacent, to be at the entire dis-
posal of the British government

4th. As a fiirther accommodation to their High-
nesses, the Resident will be authorized to advance
such farther sums of money as may be sufficient for
the completion of a respectable mosque near the
dwelling of His Highness the Sultan, and also to
assist His Highness the Tumungong in removing and

OCCUPATION OF SINGAPORE. 489

establishing himself on the ground recently selected
by him.

5th. Under these arrangements their Highnesses
will be relieved from farther personal attendance at
the court on every Monday, but they will always be
entitled to a seat on the bench, and to all due respect
when they think proper to attend.

6th. In all cases regarding the ceremonies of reli-
gion, and marriages, and the rules of inheritance, the
laws and customs of the Malays will be respected,
where they shall not be contrary to reason, justice, or
humanity. In all other cases the laws of the British
authority will be enforced with due consideration to
the usages and habits of the people.

7th. The British Government do not interfere at
present in the local arrangement of the countries and
islands subject to their Highnesses' authority, beyond
Singapore and its adjacent islets, further than to
aflTord them general protection as heretofore.

(Signed) T. S. Raffles.

N. B. No date, but concluded about the beginning
of June, 1823.

490 APPENDIX, NO. IX.

No. IX.

FINAL TREATY FOR THE CESSION OF
SINGAPORE, 19th November, 1824.

A TREATY of friendship and alliance between the
English East India Company on the one side, and
their Highnesses the Sultan and Tumungong of
Johore on the other, concluded on the 2nd day of
August, 1824, the 6th of Zulliag, a.d. 1239, by the
above Sultan of Johore His Highness Sultan Hus-
sain Mahomed Shah, and the above Tumungong of
Johore His Highness Dattu Tumungong Abdul
Rahman Sri Maharajah on their own behalf^ and
by John Crawfiird, Esq., British Resident of Singa-
pore, vested with full powers thereto by the Right
Honourable William Pitt, Lord Amherst, Gover-
nor-General of and for Fort- William, in Bengal, on
behalf of the said Honourable East India Company.

Art 1. Peace, friendship, and good understand-
ing shall subsist for ever between the Honourable
the English East India Company and their High-
nesses the Sultan and Tumungong of Johore, and
their respective heirs and successors.

Art 2. Their Highnesses the Sultan Hussain Ma-
homed Shah and Dattu Tumungong Abdul Rahman
Sri Maharajah, hereby cede, in full sovereignty and
property, to the Honourable the English East India
Company, their heirs and successors for ever, the
island of Singapore, situated in the Straits of Malacca,

CESSION OF SINGAPORE. 491

together with the adjacent seas, straits, and islets, to
the extent of ten (10) geographical miles from the
coast of the said main island of Singapore.

Art 3. The Honourable the English East India
Company hereby engages, in consideration of the
cession specified in the last article, to pay unto his
Highness the Sultan Hussain Mahomed Shah the
sum of Spanish dollars 33,200, together with a stipend
during his natural life of 1,300 dollars per mensem ;
and to his Highness the Dattu Tumungong Abdul
Rahman Sri Maharajah the sum of 26,800 dollars,
together with a monthly stipend of 700 dollars, dur-
ing his natural life.

Art 4. His Highness the Sultan Hussain Mahomed
Shah hereby acknowledges to have received from the
Honourable English East India Company, in fulfil-
ment of the stipulations of the two last articles, the
sum of 33,200 dollars, together with the first monthly
instalment of the above mentioned stipend of Spanish
dollars; and his Highness the Dattu Tumungong
Abdul Rahman Sri Maharajah also hereby acknow-
ledges to have received from the Honourable English
East India Company, in fulfilment of the stipulations
of the two last articles, the sum of 26,800 dollars,
with one month's instalment of the above stipend of
700 dollars.

Art 5. The Honourable English East India Com-
pany engages to receive and treat their Highnesses
the Sultan Hussain Mahomed Shah and Dattu Tum-
ungong Abdul Rahman Sri Maharajah with all the
honours, respect, and courtesy, belonging to their

492 APPENDIX, NO. IX.

rank and station^ whenever they may reside at or
visit the island of Singapore.

Art 6. The Honourable English East India Com-
pany hereby engages, in the event of their Highnesses
the Sultan and Tumungong, their heirs or successors,
preferring to reside permanently in any portion of
their own states, and to remove for that purpose from
Singapore, to pay unto them, that is to say, to his
Highness the Sultan Hussain Mahomed Shah^ his
heir or successor, the sum of 20,000 dollars ; and to
his Highness the Dattu Tumungong Abdul Rahman
Sri Maharajah, his heir or successor, the sum of
15,000 dollars.

Art 7. Their Highnesses the Sultan Hussain Ma-
homed Shah and the Dattu Tumungong Abdul Rah-
man Sri Maharajah, in consideration of the payment
specified in the last article, hereby relinquish for
themselves, their heirs and successors, to the Honour-
able English East India Company, their heirs and
successors for ever, all right and title to every descrip-
tion of immoveable property, whether in land, houses,
gardens, orchards, or timber trees, of which their
said Highnesses may be possessed within the island
of Singapore or its dependencies, at the time they
may think proper to withdraw from the said island
for the purpose of permanently residing within their
own states ; but it is reciprocally and clearly under-
stood, that the provisions of this article shall not ex-
tend to any description of property which may be
held by any follower or retainer of their Highnesses

CESSION OF SINGAPORE. 493

beyond the precincts of the ground at present allotted
for the actual residence of their said Highnesses.

Art 8. Their Highnesses the Sultan Hussain Ma-
homed Shah and the Dattu Tumungong Abdul Rah-
man Sri Maharajah hereby engage, that as long as
they shall continue to reside within the island of
Singapore, or to draw their respective monthly
stipends from the Honourable English East India
Company, as provided for in the present treaty, they
shall enter into no alliance and maintain no corres-
pondence with any foreign power or potentate what-
soever, without the knowledge and consent of the
said Honourable English East India Company, their
heirs and successors.

Art. 9. The Honourable English East India Com-
pany hereby engages, that in the event of their High-
nesses the Sultan Hussain Mahomed Shah and the
Dattu Tumungong Abdul Rahman Sri Maharajah
removing from the island of Singapore, as contem-
plated in the 6th Article, and being distressed within
their own territories, on such removal, to aiford them
either at Singapore or at Mnce of Wales Island, a
personal asylum and protection.

Art. 10. The contracting parties hereby stipulate
and agree, that neither party shall be bound to inter-
fere in the internal concerns of the other government,
or in any political dissensions or wars which may
arise within their respective territories, nor to sup-
port each other by force of arms against any third
party whatever.

494 APPENDIX, NO. IX.

Art. 11. The contracting parties hereby engage to
use every means within their power respectively for
the suppression of robbery and piracy within the
Straits of Malacca, ^ well as the other narrow seas^
straits, and rivers, bordering upon or within their
respective territories, in as far as the same shall be
connected with the dominions and immediate in-
terests of their said Highnesses.

Art. 12. Their Highnesses the Sultan Hussain
Mahomed Shah and the Dattu Tumungong Abdul
Rahman Sri Maharajah hereby engage to maintain a
free and unshackled trade everywhere within their
dominions, and to admit the trade and traffic of the
British nation into all the ports and harbours of the
Elingdom of Johore and its dependencies on the
terms of the most favoured nation.

Art 13. The Honourable English East India Com-
pany hereby engages, as long as their Highnesses the
Sultan Hussain Mahomed Shah and the Dattu Tum-
ungong Abdul Rahman Sri Maharajah shall continue
to reside on the island of Singapore, not to permit
any retainer or followei^tf their said Highnesses, who
shall desert from their actual service to dwell or re-
main in the island of Singapore or its dependencies.
But it is clearly understood that all such retainers
and followers shall be natural bom subjects of such
part of their Highnesses' dominions only in which
their authority is at present substantially established,
and that their names, at the period of entering the
service of their Highnesses, shall have been duly and
voluntarily inscribed in a register to be kept for that

CESSION OF SINGAPORE. 495

purpose by the chief local authority for the time

Art. 14. It is hereby mutually stipulated for and
agreed, that the conditions of all former conventions,
treaties, or agreements entered into between the
Honourable English East India Company and their
Highnesses the Sultan and Tumungong of Johore,
shall be considered as abrogated and cancelled by the
present treaty ; and they are hereby abrogated and
cancelled accordingly, always, however, with the ex-
ception of such prior conditions as have conferred on
the Honourable English East India Company, any
rights or title to the occupation or possession of the
Island of Singapore and its dependencies as above
mentioned.

Done and concluded at Singapore, the day and
year above written.

(Signed) Amherst.

Ed. Paget.
John Tendale.
Ratified by the Right Honourable the Governor-
General in Council this 19th day of Novem-
ber, 1824, at Fort- William, in Bengal.
(Signed) G. Swinton,

Secretary to Government.
(Signed) J. Crawfurd.

K K

kV 00

•

»o

«s

) «o

trj

•o

•

r>.

t>.

t>«

t>. t>.

tx.

t>.

•

^gh

v£

»r:

-t

' t>.

<;o

>^^

!>. !>,

) Ix

. Ix

t>.

-N

«N

'i**

•

K
H

H
M

!>.

, tx

. tx

tx.

t>.

tx.

t>.

«
Oi

§3

■ a

•

€

> tx

■ s

t>.

•

£ g

> Ix

: fc s

1 OO
> tx

: s

' s

tx.

t>»

tx
tx

•

00
tx

fl i i

5fi

'T^

<?«

•

<?«

•

: K

-N

In.

. C5

•

§s

1 '*

) C£

. cq

>«

1 r*

' "t

»n

?£

> ^

' s?

•o

1«

< o

t^ K.

. »;

. !>:

. tx

. t«

t>*

■ - 1 ■ ' " ■

tx.

t>«

t>.

> OC

> OO

"15

■°^

t>.

s ?

1 ^

' ^

■ %

■ s

' %

s s

•

OC
tx

. s

OC
Ix

tx.

CO
C5

•

-T

»o

•X

3£

•■^

■X

•p

oC
a:

> C5

. Ix

§5

§s

•

Ix.

■

•

3»

•

■ 3

i S5

■ s

1 o>

•

g
fl

OS
OC

OC
C5

1 Oi

■ s

•

"fe

"Ix

• S

■

•

>
<

§5

•

•
*
•

■ ^

■»

-2

c
cd

•-a

^ s

1 ^

1 CO

ira

ffi

§g

•n

«>

■r

■?

)S'

ffl

!?*

Sfc

tT)

<tj

ffl

'rr

Of^

<;^'

i4i

_^_

-1-

~i-

'«-

-l-

«1

§_

«i

°i

"I"

«!

J
J

Z R S.

S £

S E

e K E^

3 S

S E;

-r

'•

% S S

Si S

* S 8

!? S

* te

!;!;!;

S 3

S S

S S 8

SI a

7 S

s s s

s :?

^ S

J ^

4!tli e s

£ K

fc K

»;

*"■

IS fe

-r

-s

-r

5S-

^ a a

^ Si

•si

s f;

oE S

i^ ^

^ S3

iej

cE S K

jt ig

g s

!i<

^ 1^ S}

a 2i

« >?i

'~n'

S S S

S S

;

S 51 S

a a a

i^ Si

8 3 S

?«

8 8 S

8 ^

^ ^

r>%

1 S S"

X s,

c? g

a a 8

« a

^ ^

8 s

3£ 5;

Si Sj a

s^ s

m S m

s s

-l-l-l-

a a

?i S

a Sb

m m

i|;

s^ ^ ^

« *

W !^

1822.

February . .
March

-1

In.

•

In.

S
Sg

00
00

38
3

s
s

<?»

•

1«

•

t>.

•

»o

t>.

§?

In.

»o

l>.

»o

•

'<£

^■"

o
rM

§8

•-<
00

s?.

§5

•

s
s

§5

..s.

_s_

?§

^
§

_CI

S
§

1823.

January

-s

o
525

•

In.

£ «

In.

■

•

R g

£ 2:

•

s s

§8

38 38

In.

CD
00

In.

00 oo

•

C<l 00

1«

l>.

g
1

S? 8

•

■*

O) b<»

■?

In.

•<

g ^

In.
In.

•2

s,.

?5 s

J8 S_

•

?^ §

•

!S ^

g| S

§_

•

fe-

S S

Gi t>»

fli
M

H
M
S
O
at
•<
n

•

^ ^

S ^

S
^

S
§5

^
S

§ ^

s ?

—00-

s
?>

s ^

•

s s;

•

S 38

•<

PB4

►»

•g

>
o

.^_

B
O

f£

In.

5!i

In.

•

»0

In.

CD
00

§8

LONDON:
PRINTED BY STEWART AND MURRAT,
OLD BAILET.

■p,

WBMMBTV #F VHMMI

iMini

♦ .

DO NOT REMOVE

OR
MUTILAILXASD.